雜阿含經 卷第八Saṃyukta Āgama · Fascicle 8
卷第八第二一七經,世尊說:「所謂海者,世間愚夫所說,非聖所說。海大小水耳,眼是人大海,彼色為濤波。」〔T02 0054c06〕人說海,說的是水。世尊說海,說的是眼。色是打過來的浪,眼是浪打進來的地方。「若能堪忍色濤波者,得度眼大海」〔T02 0054c08〕。渡海不是渡水,是堪忍得住浪。前一經說得更直:聖所說的海,「謂眼識色已,愛念、深著,貪樂身、口、意業,是名為海」〔T02 0054b25〕。眼見了色,愛念、深著,這就是海。人沒在海裡,是沒在這裡。
一組所觀
這一卷四十二經,所觀的只有一組:「眼無常,若色、眼識、眼觸,若眼觸因緣生受,苦覺、樂覺、不苦不樂覺,彼亦無常。」〔T02 0050a13〕眼、色、眼識、眼觸、受,耳鼻舌身意各如此。五取蘊相應六卷觀的是色受想行識,這一卷觀的是這一組。經二一三說它們怎麼接起來:「緣眼、色,眼識生,三事和合,緣觸觸生受」〔T02 0054a08〕。眼與色是二,二生識,三者和合是觸,觸生受。受上分路:「若於此受集、受滅、受味、受患、受離不如實知者,種貪欲身觸、種瞋恚身觸、種戒取身觸、種我見身觸」〔T02 0054a10〕。不如實知,就在受上種下貪、瞋、戒取、我見。海就在這裡起浪。
於眼生喜
卷首七經,一經一法,說的是同一組所觀:觀眼無常是正見,「正觀故生厭,生厭故離喜、離貪,離喜、貪故,我說心正解脫」〔T02 0049b09〕。第七經說為什麼要離喜:「若於眼生喜者,則於苦生喜,若於苦生喜者,我說彼不解脫於苦。」〔T02 0050a02〕喜眼,就是喜苦。經二一六的「愛念、深著」,就是這個喜。經一九七世尊對一千位曾經事火的婆羅門說:「一切燒然。云何一切燒然?謂眼燒然」〔T02 0050b27〕,以貪火、恚火、癡火燒然。他們拜了一生的火,世尊說火在眼上。
眼滅,色想則離
經二一一世尊自述未成正覺時,獨坐禪思,觀察自己的心多向哪裡去:「自心多逐過去五欲功德,少逐現在五欲功德,逐未來世轉復微少」〔T02 0053a29〕。見了這一點,「極生方便,精勤自護」〔T02 0053b02〕。為什麼護得住?「眼見色因緣生內受」〔T02 0053b10〕——受從眼色來,不逐眼色,染受不起。然後世尊只說了一句:「當覺六入處。」〔T02 0053b14〕就入室坐禪。比丘們不解,去問阿難。阿難說,這是「滅六入處有餘之說」〔T02 0053c02〕:「眼處滅,色想則離」〔T02 0053c03〕。不是色滅,是眼滅。眼滅不是毀眼。經二一五富留那問什麼是現法,世尊答:眼見色已,知色,知色貪,「我此內有眼識色貪如實知」〔T02 0054b10〕;再進一步,眼見色已,「我無有內眼識色貪」〔T02 0054b15〕如實知。貪在眼識上,不在色上。見色而眼識上無貪——這一卷說的眼滅,本篇取此讀。
眼是人大海
羅睺羅三次求法,世尊三次不說,叫他先去為人說五受陰,再說六入處,再說尼陀那。說完了,自己思惟,見「此諸法一切皆順趣涅槃、流注涅槃、後住涅槃」〔T02 0051b23〕,世尊才說增上法。說的是什麼?「一切無常。何等法無常?謂眼無常」〔T02 0051c01〕——和經一九五對諸比丘說的是同一句。同一句話,先前不說,是等他堪任。末經說有漏無漏:有漏法是眼乃至意,「世俗者,是名有漏法」〔T02 0056a13〕;無漏法只有一處,「謂出世間意」〔T02 0056a14〕。眼耳鼻舌身都在海裡,無漏不在那裡,在出世間的意上。眼是人大海,人渡海不是離開眼,是堪忍得住浪,色打過來,眼識上不起貪。偈說:「難度而能度,集離永無餘」〔T02 0054c15〕。
In Discourse 217 of Fascicle 8 the World-Honored One says: “What is called the ocean is what the fools of the world say, not what the noble ones say. The ocean is only a large or small body of water; the eye is a person’s great ocean, and forms are its surging waves.” When people say ocean, they mean water. When the World-Honored One says ocean, he means the eye. Forms are the waves that strike; the eye is where the waves strike in. “One who can bear the surging waves of forms crosses the great ocean of the eye.” Crossing the ocean is not crossing water; it is being able to bear the waves. The previous discourse says it more directly: the ocean as the noble ones speak of it is “when the eye has cognized forms, there is fond attachment, deep clinging, delight in the activities of body, speech and mind: this is called the ocean.” The eye has seen forms, there is fond attachment and deep clinging: this is the ocean. A person is not sunk in the sea; a person is sunk here.
One Set of Objects
The forty-two discourses of this fascicle contemplate only one set: “The eye is impermanent; forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, and the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant, these too are impermanent.” Eye, forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, feeling; ear, nose, tongue, body and mind the same. The six fascicles of the Connected Discourses on the Five Aggregates of Clinging contemplated form, feeling, perception, formations and consciousness; this fascicle contemplates this set. Discourse 213 says how they join: “Conditioned by the eye and forms, eye-consciousness arises; the meeting of the three is contact; conditioned by contact, from contact arises feeling.” The eye and forms are two; the two give rise to consciousness; the three meeting is contact; contact gives rise to feeling. At feeling the road forks: “One who does not know as they really are the arising of this feeling, its cessation, its gratification, its danger and the escape from it, sows the bodily contact of desire, the bodily contact of hatred, the bodily contact of clinging to precepts, the bodily contact of the view of self.” Not knowing as it really is, one sows desire, hatred, clinging to precepts and the view of self right there in feeling. This is where the ocean raises its waves.
Delighting in the Eye
The seven discourses at the head of the fascicle, one teaching each, speak of the same set of objects: contemplating the eye as impermanent is right view, “through right contemplation weariness arises; through weariness one leaves delight and leaves craving; having left delight and craving, I say the mind is rightly liberated.” The seventh discourse says why one must leave delight: “One who delights in the eye delights in suffering; one who delights in suffering, I say, is not liberated from suffering.” To delight in the eye is to delight in suffering. The “fond attachment, deep clinging” of Discourse 216 is this delight. In Discourse 197 the World-Honored One says to a thousand brahmins who had once served the fire: “All is burning. What is it that is all burning? The eye is burning,” burning with the fire of craving, the fire of hatred, the fire of delusion. They had worshipped fire all their lives; the World-Honored One says the fire is in the eye.
When the Eye Ceases, the Perception of Forms Departs
In Discourse 211 the World-Honored One tells of the time before he attained right awakening, when he sat alone in meditative reflection and observed where his mind mostly went: “My mind mostly chased after the five strands of sense pleasure of the past, little after those of the present, and toward the future world still less.” Seeing this, he “made utmost effort and diligently guarded himself.” Why could he guard it? “With the eye seeing forms as condition, an inner feeling arises.” Feeling comes from the eye and forms; not chasing the eye and forms, defiled feeling does not arise. Then the World-Honored One says only one sentence, “Be mindful of the six sense bases,” and goes into his dwelling to sit in meditation. The bhikṣus do not understand and go to ask Ānanda. Ānanda says this is “a teaching with a remainder, on the cessation of the six sense bases”: “when the eye as sense base ceases, the perception of forms departs.” It is not forms that cease; it is the eye. The eye ceasing is not the eye destroyed. In Discourse 215 Pūrṇa asks what the directly visible is, and the World-Honored One answers: having seen forms with the eye, one knows the forms, knows the craving for forms, “that within me there is craving for forms in eye-consciousness he knows as it really is”; and one step further, having seen forms with the eye, “within me there is no craving for forms in eye-consciousness,” and this one knows as it really is. The craving is in eye-consciousness, not in the forms. Seeing forms with no craving in eye-consciousness: the eye ceasing that this fascicle speaks of, this collection takes in that reading.
The Eye Is a Person’s Great Ocean
Rāhula asks three times for the teaching, and three times the World-Honored One does not give it, telling him first to teach others the five aggregates of clinging, then the six sense bases, then the nidānas. Having taught them, he reflects for himself and sees that “all these teachings tend toward nirvāṇa, flow into nirvāṇa, and come to rest in nirvāṇa”; only then does the World-Honored One give the higher teaching. What does it say? “All is impermanent. What things are impermanent? The eye is impermanent.” The same sentence spoken to the bhikṣus in Discourse 195. The same sentence, withheld before, waiting until he was able. The last discourse speaks of what has outflows and what has none: things with outflows are the eye and the rest, up to the mind, “the worldly, this is called a thing with outflows”; things without outflows are in one place only, “the supramundane mind.” Eye, ear, nose, tongue and body are all in the ocean; what is without outflows is not there, but in the supramundane mind. The eye is a person’s great ocean; a person crosses the ocean not by leaving the eye but by bearing the waves: forms strike, and no craving arises in eye-consciousness. The verse says: “hard to cross, yet one can cross; the arising left behind, forever without remainder.”
宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯《雜阿含經》〈六處相應·卷第八〉· 大正藏 T02n0099〔起 T02 0049b04〕。段/行首〔T02 …〕=大正藏頁・欄・行錨;「(N)」=底本經序(本卷42經)。
〔T02 0049b04〕雜阿含經卷第八 宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯 〔T02 0049b07〕(一八八) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「當正觀察眼無常。如是觀者,是名正見。正觀故生厭,生厭故離喜、離貪,離喜、貪故,我說心正解脫。如是耳、鼻、舌、身、意,離喜、離貪,離喜、貪故。比丘!我說心正解脫,心正解脫者,能自記說:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如無常,如是苦、空、非我,亦如是說。 〔T02 0049b17〕(一八九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「於眼當正思惟、觀察無常。所以者何?於眼正思惟、觀察無常故,於眼欲貪斷,欲貪斷故,我說心正解脫。耳、鼻、舌、身、意,正思惟、觀察故,欲貪斷,欲貪斷者,我說心正解脫。如是,比丘!心正解脫者,能自記說:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0049b26〕(一九〇) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「若於眼不識、不知、不斷、不離欲者,不堪任正盡苦。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦復如是。諸比丘!於眼若識、若知、若斷、若離欲者,堪任正盡苦。於耳、鼻、舌、身、意,若識、若知、若斷、若離欲者,堪任正盡苦。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0049c04〕(一九一) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「於眼若不識、不知、不斷、不離欲者,不堪任越生、老、病、死苦。耳、鼻、舌、身、意,不識、不知、不斷、不離欲者,不堪任越生、老、病、死苦。諸比丘!於眼若識、若知、若斷、若離欲者,堪任越生、老、病、死苦。於耳、鼻、舌、身、意,若識、若知、若斷、若離欲,堪任越生、老、病、死苦。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0049c13〕(一九二) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「若於眼不離欲,心不解脫者,不堪任正盡苦。於耳、鼻、舌、身、意不離欲,心不解脫者,不堪任正盡苦。諸比丘!若於眼離欲,心解脫者,彼堪任正盡苦。於耳、鼻、舌、身、意離欲,心解脫者,堪任正盡苦。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0049c21〕(一九三) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「若於眼、色不離欲,心不解脫者,不堪任越生、老、病、死苦。於耳、鼻、舌、身、意不離欲,心不解脫者,不堪任越生、老、病、死苦。諸比丘!若於眼、色離欲,心解脫者,堪任越生、老、病、死苦。於耳、鼻、舌、身、意離欲,心解脫者,堪任越生、老、病、死苦。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0050a01〕(一九四) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「若於眼生喜者,則於苦生喜,若於苦生喜者,我說彼不解脫於苦。於耳、鼻、舌、身、意生喜者,則於苦生喜,於苦生喜者,我說彼不解脫於苦。「諸比丘!若於眼不生喜者,則於苦不生喜,於苦不生喜者,我說彼解脫於苦。於耳、鼻、舌、身、意不生喜者,則於苦不生喜,於苦不生喜者,我說彼解脫於苦。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0050a11〕(一九五) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「一切無常。云何一切無常?謂眼無常,若色、眼識、眼觸,若眼觸因緣生受,苦覺、樂覺、不苦不樂覺,彼亦無常。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦復如是。多聞聖弟子如是觀者,於眼生厭,若色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,苦覺、樂覺、不苦不樂覺,於彼生厭。耳、鼻、舌、身、意,聲、香、味、觸、法、意識、意觸、意觸因緣生受,苦覺、樂覺、不苦不樂覺,彼亦生厭,厭故不樂,不樂故解脫,解脫知見:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如無常經,如是苦、空、無我,亦如是說。 〔T02 0050a24〕(一九六) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「一切無常。云何一切無常?謂眼無常,若色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼亦無常。如是耳、鼻、舌、身、意,若法、意識、意觸、意觸因緣生受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼亦無常。多聞聖弟子如是觀者,於眼解脫,若色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼亦解脫。如是耳、鼻、舌、身、意,法、意識、意觸、意觸因緣生受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼亦解脫,我說彼解脫生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如說一切無常,如是一切苦、一切空、一切非我、一切虛業法、一切破壞法、一切生法、一切老法、一切病法、一切死法、一切愁憂法、一切煩惱法、一切集法、一切滅法、一切知法、一切識法、一切斷法、一切覺法、一切作證、一切魔、一切魔勢、一切魔器、一切然、一切熾然、一切燒,皆如上二經廣說。 〔T02 0050b14〕(一九七) 如是我聞:一時,佛住迦闍尸利沙支提,與千比丘俱,皆是舊縈髮婆羅門。爾時,世尊為千比丘作三種示現教化。云何為三?神足變化示現、他心示現、教誡示現。神足示現者,世尊隨其所應,而示現入禪定正受,陵虛至東方,作四威儀,行、住、坐、臥,入火三昧,出種種火光,青、黃、赤、白、紅、頗梨色,水火俱現、或身下出火,身上出水,身上出火,身下出水,周圓四方亦復如是。爾時,世尊作種種神變已,於眾中坐,是名神足示現。他心示現者,如彼心、如彼意、如彼識,彼應作如是念、不應作如是念、彼應作如是捨、彼應作如是身證住,是名他心示現。教誡示現者,如世尊說:「諸比丘!一切燒然。云何一切燒然?謂眼燒然,若色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼亦燒然。如是耳、鼻、舌、身、意燒然,若法、意識、意觸、意觸因緣生受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼亦燒然,以何燒然,貪火燒然、恚火燒然、癡火燒然,生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦火燒然。」爾時,千比丘聞佛所說,不起諸漏,心得解脫,佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0050c07〕(一九八) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城耆闍崛山。爾時,尊者羅睺羅往詣佛所,稽首佛足,退住一面,白佛言:「世尊!云何知、云何見我內識身及外一切相,令我、我所、我慢使繫著不生?」爾時,世尊告羅睺羅:「善哉!羅睺羅!能問如來甚深之義。」佛告羅睺羅:「眼若過去、若未來、若現在,若內、若外,若麁、若細,若好、若醜,若遠、若近,彼一切非我、非異我、不相在如實知。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦復如是。「羅睺羅!作如是知、如是見我此識身及外一切相,令我、我所、我慢使繫著不生。羅睺羅!如是我、我所、我慢使繫著不生者。羅睺羅!是名斷愛,轉結,正無間等,究竟苦邊。」佛說此經已,尊者羅睺羅聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如內入處,如是外入處,色、聲、香、味、觸、法,眼識,耳、鼻、舌、身、意識,眼觸,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸,眼觸生受,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸生受,眼觸生想,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸生想,眼觸生思,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸生思,眼觸生愛,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸生愛,亦如上說。 〔T02 0050c27〕(一九九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園。爾時,世尊告羅睺羅:「云何知、云何見,於此識身及外一切相,無有我、我所、我慢使 〔T02 0051a01〕繫著?」羅睺羅白佛言:「世尊是法根、法眼、法依。善哉!世尊!當為諸比丘廣說此義,諸比丘聞已,當受奉行。」佛告羅睺羅:「善哉!諦聽,當為汝說。諸所有眼,若過去、若未來、若現在,若內、若外,若麁、若細,若好、若醜,若遠、若近,彼一切非我、非異我、不相在如實正觀。羅睺羅!耳、鼻、舌、身意亦復如是。「羅睺羅!如是知、如是見我此識身及外一切相,我、我所、我慢使繫著不生。羅睺羅!如是比丘越於二,離諸相,寂滅解脫。羅睺羅!如是比丘斷諸愛欲,轉去諸結,究竟苦邊。」佛說此經已,羅睺羅聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如內入,如是外入,乃至意觸因緣生受,亦如是廣說。 〔T02 0051a15〕(二〇〇) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,尊者羅睺羅往詣佛所,稽首佛足,退坐一面,白佛言:「善哉!世尊!為我說法,我聞法已,獨一靜處,專精思惟,不放逸住;獨一靜處,專精思惟,不放逸住已,如是思惟:『所以族姓子剃除鬚髮,正信非家,出家學道,修持梵行,見法自知作證:「我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。」』」爾時,世尊觀察羅睺羅心,解脫慧未熟,未堪任受增上法。問羅睺羅言:「汝以授人五受陰未?」羅睺羅白佛:「未也。世尊!」佛告羅睺羅:「汝當為人演說五受陰。」爾時,羅睺羅受佛教已,於異時為人演說五受陰,說已,還詣佛所,首佛足,退住一面,白佛言:「世尊!我已為人說五受陰,唯願世尊為我說法,我聞法已,獨一靜處,專精思惟,不放逸住,乃至自知不受後有。」爾時,世尊復觀察羅睺羅心,解脫智未熟,不堪任受增上法。問羅睺羅言:「汝為人說六入處未?」羅睺羅白佛:「未也。世尊!」佛告羅睺羅:「汝當為人演說六入處。」爾時,羅睺羅於異時為人演說六入處,說六入處已,來詣佛所,首禮足,退住一面,白佛言:「世尊!我已為人演說六入處,唯願世尊為我說法,我聞法已,當獨一靜處,專精思惟,不放逸住,乃至自知不受後有。」爾時,世尊觀察羅睺羅心,解脫智未熟,不堪任受增上法。問羅睺羅言:「汝已為人說尼陀那法未?」羅睺羅白佛言:「未也。世尊!」佛告羅睺羅:「汝當為人演說尼陀那法。」爾時,羅睺羅於異時為人廣說尼陀那法已,來詣佛所,首禮足,退住一面,白佛言:「世尊!為我說法,我聞法已,獨一靜處,專精思惟,不放逸住,乃至自知不受後有。」爾時,世尊復觀察羅睺羅心,解脫智未熟……廣說乃至告羅睺羅言:「汝當於上所說諸法,獨於一靜處,專精思惟,觀察其義。」爾時,羅睺羅受佛教勅,如上所聞法、所說法思惟稱量,觀察其義,作是念:「此諸法一切皆順趣涅槃、流注涅槃、後住涅槃。」爾時,羅睺羅往詣佛所,首禮足,退住一面,白佛言:「世尊!我已於如上所聞法、所說法獨一靜處,思惟稱量,觀察其義,知此諸法皆順趣涅槃、流注涅槃、後住涅槃。」爾時,世尊觀察羅睺羅心,解脫智熟,堪任受增上法。告羅睺羅言:「羅睺羅!一切無常。何等法無常?謂眼無常,若色、眼識、眼觸……」如上無常廣說。爾時,羅睺羅聞佛所說,歡喜隨喜,禮佛而退。爾時,羅睺羅受佛教已,獨一靜處,專精思惟,不放逸住:「所以族姓子剃除鬚髮,著袈裟衣,正信非家,出家學道,純修梵行,乃至見法自知作證:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』」成阿羅漢,心善解脫。佛說此經已,羅睺羅聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0051c11〕(二〇一) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。時,有異比丘來詣佛所,稽首佛足,退住一面,白佛言:「世尊!云何知、云何見,次第疾得漏盡?」爾時,世尊告彼比丘:「當正觀無常。何等法無常?謂眼無常,若色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,當觀無常。耳、鼻、舌、身、意當觀無常。若法、意識、意觸、意觸因緣生受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼亦無常。比丘!如是知、如是見,次第盡有漏。」時,彼比丘聞佛所說,歡喜作禮而去。如是,比丘所說經。若差別者:「云何知、云何見,次第盡一切結,斷一切縛、斷一切使、斷一切上煩惱、斷一切結、斷諸流、斷諸軛、斷諸取、斷諸觸、斷諸蓋、斷諸纏、斷諸垢、斷諸愛、斷諸意、斷邪見生正見、斷無明生明。比丘!如是觀眼無常,乃至如是知、如是見,次第無明斷,明生。」時,彼比丘聞佛所說歡喜,歡喜已,作禮而去。 〔T02 0051c29〕(二〇二) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給 〔T02 0052a01〕孤獨園。時,有異比丘往詣佛所,稽首佛足,白佛言:「世尊!云何知、云何見,次第我見斷,無我見生?」佛告彼比丘:「於眼正觀無我,若色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼亦正觀無我。如是乃至意觸因緣生受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼亦正觀無我。比丘!如是知、如是見,次第我見斷,無我見生。」時,彼比丘聞佛所說歡喜,歡喜已,作禮而去。 〔T02 0052a10〕(二〇三) 如是我聞:一時,佛住毘舍離耆婆拘摩羅藥師菴羅園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「若有比丘能斷一法者,則得正智,能自記說:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』」諸比丘白佛言:「世尊是法根、法眼、法依。」唯願演說,諸比丘聞已,當受奉行。佛告諸比丘:「諦聽,善思,當為汝說。諸比丘!云何一法斷故,乃至不受後有?所謂無明,離欲明生,得正智,能自記說:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』」時,有異比丘從坐起,整衣服,偏袒右肩,為佛作禮,右膝著地,合掌白佛言:「世尊!云何知、云何見無明,離欲明生?」佛告比丘:「當正觀察眼無常,若色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼亦正觀無常。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦復如是。比丘!如是知、如是見無明,離欲明生。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0052a27〕(二〇四) 如是我聞:一時,佛住毘舍離耆婆拘摩羅藥師菴羅園。爾時,世尊告尊者阿難:「於眼當如實知、如實見,若眼、色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼亦如實知、如實見。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦復如是。彼如實知、如實見已,於眼生厭,若色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼亦生厭。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦復如是。厭已不樂,不樂已解脫,解脫知見:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0052b09〕(二〇五) 如是我聞:一時,佛住毘舍離耆婆拘摩羅藥師菴羅園。爾時,世尊說一切優陀那偈已,告尊者阿難:「眼無常、苦、變易、異分法,若色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼亦無常、苦、變易、異分法。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦復如是。多聞聖弟子如是觀者,於眼得解脫,若色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,彼亦解脫。耳、鼻、舌、身、意法、意識、意觸、意觸因緣生受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼解脫,我說彼解脫生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦。」佛說此經已,尊者阿難聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0052b20〕(二〇六) 如是我聞:一時,佛住毘舍離城耆婆拘摩羅藥師菴羅園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「當勤方便禪思,內寂其心。所以者何?比丘!方便禪思,內寂其心,如是如實知顯現。於何如實知顯現?於眼如實知顯現,若色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼亦如實知顯現。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦復如是。此諸法無常、有為,亦如是如實知顯現。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0052b29〕(二〇七) 如是我聞:一時,佛住毘舍離耆婆拘摩羅藥師菴羅園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「當修無量三摩提,精勤繫念。所以者何?修無量三摩提,精勤繫念已,則如實顯現。於何如實顯現?於眼如實顯現……」如是廣說,乃至「此諸法無常、有為,此如實顯現。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0052c07〕(二〇八) 如是我聞:一時,佛住毘舍離耆婆拘摩羅藥師菴羅園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「過去、未來眼無常,況現在眼。多聞聖弟子如是觀者,不顧過去眼,不欣未來眼,於現在眼厭、不樂、離欲、向厭。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦復如是。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如無常,苦、空、無我,亦如是說。如內入處四經,如是外入處色、聲、香、味、觸、法四經,內外入處四經,亦如是說。 〔T02 0052c17〕(二〇九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住毘舍離耆婆拘摩羅藥師菴羅園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有六觸入處。云何為六?眼觸入處,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸入處。沙門、婆羅門於此六觸入處集、滅、味、患、離不如實知,當知是沙門、婆羅門去我法、律遠,如虛空與地。」時,有異比丘從坐起,整衣服,為佛作禮,合掌白佛言:「我具足如實知此六觸入處集、滅、味、患、離。」佛告比丘:「我今問汝,汝隨問答我。比丘!汝見眼觸入處是我、異我、相在不?」答言:「不也,世尊!」佛告比丘:「善哉!善哉!於此眼觸入處非我、非異我、不相在,如實知見者,不起諸漏、心不染著、心得解脫,是名初觸入處 〔T02 0053a01〕已斷、已知,斷其根本,如截多羅樹頭,於未來法永不復起,所謂眼識及色。汝見耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸入處是我、異我、相在不?」答言:「不也,世尊!」佛告比丘:「善哉!善哉!於耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸入處非我、非異我、不相在,作如是如實知見者,不起諸漏、心不染著,心得解脫,是名比丘六觸入處已斷、已知,斷其根本,如截多羅樹頭,於未來世永不復生,謂意識、法。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0053a11〕(二一〇) 如是我聞:一時,佛住毘舍離耆婆拘摩羅藥師菴羅園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「莫樂莫苦。所以者何?有六觸入處地獄,眾生生彼地獄中者,眼所見不可愛色、不見可愛色,見不可念色、不見可念色,見不善色、不見善色,以是因緣故,一向受憂苦。耳聲、鼻香、舌味、身觸、意識法,見不可愛、不見可愛,見不可念、不見可念,見不善法、不見善法,以是因緣故,長受憂苦。「諸比丘!有六觸入處,其有眾生生彼處者,眼見可愛、不見不可愛,見可念色、非不可念色,見善色、非不善色,以是因緣故,一向長受喜樂。耳聲、鼻香、舌味、身觸、意所識法,可愛非不可愛、可念非不可念、見善非不善。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0053a26〕(二一一) 如是我聞:一時,佛住毘舍離耆婆拘摩羅藥師菴羅園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「我昔未成正覺時,獨一靜處,禪思思惟:『自心多向何處觀察?』自心多逐過去五欲功德,少逐現在五欲功德,逐未來世轉復微少;我觀多逐過去五欲心已,極生方便,精勤自護,不復令隨過去五欲功德。「我以是精勤自護故,漸漸近阿耨多羅三藐三菩提。汝等諸比丘亦復多逐過去五欲功德,現在、未來亦復微少,汝今亦當以心多逐過去五欲功德故,增加自護,亦當不久得盡諸漏,無漏心解脫、慧解脫,現法自知作證:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』「所以者何?眼見色因緣生內受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂。耳、鼻、舌、身、意法因緣生內受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂。是故,比丘!於彼入處當覺知,若眼滅,色想則離。耳、鼻、舌、身、意滅,法想則離。」佛說:「當覺六入處。」言已,入室坐禪。時,有眾多比丘,世尊去後,作此論議:「世尊為我等略說法要,不廣分別,而入室坐禪。世尊說言:『當覺六入處,若彼眼滅,色想則離;耳、鼻、舌、身、意滅,法想則離。』我等今日於世尊略說法中猶故不解,今此眾中,誰有慧力,能為我等於世尊略說法中廣為我等演說其義?」復作是念:「唯有尊者阿難,常侍世尊,常為大師之所讚歎,聰慧梵行。唯有尊者阿難堪能為我等於世尊略說法中演說其義,我等今日皆共往詣尊者阿難所,問其要義,如阿難所說,悉當奉持。」爾時,眾多比丘往詣尊者阿難所,共相問訊已,於一面坐。白尊者阿難言:「尊者!當知世尊為我等略說法要,如上所說,具問阿難,當為我等廣說其義。」尊者阿難語諸比丘:「諦聽,善思,於世尊略說法中,當為汝等廣說其義,世尊略說者,即是滅六入處有餘之說,故言:『眼處滅,色想則離;耳、鼻、舌、身、意入處滅,法想則離。』世尊略說此法已,入室坐禪,我今已為汝等分別說義。」尊者阿難說此義已,諸比丘聞其所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0053c07〕(二一二) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「我不為一切比丘說不放逸行,亦非不為一切比丘說不放逸行。「不向何等像類比丘說不放逸行?若比丘得阿羅漢,盡諸有漏,離諸重擔,逮得己利,盡諸有結,心正解脫。如是像類比丘,我不為說不放逸行。所以者何?彼諸比丘已作不放逸故,不復堪能作放逸事,我今見彼諸尊者得不放逸果,是故不為彼說不放逸行。「為何等像類比丘說不放逸行?若諸比丘在學地者,未得心意增上安隱,向涅槃住,如是像類比丘,我為其說不放逸行。所以者何?以彼比丘習學諸根,心樂隨順資生之具,親近善友,不久當得盡諸有漏,無漏心解脫、慧解脫,現法自知作證:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』所以者何?彼眼識所可愛樂、染著之色,彼比丘見已,不喜、不讚歎、不染、不繫著住;以不喜、不讚歎、不染、不著住故,專精勝進,身心止息,心安極住不忘,常定一心,無量法喜,但逮得第一三昧正受,終不退滅隨於眼色。於耳、鼻、舌、身、意識法亦復如是。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0054a01〕(二一三) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「當為汝等演說二法。諦聽,善思。何等為二?眼、色為二。耳聲、鼻香、舌味、身觸、意法為二,是名二法。「若有沙門、婆羅門作如是說:『是非二者,沙門瞿曇所說二法,此非為二。』彼自以意說二法者,但有言說,問已不知,增其疑惑,以非其境界故。「所以者何?緣眼、色,眼識生,三事和合,緣觸觸生受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂。若於此受集、受滅、受味、受患、受離不如實知者,種貪欲身觸、種瞋恚身觸、種戒取身觸、種我見身觸,亦種殖增長諸惡不善法。如是純大苦聚皆從集生,如是耳、鼻、舌、身,意、法緣,生意識,三事和合觸……」廣說如上。「復次,眼緣色,生眼識,三事和合觸,觸緣受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,於此諸受集、滅、味、患、離如是知。如是知已,不種貪欲身觸、不種瞋恚身觸、不種戒取身觸、不種我見身觸、不種諸惡不善法。如是諸惡不善法滅,純大苦聚滅。耳、鼻、舌、身、意法亦復如是。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0054a22〕(二一四) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有二因緣生識。何等為二?謂眼色、耳聲、鼻香、舌味、身觸、意法……」如是廣說,乃至「非其境界故。所以者何?眼、色因緣生眼識,彼無常、有為、心緣生,色若眼、識,無常、有為、心緣生,此三法和合觸,觸已受,受已思,思已想,此等諸法無常、有為、心緣生,所謂觸、想、思。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦復如是。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0054b02〕(二一五) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,尊者富留那比丘往詣佛所,稽首佛足,退住一面,白佛言:「世尊說現法、說滅熾然、說不待時、說正向、說即此見、說緣自覺。世尊!云何為現法,乃至緣自覺?」佛告富留那:「善哉!富留那!能作此問。富留那!諦聽,善思,當為汝說。富留那!比丘眼見色已,覺知色、覺知色貪,我此內有眼識色貪,我此內有眼識色貪如實知。富留那!若眼見色已,覺知色、覺知色貪,我此內有眼識色貪如實知者,是名現見法。「云何滅熾然?云何不待時?云何正向?云何即此見?云何緣自覺?富留那!比丘眼見色已,覺知色,不起色貪覺,我無有內眼識色貪,不起色貪覺,如實知。若,富留那!比丘眼見色已,覺知色,不起色貪覺,如實知色,不起色貪覺如實知,是名滅熾然、不待時、正向、即此見、緣自覺。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦復如是。」佛說此經已,富留那比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0054b22〕(二一六) 如是我聞:一時,佛在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「言大海者,愚夫所說,非聖所說,此大小水耳。云何聖所說海?謂眼識色已,愛念、深著,貪樂身、口、意業,是名為海。一切世間阿修羅眾,乃至天、人,悉於其中貪樂沈沒,如狗肚藏,如亂草蘊,此世、他世絞結纏鎖,亦復如是。耳識聲、鼻識香、舌識味、身識觸,此世、他世絞結纏鏁,亦復如是。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如身、口、意業,如是貪、恚、癡,老、病、死,亦如是說。如五根三經,六根三經,亦如是說。 〔T02 0054c05〕(二一七) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「所謂海者,世間愚夫所說,非聖所說。海大小水耳,眼是人大海,彼色為濤波。若能堪忍色濤波者,得度眼大海,竟於濤波迴澓諸水、惡蟲、羅剎女鬼。耳、鼻、舌、身、意是人大海,聲、香、味、觸、法為濤波,若堪忍彼法濤波,得度於意海,竟於濤波迴澓、惡蟲、羅剎女鬼。」爾時,世尊以偈頌曰: 「大海巨濤波,惡蟲羅剎怖, 難度而能度,集離永無餘, 能斷一切苦,不復受餘有, 永之般涅槃,不復還放逸。」 佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0054c19〕(二一八) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「我今當為汝等說苦集道跡、苦滅道跡。諦聽,善思,當為汝說。「云何苦集道跡?緣眼、色,生眼識,三事和合觸,緣觸受,緣受愛,緣愛取,緣取有,緣有生,緣生老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦集,如是純大苦聚集。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦復如是。是名苦集道跡。「云何苦滅道跡?緣眼、色,生眼識,三事和合觸,觸滅則受滅,受滅則愛滅,愛滅則取滅,取滅則有滅,有滅則生滅,生滅則老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦滅,如是純大苦聚滅。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦如是 〔T02 0055a01〕說,是名苦滅道跡。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0055a03〕(二一九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「我今當說涅槃道跡。云何為涅槃道跡?謂觀察眼無常,若色、眼識、眼觸因緣生受,內覺若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼亦無常。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦復如是,是名涅槃道跡。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0055a10〕(二二〇) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有似趣涅槃道跡。云何為似趣涅槃道跡?觀察眼非我,若色、眼識、眼觸因緣生受,若內覺若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼亦觀察無常。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦復如是,是名似趣涅槃道跡。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0055a17〕(二二一) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有趣一切取道跡。云何為趣一切取道跡?緣眼、色,生眼識,三事和合觸,觸緣受,受緣愛,愛緣取,取所取故。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦復如是。取所取故,是名趣一切取道跡。「云何斷一切取道跡?緣眼、色,生眼識,三事和合觸,觸滅則受滅,受滅則愛滅,愛滅則取滅;如是知耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦復如是。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0055a27〕(二二二) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「當知一切知法、一切識法。諦聽,善思,當為汝說。「云何一切知法、一切識法?諸比丘!眼是知法、識法,若色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,內覺若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼一切是知法、識法。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦復如是。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0055b06〕(二二三) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「我不說一法不知、不識而得究竟苦邊。云何不說一法不知、不識而得究竟苦邊?謂不說於眼不知、不識而得究竟苦邊,若色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,內覺若苦、若樂、不苦不樂亦復不說,不知不識而得究竟苦邊。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦復如是。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0055b15〕(二二四) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「一切欲法應當斷。云何一切欲法應當斷?謂眼是一切欲法應當斷,若色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,內覺若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼一切欲法應當斷。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦復如是。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0055b22〕(二二五) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「我不說一法不知、不斷而究竟苦邊。云何不說一法不知、不斷而究竟苦邊?謂不說眼不知、不斷而究竟苦邊,若色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,內覺若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼一切不說不知、不斷而究竟苦邊。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦復如是。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0055c01〕(二二六) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「我今當說斷一切計。諦聽,善思,當為汝說。「云何不計?謂不計我見色,不計眼我所,不計相屬,若色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,內覺若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼亦不計樂我、我所,不計樂相屬;不計耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦復如是。「如是不計者,於諸世間常無所取,無所取故無所著,無所著故自覺涅槃:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如上所說,眼等不計,一切事不計亦如是。 〔T02 0055c13〕(二二七) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「計者是病,計者是癰,計者是刺,如來以不計住故,離病、離癰、離刺。「是故,比丘欲求不計住,離病、離癰、離刺者,彼比丘莫計眼我、我所,莫計眼相屬,莫計色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,內覺若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼亦莫計是我、我所、相在。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦復如是。「比丘!如是不計者,則無所取,無所取故無所著,無所著故自覺涅槃:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如眼等所說,餘一一事亦如是。 〔T02 0055c26〕(二二八) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「我今當說增長法、損減法。云何增長法?謂緣眼、色、生眼識,三事和合觸,觸緣受……」廣說乃至「純大苦聚集, 〔T02 0056a01〕是名增長法。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦復如是,是名增長法。「云何損減法,緣眼、色,生眼識,三事和合觸,觸滅則受滅……」廣說乃至「純大苦聚滅。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦復如是,是名損減法。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如增長、損減,如是起法、處變易法、集法、滅法,亦如上說。 〔T02 0056a08〕(二二九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「我今當說有漏、無漏法。云何有漏法?謂眼色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,內覺若苦、若樂、不苦不樂。耳、鼻、舌、身、意法、意識、意觸、意觸因緣生受,內覺若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,世俗者,是名有漏法。「云何無漏法?謂出世間意,若法、若意識、意觸、意觸因緣生受,內覺若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,出世間者,是名無漏法。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 雜阿含經卷第八
The canonical text stands in Chinese only. This edition renders the essence, the plain reading, the exposition and the apparatus into English — never the sūtra itself. Switch to 漢讀本 or 並行雙語 above to read it.
宋求那跋陀羅譯《雜阿含經》卷第八,本卷為六處相應之首卷;自經一百八十八至經二百二十九,凡四十二經。所說皆就眼、耳、鼻、舌、身、意六處而說:或說六處無常、苦、空、非我,或說於六處離欲、解脫,或說六觸入處、二法、道跡、不計。說者多為世尊;經二百一十一之後段為諸比丘之議論與尊者阿難之廣說。經二百一十七有偈一首,本卷無攝頌。往返問答之長經,經內依問答回合分段。底本於經末多以『如是……亦如是說』之句略去同型之經,白話依底本之語略述,不代為補出。段首(…)=大正藏頁·欄·行錨。
〔0·題署〕(0049b04)經名是「雜阿含經」,這是「卷第八」。譯者署名「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」——宋代從天竺來的三藏法師求那跋陀羅所翻譯。本卷收經四十二部,自經一百八十八至經二百二十九;經二百一十七有偈一首;卷末以「雜阿含經卷第八」作結。
〔188·正觀察眼無常〕(0049b07)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『應當正確地觀察眼是無常的。這樣觀察的人,叫做正見。由於正確地觀察,就生起厭離;由於生起厭離,就離開喜、離開貪;由於離開了喜和貪,我說他的心得到正解脫。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣,離開喜、離開貪;由於離開了喜和貪——比丘們!我說他的心得到正解脫。心得到正解脫的人,能夠自己記說:我的生已經窮盡,清淨的梵行已經建立,應當作的已經作完,自己知道不再承受後世的有。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。如同說無常這樣,說苦、空、非我,也這樣說。
〔189·於眼當正思惟〕(0049b17)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『對於眼,應當正確地思惟、觀察它是無常的。為什麼呢?對於眼正確地思惟、觀察它是無常的緣故,對於眼的欲貪就斷除了;欲貪斷除的緣故,我說他的心得到正解脫。對於耳、鼻、舌、身、意,正確地思惟、觀察的緣故,欲貪就斷除了;欲貪斷除的人,我說他的心得到正解脫。就是這樣,比丘們!心得到正解脫的人,能夠自己記說:我的生已經窮盡,清淨的梵行已經建立,應當作的已經作完,自己知道不再承受後世的有。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔190·於眼不識不知〕(0049b26)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『如果對於眼不認識、不了知、不斷除、不離欲,就不堪能正確地窮盡苦。對於耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣。諸比丘!對於眼,如果認識、了知、斷除、離欲,就堪能正確地窮盡苦。對於耳、鼻、舌、身、意,如果認識、了知、斷除、離欲,就堪能正確地窮盡苦。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔191·越生老病死苦〕(0049c04)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『對於眼,如果不認識、不了知、不斷除、不離欲,就不堪能超越生、老、病、死的苦。對於耳、鼻、舌、身、意,不認識、不了知、不斷除、不離欲,就不堪能超越生、老、病、死的苦。諸比丘!對於眼,如果認識、了知、斷除、離欲,就堪能超越生、老、病、死的苦。對於耳、鼻、舌、身、意,如果認識、了知、斷除、離欲,就堪能超越生、老、病、死的苦。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔192·於眼不離欲〕(0049c13)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『如果對於眼不離欲,心不解脫,就不堪能正確地窮盡苦。對於耳、鼻、舌、身、意不離欲,心不解脫,就不堪能正確地窮盡苦。諸比丘!如果對於眼離欲,心得解脫,他就堪能正確地窮盡苦。對於耳、鼻、舌、身、意離欲,心得解脫,就堪能正確地窮盡苦。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔193·於眼色不離欲〕(0049c21)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『如果對於眼和色不離欲,心不解脫,就不堪能超越生、老、病、死的苦。對於耳、鼻、舌、身、意不離欲,心不解脫,就不堪能超越生、老、病、死的苦。諸比丘!如果對於眼和色離欲,心得解脫,就堪能超越生、老、病、死的苦。對於耳、鼻、舌、身、意離欲,心得解脫,就堪能超越生、老、病、死的苦。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔194·於眼生喜〕(0050a01)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『如果對於眼生起喜樂,就是對於苦生起喜樂;如果對於苦生起喜樂,我說他沒有從苦中解脫。對於耳、鼻、舌、身、意生起喜樂,就是對於苦生起喜樂;對於苦生起喜樂的人,我說他沒有從苦中解脫。諸比丘!如果對於眼不生起喜樂,就是對於苦不生起喜樂;對於苦不生起喜樂的人,我說他從苦中解脫。對於耳、鼻、舌、身、意不生起喜樂,就是對於苦不生起喜樂;對於苦不生起喜樂的人,我說他從苦中解脫。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔195·一切無常〕(0050a11)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『一切都是無常的。什麼是一切都是無常的?就是眼是無常的;色、眼識、眼觸,以及眼觸因緣所生的受——苦覺、樂覺、不苦不樂覺,那些也都是無常的。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣。多聞的聖弟子這樣觀察,就對眼生起厭離;對色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣所生的受——苦覺、樂覺、不苦不樂覺,也對它們生起厭離。對耳、鼻、舌、身、意,聲、香、味、觸、法,意識、意觸、意觸因緣所生的受——苦覺、樂覺、不苦不樂覺,也對它們生起厭離。由於厭離就不愛樂,由於不愛樂就得解脫,有了解脫的知見:我的生已經窮盡,清淨的梵行已經建立,應當作的已經作完,自己知道不再承受後世的有。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。如同無常經這樣,說苦、空、無我,也這樣說。
〔196·解脫生老病死〕(0050a24)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『一切都是無常的。什麼是一切都是無常的?就是眼是無常的;色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣所生的受——苦、樂、不苦不樂,那些也都是無常的。同樣地,耳、鼻、舌、身、意,以及法、意識、意觸、意觸因緣所生的受——苦、樂、不苦不樂,那些也都是無常的。多聞的聖弟子這樣觀察,就從眼得解脫;從色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣所生的受——苦、樂、不苦不樂,也都得解脫。同樣地,從耳、鼻、舌、身、意,法、意識、意觸、意觸因緣所生的受——苦、樂、不苦不樂,也都得解脫。我說他從生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦中解脫了。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。如同說一切無常這樣,說一切苦、一切空、一切非我、一切虛業法、一切破壞法、一切生法、一切老法、一切病法、一切死法、一切愁憂法、一切煩惱法、一切集法、一切滅法、一切知法、一切識法、一切斷法、一切覺法、一切作證、一切魔、一切魔勢、一切魔器、一切然、一切熾然、一切燒,都如上面兩部經那樣廣說。
〔197·三種示現〕(0050b14)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在迦闍尸利沙支提,與一千位比丘在一起,他們從前都是盤結頭髮的婆羅門。那時,世尊為這一千位比丘作三種示現來教化他們。哪三種呢?就是神足變化示現、他心示現、教誡示現。所謂神足示現,就是世尊隨著他們所應受化的,示現進入禪定正受,凌空而行到東方,作出行、住、坐、臥四種威儀;進入火三昧,放出種種火光,青、黃、赤、白、紅、頗梨色;水和火一起顯現,或者身下出火、身上出水,或者身上出火、身下出水,周圍四方也都是這樣。那時,世尊作了種種神變之後,在大眾中坐下,這叫做神足示現。所謂他心示現,就是如他的心、如他的意、如他的識——他應當作這樣的念、不應當作這樣的念,他應當作這樣的捨,他應當這樣身證而住,這叫做他心示現。所謂教誡示現,就如世尊所說:『諸比丘!一切都在燃燒。什麼是一切都在燃燒?就是眼在燃燒;色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣所生的受——苦、樂、不苦不樂,那些也都在燃燒。同樣地,耳、鼻、舌、身、意在燃燒;法、意識、意觸、意觸因緣所生的受——苦、樂、不苦不樂,那些也都在燃燒。以什麼燃燒呢?以貪火燃燒、以恚火燃燒、以癡火燃燒,以生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦之火燃燒。』那時,一千位比丘聽了佛所說的,不起諸漏,心得解脫。佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔198·我內識身〕(0050c07)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城的耆闍崛山。那時,尊者羅睺羅前往佛那裡,以頭頂禮佛足,退到一旁站住,對佛說:『世尊!怎樣知、怎樣見我這內在的識身以及外在的一切相,才能使我、我所、我慢使的繫著不生起?』那時,世尊告訴羅睺羅:『好啊!羅睺羅!你能問如來這甚深的義理。』佛告訴羅睺羅:『眼,無論是過去的、未來的、現在的,無論是內的、外的,無論是粗的、細的,無論是好的、醜的,無論是遠的、近的,那一切都如實了知為非我、非異於我、不相互在對方之中。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣。羅睺羅!作這樣的知、這樣的見我這個識身以及外在的一切相,就使我、我所、我慢使的繫著不生起。羅睺羅!像這樣我、我所、我慢使的繫著不生起的人——羅睺羅!這叫做斷除了愛,轉去了結,以正無間等,究竟了苦的邊際。』佛說完這部經,尊者羅睺羅聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。如同說內入處這樣,外入處——色、聲、香、味、觸、法,以及眼識,耳、鼻、舌、身、意識,眼觸,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸,眼觸所生的受,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸所生的受,眼觸所生的想,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸所生的想,眼觸所生的思,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸所生的思,眼觸所生的愛,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸所生的愛,也都如上面這樣說。
〔199·無有我我所〕(0050c27)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在王舍城的迦蘭陀竹園。那時,世尊告訴羅睺羅:『怎樣知、怎樣見,對於這個識身以及外在的一切相,就沒有我、我所、我慢使的繫著?』羅睺羅對佛說:『世尊是法的根本、法的眼目、法的依止。好啊!世尊!請為諸比丘廣說這個義理;諸比丘聽了之後,當會受持奉行。』佛告訴羅睺羅:『好!仔細聽,我當為你說。所有的眼,無論是過去的、未來的、現在的,無論是內的、外的,無論是粗的、細的,無論是好的、醜的,無論是遠的、近的,那一切都如實地正確觀察為非我、非異於我、不相互在對方之中。羅睺羅!耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣。羅睺羅!這樣知、這樣見我這個識身以及外在的一切相,我、我所、我慢使的繫著就不生起。羅睺羅!這樣的比丘超越了二,離開了諸相,寂滅而解脫。羅睺羅!這樣的比丘斷除了諸愛欲,轉去了諸結,究竟了苦的邊際。』佛說完這部經,羅睺羅聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。如同說內入這樣,外入,乃至意觸因緣所生的受,也都這樣廣說。
〔200·授人五受陰〕(0051a15)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,尊者羅睺羅前往佛那裡,以頭頂禮佛足,退到一旁坐下,對佛說:『好啊!世尊!請為我說法。我聽了法之後,要獨自在一處寂靜之所,專精思惟,不放逸而住;獨自在一處寂靜之所,專精思惟,不放逸而住之後,就這樣思惟:族姓子之所以剃除鬚髮,以正信離家,出家學道,修持梵行,是為了見法而自己知道、親身作證:我的生已經窮盡,清淨的梵行已經建立,應當作的已經作完,自己知道不再承受後世的有。』那時,世尊觀察羅睺羅的心,解脫慧還未成熟,還不堪能接受增上的法。就問羅睺羅說:『你已經為人講授五受陰了嗎?』羅睺羅對佛說:『還沒有,世尊!』佛告訴羅睺羅:『你應當為人演說五受陰。』
那時,羅睺羅接受了佛的教導,在其他時候為人演說五受陰;說完之後,回到佛那裡,以頭頂禮佛足,退到一旁站住,對佛說:『世尊!我已經為人說了五受陰,唯願世尊為我說法。我聽了法之後,要獨自在一處寂靜之所,專精思惟,不放逸而住,乃至自己知道不再承受後世的有。』那時,世尊又觀察羅睺羅的心,解脫智還未成熟,不堪能接受增上的法。就問羅睺羅說:『你為人說過六入處了嗎?』羅睺羅對佛說:『還沒有,世尊!』佛告訴羅睺羅:『你應當為人演說六入處。』
那時,羅睺羅在其他時候為人演說六入處;說完六入處之後,來到佛那裡,以頭頂禮佛足,退到一旁站住,對佛說:『世尊!我已經為人演說了六入處,唯願世尊為我說法。我聽了法之後,要獨自在一處寂靜之所,專精思惟,不放逸而住,乃至自己知道不再承受後世的有。』那時,世尊觀察羅睺羅的心,解脫智還未成熟,不堪能接受增上的法。就問羅睺羅說:『你已經為人說過尼陀那法了嗎?』羅睺羅對佛說:『還沒有,世尊!』佛告訴羅睺羅:『你應當為人演說尼陀那法。』
那時,羅睺羅在其他時候為人廣說尼陀那法之後,來到佛那裡,以頭頂禮佛足,退到一旁站住,對佛說:『世尊!請為我說法。我聽了法之後,要獨自在一處寂靜之所,專精思惟,不放逸而住,乃至自己知道不再承受後世的有。』那時,世尊又觀察羅睺羅的心,解脫智還未成熟……如此廣說,乃至告訴羅睺羅說:『你應當對上面所說的諸法,獨自在一處寂靜之所,專精思惟,觀察其中的義理。』那時,羅睺羅接受了佛的教勅,對如上所聽聞的法、所演說的法,思惟稱量,觀察其中的義理,生起這樣的念頭:『這些法,一切都隨順趣向涅槃、流注於涅槃、最後安住於涅槃。』那時,羅睺羅前往佛那裡,以頭頂禮佛足,退到一旁站住,對佛說:『世尊!我已經對如上所聽聞的法、所演說的法,獨自在一處寂靜之所,思惟稱量,觀察其中的義理,知道這些法都隨順趣向涅槃、流注於涅槃、最後安住於涅槃。』
那時,世尊觀察羅睺羅的心,解脫智已經成熟,堪能接受增上的法。就告訴羅睺羅說:『羅睺羅!一切都是無常的。什麼法是無常的?就是眼是無常的,色、眼識、眼觸……』如同上面說無常那樣廣說。那時,羅睺羅聽了佛所說的,歡喜隨喜,禮佛而退。那時,羅睺羅接受了佛的教導,獨自在一處寂靜之所,專精思惟,不放逸而住:族姓子之所以剃除鬚髮,穿上袈裟衣,以正信離家,出家學道,純一修持梵行,乃至是為了見法而自己知道、親身作證:我的生已經窮盡,清淨的梵行已經建立,應當作的已經作完,自己知道不再承受後世的有。他成為阿羅漢,心善得解脫。佛說完這部經,羅睺羅聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔201·次第疾得漏盡〕(0051c11)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。當時,有一位比丘來到佛那裡,以頭頂禮佛足,退到一旁站住,對佛說:『世尊!怎樣知、怎樣見,才能次第迅速地得到漏盡?』那時,世尊告訴那位比丘:『應當正確地觀察無常。什麼法是無常的?就是眼是無常的;色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣所生的受——苦、樂、不苦不樂,應當觀察它們是無常的。耳、鼻、舌、身、意,應當觀察它們是無常的;法、意識、意觸、意觸因緣所生的受——苦、樂、不苦不樂,那些也都是無常的。比丘!這樣知、這樣見,就次第窮盡有漏。』當時,那位比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地作禮而去。像這樣,是比丘所說的經。如果說其中的差別,就是:『怎樣知、怎樣見,才能次第窮盡一切結,斷除一切縛、斷除一切使、斷除一切上煩惱、斷除一切結、斷除諸流、斷除諸軛、斷除諸取、斷除諸觸、斷除諸蓋、斷除諸纏、斷除諸垢、斷除諸愛、斷除諸意,斷除邪見而生起正見,斷除無明而生起明?』『比丘!這樣觀察眼是無常的,乃至這樣知、這樣見,就次第斷除無明,生起明。』當時,那位比丘聽了佛所說的,很歡喜;歡喜之後,作禮而去。
〔202·次第我見斷〕(0051c29)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。當時,有一位比丘前往佛那裡,以頭頂禮佛足,對佛說:『世尊!怎樣知、怎樣見,才能次第斷除我見,生起無我見?』佛告訴那位比丘:『對於眼,正確地觀察它是無我的;色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣所生的受——苦、樂、不苦不樂,對那些也正確地觀察它們是無我的。這樣乃至意觸因緣所生的受——苦、樂、不苦不樂,對那些也正確地觀察它們是無我的。比丘!這樣知、這樣見,就次第斷除我見,生起無我見。』當時,那位比丘聽了佛所說的,很歡喜;歡喜之後,作禮而去。
〔203·能斷一法〕(0052a10)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在毘舍離耆婆拘摩羅藥師的菴羅園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『如果有比丘能夠斷除一法,就得到正智,能夠自己記說:我的生已經窮盡,清淨的梵行已經建立,應當作的已經作完,自己知道不再承受後世的有。』諸比丘對佛說:『世尊是法的根本、法的眼目、法的依止。』唯願世尊演說,諸比丘聽了之後,當會受持奉行。佛告訴諸比丘:『仔細聽,好好地思惟,我當為你們說。諸比丘!為什麼斷除了一法,乃至不再承受後世的有?就是無明;對它離欲,明就生起,得到正智,能夠自己記說:我的生已經窮盡,清淨的梵行已經建立,應當作的已經作完,自己知道不再承受後世的有。』當時,有一位比丘從座位起身,整理衣服,偏袒右肩,向佛作禮,右膝著地,合掌對佛說:『世尊!怎樣知、怎樣見,對無明離欲,明就生起?』佛告訴那位比丘:『應當正確地觀察眼是無常的;色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣所生的受——苦、樂、不苦不樂,對那些也正確地觀察它們是無常的。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣。比丘!這樣知、這樣見,對無明離欲,明就生起。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔204·眼當如實知〕(0052a27)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在毘舍離耆婆拘摩羅藥師的菴羅園。那時,世尊告訴尊者阿難:『對於眼,應當如實地知、如實地見;眼、色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣所生的受——苦、樂、不苦不樂,對那些也如實地知、如實地見。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣。他如實地知、如實地見之後,就對眼生起厭離;對色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣所生的受——苦、樂、不苦不樂,也對它們生起厭離。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣。厭離之後就不愛樂,不愛樂之後就得解脫,有了解脫的知見:我的生已經窮盡,清淨的梵行已經建立,應當作的已經作完,自己知道不再承受後世的有。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔205·眼無常苦變易〕(0052b09)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在毘舍離耆婆拘摩羅藥師的菴羅園。那時,世尊說完一切優陀那偈之後,告訴尊者阿難:『眼是無常、苦、變易、異分之法;色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣所生的受——苦、樂、不苦不樂,那些也都是無常、苦、變易、異分之法。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣。多聞的聖弟子這樣觀察,就從眼得解脫;從色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣所生的受,也都得解脫。從耳、鼻、舌、身、意,法、意識、意觸、意觸因緣所生的受——苦、樂、不苦不樂,他得解脫。我說他從生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦中解脫了。』佛說完這部經,尊者阿難聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔206·方便禪思〕(0052b20)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在毘舍離城耆婆拘摩羅藥師的菴羅園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『應當勤加方便,禪思,使內心寂靜。為什麼呢?比丘!方便禪思,使內心寂靜,就這樣如實知而顯現。對什麼如實知而顯現?對眼如實知而顯現;對色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣所生的受——苦、樂、不苦不樂,也如實知而顯現。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣。這些法是無常的、有為的,也這樣如實知而顯現。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔207·修無量三摩提〕(0052b29)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在毘舍離耆婆拘摩羅藥師的菴羅園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『應當修習無量三摩提,精勤繫念。為什麼呢?修習無量三摩提,精勤繫念之後,就如實顯現。對什麼如實顯現?對眼如實顯現……』如此廣說,乃至『這些法是無常的、有為的,這樣如實顯現。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔208·過去未來眼〕(0052c07)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在毘舍離耆婆拘摩羅藥師的菴羅園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『過去、未來的眼是無常的,何況是現在的眼。多聞的聖弟子這樣觀察,就不顧戀過去的眼,不欣求未來的眼,對現在的眼厭離、不愛樂、離欲、趣向厭離。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。如同說無常這樣,說苦、空、無我,也這樣說。如同內入處的四經這樣,外入處色、聲、香、味、觸、法的四經,內外入處的四經,也這樣說。
〔209·有六觸入處〕(0052c17)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在毘舍離耆婆拘摩羅藥師的菴羅園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有六觸入處。哪六種?就是眼觸入處,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸入處。沙門、婆羅門如果對這六觸入處的集起、滅去、味著、過患、出離不如實知,應當知道這樣的沙門、婆羅門離我的法、律很遠,如同虛空與大地相距那樣遙遠。』當時,有一位比丘從座位起身,整理衣服,向佛作禮,合掌對佛說:『我具足如實地了知這六觸入處的集起、滅去、味著、過患、出離。』
佛告訴那位比丘:『我現在問你,你隨我所問回答我。比丘!你見眼觸入處是我、異於我、相互在對方之中嗎?』回答說:『不是的,世尊!』佛告訴那位比丘:『好啊!好啊!對於這眼觸入處,如實知見為非我、非異於我、不相互在對方之中的人,不起諸漏,心不染著,心得解脫,這叫做第一觸入處已經斷除、已經遍知,斷除了它的根本,如同截斷多羅樹的頂端,在未來法中永遠不再生起,就是眼識和色。
『你見耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸入處是我、異於我、相互在對方之中嗎?』回答說:『不是的,世尊!』佛告訴那位比丘:『好啊!好啊!對於耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸入處,作這樣的如實知見為非我、非異於我、不相互在對方之中的人,不起諸漏,心不染著,心得解脫,這叫做比丘的六觸入處已經斷除、已經遍知,斷除了它的根本,如同截斷多羅樹的頂端,在未來世永遠不再生起,就是意識和法。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔210·莫樂莫苦〕(0053a11)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在毘舍離耆婆拘摩羅藥師的菴羅園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『不要喜樂,也不要憂苦。為什麼呢?有六觸入處的地獄,眾生生在那地獄之中的,眼所見的是不可愛的色,見不到可愛的色;見到不可念的色,見不到可念的色;見到不善的色,見不到善的色。由於這樣的因緣,一向承受憂苦。耳所聞的聲、鼻所嗅的香、舌所嘗的味、身所覺的觸、意所識的法,見到不可愛的,見不到可愛的;見到不可念的,見不到可念的;見到不善的法,見不到善的法。由於這樣的因緣,長久承受憂苦。諸比丘!有六觸入處,凡有眾生生在那處的,眼見的是可愛的,見不到不可愛的;見到可念的色,而非不可念的色;見到善的色,而非不善的色。由於這樣的因緣,一向長久承受喜樂。耳所聞的聲、鼻所嗅的香、舌所嘗的味、身所覺的觸、意所識的法,是可愛的而非不可愛的,是可念的而非不可念的,見到的是善的而非不善的。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔211·昔未成正覺〕(0053a26)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在毘舍離耆婆拘摩羅藥師的菴羅園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『我從前還沒有成就正覺的時候,獨自在一處寂靜之所,禪思思惟:自己的心多半趣向何處而觀察?自己的心多半追逐過去的五欲功德,少有追逐現在的五欲功德,追逐未來世的更加微少。我觀察到心多半追逐過去的五欲之後,極力生起方便,精勤地守護自己,不再讓心隨逐過去的五欲功德。我由於這樣精勤地守護自己,漸漸接近阿耨多羅三藐三菩提。你們諸比丘,也多半追逐過去的五欲功德,追逐現在、未來的也很微少。你們現在也應當因為心多半追逐過去五欲功德的緣故,加強守護自己,也就不久能窮盡諸漏,得無漏的心解脫、慧解脫,在現法中自己知道、親身作證:我的生已經窮盡,清淨的梵行已經建立,應當作的已經作完,自己知道不再承受後世的有。為什麼呢?眼見色,由這因緣生起內在的受——苦、樂、不苦不樂。耳、鼻、舌、身、意與法,由這因緣生起內在的受——苦、樂、不苦不樂。所以,比丘們!對那些入處應當覺知:如果眼滅了,色想就離去了;耳、鼻、舌、身、意滅了,法想就離去了。』佛說:『應當覺知六入處。』說完之後,入室坐禪。
當時,有許多比丘,在世尊離去之後,作這樣的議論:『世尊為我們略說法要,沒有廣加分別,就入室坐禪了。世尊說:應當覺知六入處——如果那眼滅了,色想就離去了;耳、鼻、舌、身、意滅了,法想就離去了。我們今天對世尊所略說的法,仍然不能理解。現在在這大眾之中,誰有智慧之力,能為我們把世尊所略說的法,廣為我們演說其中的義理?』又這樣想:『只有尊者阿難,常常侍奉世尊,常常為大師所讚歎,聰慧而修梵行。只有尊者阿難堪能為我們把世尊所略說的法,演說其中的義理。我們今天一起前往尊者阿難那裡,請問其中的要義;如同阿難所說的,都當奉持。』
那時,許多比丘前往尊者阿難那裡,彼此問候之後,在一旁坐下,對尊者阿難說:『尊者!應當知道,世尊為我們略說法要』——如上面所說的,詳細地問阿難——『請為我們廣說其中的義理。』
尊者阿難告訴諸比丘:『仔細聽,好好地思惟。對世尊所略說的法,我當為你們廣說其中的義理。世尊所略說的,就是滅六入處的有餘之說,所以說:眼處滅了,色想就離去了;耳、鼻、舌、身、意入處滅了,法想就離去了。世尊略說這法之後,入室坐禪,我現在已經為你們分別解說了其中的義理。』尊者阿難說完這義理之後,諸比丘聽了他所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔212·不放逸行〕(0053c07)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『我不是為一切比丘說不放逸行,也不是不為一切比丘說不放逸行。不向什麼樣的比丘說不放逸行?如果比丘得到阿羅漢,窮盡了諸有漏,離開了諸重擔,證得了自己的利益,窮盡了諸有結,心得正解脫,像這樣的比丘,我不為他們說不放逸行。為什麼呢?那些比丘已經作了不放逸的緣故,不再堪能作放逸的事;我現在看見那些尊者得到了不放逸的果,所以不為他們說不放逸行。為什麼樣的比丘說不放逸行?如果諸比丘在學地上,還沒有得到心意增上的安穩,趣向涅槃而住,像這樣的比丘,我為他們說不放逸行。為什麼呢?因為那些比丘修學諸根,心樂於隨順資生的用具,親近善友,不久應當能窮盡諸有漏,得無漏的心解脫、慧解脫,在現法中自己知道、親身作證:我的生已經窮盡,清淨的梵行已經建立,應當作的已經作完,自己知道不再承受後世的有。為什麼呢?那眼識所可愛樂、染著的色,那位比丘見了之後,不歡喜、不讚歎、不染、不繫著而住;由於不歡喜、不讚歎、不染、不繫著而住的緣故,專精勝進,身心止息,心安穩至極而住、不忘失,常定於一心,有無量的法喜,只證得第一三昧正受,終究不會退滅而隨逐眼所見的色。對於耳、鼻、舌、身、意識法,也是這樣。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔213·演說二法〕(0054a01)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『我當為你們演說二法。仔細聽,好好地思惟。什麼是二法?眼和色是二;耳和聲、鼻和香、舌和味、身和觸、意和法是二,這叫做二法。如果有沙門、婆羅門這樣說:這不是二,沙門瞿曇所說的二法,這不是二;他自己依自己的意思說二法,只有言說而已,被問之後就不知道,增加了他的疑惑,因為那不是他的境界的緣故。
『為什麼呢?緣於眼和色,生起眼識,三事和合為觸,緣於觸而生受——苦、樂、不苦不樂。如果對這受的集起、受的滅去、受的味著、受的過患、受的出離不如實知,就會種下貪欲身觸、種下瞋恚身觸、種下戒取身觸、種下我見身觸,也種植、增長諸惡不善法。像這樣,純一的大苦聚都從集而生起。同樣地,耳、鼻、舌、身,意和法為緣,生起意識,三事和合為觸……』如上面那樣廣說。
『再者,眼緣於色,生起眼識,三事和合為觸,以觸為緣而生受——苦、樂、不苦不樂,對於這諸受的集起、滅去、味著、過患、出離,這樣如實了知。這樣了知之後,就不種下貪欲身觸、不種下瞋恚身觸、不種下戒取身觸、不種下我見身觸、不種下諸惡不善法。像這樣,諸惡不善法滅了,純一的大苦聚就滅了。耳、鼻、舌、身、意與法,也是這樣。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔214·二因緣生識〕(0054a22)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有二種因緣生起識。是哪二種?就是眼和色、耳和聲、鼻和香、舌和味、身和觸、意和法……』如此廣說,乃至『因為那不是他的境界的緣故。為什麼呢?眼和色為因緣生起眼識,那是無常的、有為的、由心為緣而生的;色和眼、識,是無常的、有為的、由心為緣而生的。這三法和合為觸,觸之後有受,受之後有思,思之後有想。這些法是無常的、有為的、由心為緣而生的,就是觸、想、思。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔215·世尊說現法〕(0054b02)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,尊者富留那比丘前往佛那裡,以頭頂禮佛足,退到一旁站住,對佛說:『世尊說「現法」、說「滅熾然」、說「不待時」、說「正向」、說「即此見」、說「緣自覺」。世尊!什麼是現法,乃至緣自覺?』佛告訴富留那:『好啊!富留那!你能作這樣的提問。富留那!仔細聽,好好地思惟,我當為你說。富留那!比丘眼見色之後,覺知色、覺知對色的貪,對於自己內裡有眼識的色貪如實了知。富留那!如果眼見色之後,覺知色、覺知對色的貪,對於自己內裡有眼識的色貪如實了知,這叫做現見法。
『什麼是滅熾然?什麼是不待時?什麼是正向?什麼是即此見?什麼是緣自覺?富留那!比丘眼見色之後,覺知色,而不生起色貪之覺,自己內在沒有眼識的色貪;對於不生起色貪之覺,如實了知。富留那!如果比丘眼見色之後,覺知色,不生起色貪之覺,如實了知色,對於不生起色貪之覺如實了知,這叫做滅熾然、不待時、正向、即此見、緣自覺。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣。』佛說完這部經,富留那比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔216·言大海者〕(0054b22)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『所說的大海,是愚夫所說的,不是聖者所說的;那只是大大小小的水罷了。什麼是聖者所說的海?就是眼識別色之後,愛念、深深執著,貪樂身、口、意的業,這叫做海。一切世間的阿修羅眾,乃至天、人,全都在其中貪樂而沈沒,如同狗肚中所藏的,如同雜亂的草堆;此世、他世的纏絞糾結、鎖縛,也是這樣。耳識別聲、鼻識別香、舌識別味、身識別觸,此世、他世的纏絞糾結、鎖縛,也是這樣。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。如同說身、口、意業這樣,說貪、恚、癡,老、病、死,也這樣說。如同五根的三經這樣,六根的三經,也這樣說。
〔217·所謂海者〕(0054c05)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『所說的海,是世間的愚夫所說的,不是聖者所說的。海只是大大小小的水罷了。眼是人的大海,那色就是濤波。如果能夠堪忍色的濤波,就得以渡過眼的大海,終究越出濤波、迴旋的諸水、惡蟲、羅剎女鬼。耳、鼻、舌、身、意是人的大海,聲、香、味、觸、法就是濤波;如果能夠堪忍那法的濤波,就得以渡過意的大海,終究越出濤波、迴旋、惡蟲、羅剎女鬼。』那時,世尊以偈頌說:
『大海有巨大的濤波,有惡蟲、羅剎的怖畏;
難以渡過而能夠渡過,集起與出離永盡無餘;
能斷除一切的苦,不再承受其餘的有;
永遠趣向般涅槃,不再回到放逸。』
佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔218·苦集苦滅道跡〕(0054c19)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『我現在當為你們說苦集道跡、苦滅道跡。仔細聽,好好地思惟,我當為你們說。什麼是苦集道跡?緣於眼和色,生起眼識,三事和合為觸,緣於觸而有受,緣於受而有愛,緣於愛而有取,緣於取而有有,緣於有而有生,緣於生而有老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦的集起,像這樣,純一的大苦聚集起。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣。這叫做苦集道跡。什麼是苦滅道跡?緣於眼和色,生起眼識,三事和合為觸;觸滅了,受就滅;受滅了,愛就滅;愛滅了,取就滅;取滅了,有就滅;有滅了,生就滅;生滅了,老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦就滅,像這樣,純一的大苦聚滅去。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也這樣說,這叫做苦滅道跡。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔219·涅槃道跡〕(0055a03)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『我現在當說涅槃道跡。什麼是涅槃道跡?就是觀察眼是無常的;色、眼識、眼觸因緣所生的受,內在的覺受——苦、樂、不苦不樂,那些也都是無常的。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣,這叫做涅槃道跡。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔220·似趣涅槃道跡〕(0055a10)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有相似趣向涅槃的道跡。什麼是相似趣向涅槃的道跡?觀察眼是非我的;色、眼識、眼觸因緣所生的受,以及內在的覺受——苦、樂、不苦不樂,對那些也觀察它們是無常的。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣,這叫做相似趣向涅槃的道跡。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔221·趣一切取道跡〕(0055a17)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有趣向一切取的道跡。什麼是趣向一切取的道跡?緣於眼和色,生起眼識,三事和合為觸,觸緣而有受,受緣而有愛,愛緣而有取,是由於取其所取的緣故。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣。由於取其所取的緣故,這叫做趣向一切取的道跡。什麼是斷除一切取的道跡?緣於眼和色,生起眼識,三事和合為觸;觸滅了,受就滅;受滅了,愛就滅;愛滅了,取就滅。應當這樣知道,耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔222·一切知法識法〕(0055a27)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『應當知道一切所知之法、一切所識之法。仔細聽,好好地思惟,我當為你們說。什麼是一切所知之法、一切所識之法?諸比丘!眼是所知之法、所識之法;色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣所生的受,內在的覺受——苦、樂、不苦不樂,那一切都是所知之法、所識之法。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔223·一法不知不識〕(0055b06)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『我不說對任何一法不知、不識,而能得到究竟苦的邊際。為什麼不說對任何一法不知、不識,而能得到究竟苦的邊際?就是不說對於眼不知、不識,而能得到究竟苦的邊際;對於色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣所生的受,內在的覺受——苦、樂、不苦不樂,也同樣不說不知、不識而能得到究竟苦的邊際。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔224·欲法應當斷〕(0055b15)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『一切欲法都應當斷除。什麼是一切欲法應當斷除?就是眼是一切欲法,應當斷除;色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣所生的受,內在的覺受——苦、樂、不苦不樂,那一切欲法都應當斷除。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔225·一法不知不斷〕(0055b22)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『我不說對任何一法不知、不斷,而能究竟苦的邊際。為什麼不說對任何一法不知、不斷,而能究竟苦的邊際?就是不說對於眼不知、不斷,而能究竟苦的邊際;對於色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣所生的受,內在的覺受——苦、樂、不苦不樂,那一切都不說不知、不斷而能究竟苦的邊際。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
〔226·斷一切計〕(0055c01)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『我現在當說斷除一切計執。仔細聽,好好地思惟,我當為你們說。什麼是不計執?就是不計執「我見色」,不計執眼是我所,不計執相屬;對於色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣所生的受,內在的覺受——苦、樂、不苦不樂,也不計執樂是我、我所,不計執樂是相屬。不計執耳、鼻、舌、身、意,也是這樣。這樣不計執的人,對於諸世間常無所取;由於無所取,就無所著;由於無所著,就自己覺證涅槃:我的生已經窮盡,清淨的梵行已經建立,應當作的已經作完,自己知道不再承受後世的有。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。如同上面所說的眼等不計執,一切事的不計執也是這樣。
〔227·計者是病〕(0055c13)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『計執就是病,計執就是癰,計執就是刺。如來由於以不計執而住的緣故,離開了病、離開了癰、離開了刺。所以,比丘想要求得不計執而住,離開病、離開癰、離開刺的,那位比丘不要計執眼是我、我所,不要計執眼是相屬;不要計執色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣所生的受,內在的覺受——苦、樂、不苦不樂,對那些也不要計執是我、我所、相互在對方之中。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣。比丘!這樣不計執的人,就無所取;由於無所取,就無所著;由於無所著,就自己覺證涅槃:我的生已經窮盡,清淨的梵行已經建立,應當作的已經作完,自己知道不再承受後世的有。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。如同就眼等所說的,其餘的一一事也是這樣。
〔228·增長法損減法〕(0055c26)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『我現在當說增長之法、損減之法。什麼是增長之法?就是緣於眼和色,生起眼識,三事和合為觸,觸緣而有受……』如此廣說,乃至『純一的大苦聚集起,這叫做增長之法。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣,這叫做增長之法。什麼是損減之法?緣於眼和色,生起眼識,三事和合為觸;觸滅了,受就滅……』如此廣說,乃至『純一的大苦聚滅去。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣,這叫做損減之法。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。如同說增長、損減這樣,說起法、處變易法、集法、滅法,也如上面這樣說。
〔229·有漏無漏法〕(0056a08)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『我現在當說有漏法、無漏法。什麼是有漏法?就是眼、色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣所生的受,內在的覺受——苦、樂、不苦不樂;耳、鼻、舌、身、意、法、意識、意觸、意觸因緣所生的受,內在的覺受——苦、樂、不苦不樂,屬於世俗的,這叫做有漏法。什麼是無漏法?就是出世間的意,以及法、意識、意觸、意觸因緣所生的受,內在的覺受——苦、樂、不苦不樂,屬於出世間的,這叫做無漏法。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。
Fascicle 8 of the Saṃyukta Āgama, translated in the Song by Guṇabhadra: this fascicle is the first fascicle of the Connected Discourses on the Six Sense Bases; from the one hundred and eighty-eighth discourse to the two hundred and twenty-ninth, forty-two discourses in all. All that is taught is taught with regard to the six sense bases of eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind: some teach that the six sense bases are impermanent, suffering, empty, not self; some teach freedom from desire and liberation with regard to the six sense bases; some teach the six sense bases of contact, the two things, the paths, and not reckoning. The speaker is for the most part the World-Honored One; the latter part of Discourse 211 is the discussion of the bhikṣus and the venerable Ānanda’s full explanation. Discourse 217 has one verse, and this fascicle has no summary verse. Long discourses of questions and answers back and forth are divided into segments within the discourse by the rounds of question and answer. At the end of a discourse the base text often passes over discourses of the same pattern with a sentence of the kind “likewise … is taught in the same way”; the plain rendering gives this briefly in the words of the base text and does not supply what is passed over. The figures (…) at the head of each segment give the Taishō page, register, and line.
〔0 · Title〕(0049b04)The title of the sūtra is “Saṃyukta Āgama,” and this is “Fascicle 8.” The translator’s attribution reads “translated by Guṇabhadra, Tripiṭaka master from India, in the Song”—translated by Guṇabhadra, the Tripiṭaka master who came from India in the time of the Song. The fascicle holds forty-two discourses, from the one hundred and eighty-eighth to the two hundred and twenty-ninth; Discourse 217 has one verse; at the end of the fascicle it closes with “Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 8.”
〔188 · Contemplate the eye rightly as impermanent〕(0049b07)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “You should contemplate the eye rightly as impermanent. One who contemplates in this way is called one of right view. Because one contemplates rightly, weariness arises; because weariness arises, one leaves delight and leaves craving; because one has left delight and craving, I say that his mind is rightly liberated. So it is likewise with the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind: one leaves delight and leaves craving; because one has left delight and craving—bhikṣus!—I say that his mind is rightly liberated. One whose mind is rightly liberated can declare of oneself: ‘My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.’” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly. As it is taught of impermanence, so it is likewise taught of suffering, emptiness, and not self.
〔189 · Reflect rightly on the eye〕(0049b17)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “You should reflect rightly on the eye and contemplate it as impermanent. Why is that? Because one reflects rightly on the eye and contemplates it as impermanent, desire and craving for the eye are cut off; because desire and craving are cut off, I say that his mind is rightly liberated. Because one reflects rightly on the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind and contemplates them, desire and craving are cut off; of one whose desire and craving are cut off, I say that his mind is rightly liberated. Just so, bhikṣus! One whose mind is rightly liberated can declare of oneself: ‘My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.’” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔190 · Not knowing and not understanding the eye〕(0049b26)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “One who does not know the eye, does not understand it, does not cut it off, and is not free from desire for it is not able to rightly end suffering. So it is likewise with the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind. Bhikṣus! One who knows the eye, understands it, cuts it off, and is free from desire for it is able to rightly end suffering. One who knows the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind, understands them, cuts them off, and is free from desire for them is able to rightly end suffering.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔191 · Crossing beyond the suffering of birth, old age, sickness, and death〕(0049c04)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “One who does not know the eye, does not understand it, does not cut it off, and is not free from desire for it is not able to cross beyond the suffering of birth, old age, sickness, and death. One who does not know the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind, does not understand them, does not cut them off, and is not free from desire for them is not able to cross beyond the suffering of birth, old age, sickness, and death. Bhikṣus! One who knows the eye, understands it, cuts it off, and is free from desire for it is able to cross beyond the suffering of birth, old age, sickness, and death. One who knows the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind, understands them, cuts them off, and is free from desire for them is able to cross beyond the suffering of birth, old age, sickness, and death.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔192 · Not free from desire for the eye〕(0049c13)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “One who is not free from desire for the eye, whose mind is not liberated, is not able to rightly end suffering. One who is not free from desire for the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind, whose mind is not liberated, is not able to rightly end suffering. Bhikṣus! One who is free from desire for the eye, whose mind is liberated, is able to rightly end suffering. One who is free from desire for the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind, whose mind is liberated, is able to rightly end suffering.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔193 · Not free from desire for the eye and forms〕(0049c21)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “One who is not free from desire for the eye and forms, whose mind is not liberated, is not able to cross beyond the suffering of birth, old age, sickness, and death. One who is not free from desire for the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind, whose mind is not liberated, is not able to cross beyond the suffering of birth, old age, sickness, and death. Bhikṣus! One who is free from desire for the eye and forms, whose mind is liberated, is able to cross beyond the suffering of birth, old age, sickness, and death. One who is free from desire for the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind, whose mind is liberated, is able to cross beyond the suffering of birth, old age, sickness, and death.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔194 · Delighting in the eye〕(0050a01)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “One who delights in the eye delights in suffering; of one who delights in suffering, I say that he is not liberated from suffering. One who delights in the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind delights in suffering; of one who delights in suffering, I say that he is not liberated from suffering. Bhikṣus! One who does not delight in the eye does not delight in suffering; of one who does not delight in suffering, I say that he is liberated from suffering. One who does not delight in the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind does not delight in suffering; of one who does not delight in suffering, I say that he is liberated from suffering.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔195 · All is impermanent〕(0050a11)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “All is impermanent. How is all impermanent? Namely, the eye is impermanent; forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, and the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant—these too are all impermanent. So it is likewise with the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind. The learned noble disciple who contemplates in this way grows weary of the eye; of forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, and the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant—of these too he grows weary. Of the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind; of sounds, odours, tastes, tangibles, and mental objects; of mind-consciousness, mind-contact, and the feeling arisen with mind-contact as condition—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant—of these too he grows weary. Because he is weary, he takes no delight; because he takes no delight, he is liberated; and there is the knowledge and vision of liberation: ‘My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.’” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly. As with the discourse on impermanence, so it is likewise taught of suffering, emptiness, and not self.
〔196 · Liberated from birth, old age, sickness, and death〕(0050a24)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “All is impermanent. How is all impermanent? Namely, the eye is impermanent; forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, and the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant—these too are all impermanent. In the same way the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind, and mental objects, mind-consciousness, mind-contact, and the feeling arisen with mind-contact as condition—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant—these too are all impermanent. The learned noble disciple who contemplates in this way is liberated from the eye; from forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, and the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant—from these too he is liberated. In the same way, from the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind, and from mental objects, mind-consciousness, mind-contact, and the feeling arisen with mind-contact as condition—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant—from these too he is liberated. I say that he is liberated from birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress, and suffering.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly. As it is taught that all is impermanent, so it is taught that all is suffering, all is empty, all is not self, all is a thing of empty deeds, all is a thing that breaks up, all is a thing that is born, all is a thing that ages, all is a thing that sickens, all is a thing that dies, all is a thing of grief and sorrow, all is a thing of defilement, all is a thing of arising, all is a thing of cessation, all is a thing to be known, all is a thing to be cognized, all is a thing to be cut off, all is a thing to be awakened to, all is to be realized, all is Māra, all is Māra’s power, all is Māra’s instrument, all is alight, all is ablaze, all is burning—all taught at length as in the two discourses above.
〔197 · The three displays〕(0050b14)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at the Gayāśīrṣa shrine, together with a thousand bhikṣus, all of whom were former matted-hair brahmins. At that time the World-Honored One made three displays for these thousand bhikṣus to teach and transform them. What are the three? Namely, the display of supernormal power and transformation, the display of others’ minds, and the display of instruction. The display of supernormal power is this: the World-Honored One, according to what each of them was fit to be transformed by, showed himself entering the attainment of meditative concentration, rose into the air and went to the east, and performed the four postures of walking, standing, sitting, and lying down; he entered the fire samādhi and gave forth all kinds of light of fire—blue, yellow, red, white, crimson, and the colour of crystal; water and fire appeared together, or fire came forth from below his body and water from above, or fire came forth from above his body and water from below, and so it was likewise in the four directions all around. Then the World-Honored One, having performed all kinds of supernormal transformations, sat down in the midst of the great assembly; this is called the display of supernormal power. The display of others’ minds is this: as is his mind, as is his thought, as is his consciousness—he ought to think this thought, he ought not to think this thought; he ought to relinquish in this way; he ought to dwell in this way, having realized it with the body; this is called the display of others’ minds. The display of instruction is as the World-Honored One said: “Bhikṣus! All is burning. How is all burning? Namely, the eye is burning; forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, and the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant—these too are all burning. In the same way the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind are burning; mental objects, mind-consciousness, mind-contact, and the feeling arisen with mind-contact as condition—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant—these too are all burning. With what are they burning? They are burning with the fire of greed, burning with the fire of hatred, burning with the fire of delusion, burning with the fire of birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress, and suffering.” Then the thousand bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, gave rise to no outflows, and their minds were liberated. When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔198 · This conscious body within〕(0050c07)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, on Vulture Peak. At that time the venerable Rāhula went to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at the Buddha’s feet, withdrew, stood to one side, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! How must one know, how must one see this conscious body within and all external signs, so that I, mine, and the fetter of conceit that binds do not arise?” Then the World-Honored One said to Rāhula: “Good, Rāhula! You are able to ask the Tathāgata about this most profound meaning.” The Buddha said to Rāhula: “The eye—whether past, future, or present, whether internal or external, whether coarse or subtle, whether fine or ugly, whether far or near—all of it one knows as it really is to be not self, not other than self, not within one another. So it is likewise with the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind. Rāhula! Knowing in this way and seeing in this way this conscious body and all external signs, one lets I, mine, and the fetter of conceit that binds not arise. Rāhula! One in whom I, mine, and the fetter of conceit that binds do not arise in this way—Rāhula!—this is called having cut off craving, turned away the bonds, rightly attained unbroken comprehension, and reached the utter end of suffering.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the venerable Rāhula, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly. As it is taught of the internal sense bases, so of the external sense bases—forms, sounds, odours, tastes, tangibles, and mental objects—and of eye-consciousness and ear-, nose-, tongue-, body-, and mind-consciousness; of eye-contact and ear-, nose-, tongue-, body-, and mind-contact; of the feeling born of eye-contact and the feeling born of ear-, nose-, tongue-, body-, and mind-contact; of the perception born of eye-contact and the perception born of ear-, nose-, tongue-, body-, and mind-contact; of the volition born of eye-contact and the volition born of ear-, nose-, tongue-, body-, and mind-contact; of the craving born of eye-contact and the craving born of ear-, nose-, tongue-, body-, and mind-contact—all of these too are taught as above.
〔199 · No I and no mine〕(0050c27)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove. At that time the World-Honored One said to Rāhula: “How must one know, how must one see, so that with regard to this conscious body and all external signs there is no I, no mine, and no fetter of conceit that binds?” Rāhula said to the Buddha: “The World-Honored One is the root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma. Good, World-Honored One! Please teach this meaning at length for the bhikṣus; when the bhikṣus have heard it, they will receive it and practice it.” The Buddha said to Rāhula: “Good! Listen closely; I will teach it for you. Whatever eye there is—whether past, future, or present, whether internal or external, whether coarse or subtle, whether fine or ugly, whether far or near—all of it one rightly contemplates as it really is to be not self, not other than self, not within one another. Rāhula! So it is likewise with the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind. Rāhula! Knowing in this way and seeing in this way this conscious body and all external signs, I, mine, and the fetter of conceit that binds do not arise. Rāhula! Such a bhikṣu goes beyond the two, leaves all signs, and is liberated in quiescence. Rāhula! Such a bhikṣu has cut off all craving and desire, turned away all the bonds, and reached the utter end of suffering.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, Rāhula, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly. As it is taught of the internal, so of the external, and so on up to the feeling arisen with mind-contact as condition—all of these too are taught at length in the same way.
〔200 · Teaching others the five aggregates of clinging〕(0051a15)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the venerable Rāhula went to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at the Buddha’s feet, withdrew, sat to one side, and said to the Buddha: “Good, World-Honored One! Please teach the Dharma for me. When I have heard the Dharma, I will dwell alone in a quiet place, reflecting with single-minded energy, dwelling in heedfulness; and when I have dwelt alone in a quiet place, reflecting with single-minded energy, dwelling in heedfulness, I will reflect thus: the reason a son of good family shaves off his hair and beard, leaves home out of right faith, goes forth to train in the path, and cultivates pure conduct is to see the Dharma, know it for himself, and realize it in his own person: ‘My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.’” Then the World-Honored One observed Rāhula’s mind: the wisdom of liberation was not yet ripe, and he was not yet able to receive the higher teaching. He asked Rāhula: “Have you yet taught others the five aggregates of clinging?” Rāhula said to the Buddha: “Not yet, World-Honored One!” The Buddha said to Rāhula: “You should expound the five aggregates of clinging for others.”
Then Rāhula received the Buddha’s instruction, and at another time he expounded the five aggregates of clinging for others; when he had taught them, he went back to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at the Buddha’s feet, withdrew, stood to one side, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! I have taught the five aggregates of clinging for others; I only wish that the World-Honored One would teach the Dharma for me. When I have heard the Dharma, I will dwell alone in a quiet place, reflecting with single-minded energy, dwelling in heedfulness, and so on up to: I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.” Then the World-Honored One again observed Rāhula’s mind: the knowledge of liberation was not yet ripe, and he was not able to receive the higher teaching. He asked Rāhula: “Have you taught others the six sense bases?” Rāhula said to the Buddha: “Not yet, World-Honored One!” The Buddha said to Rāhula: “You should expound the six sense bases for others.”
Then Rāhula at another time expounded the six sense bases for others; when he had taught the six sense bases, he came to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at the Buddha’s feet, withdrew, stood to one side, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! I have expounded the six sense bases for others; I only wish that the World-Honored One would teach the Dharma for me. When I have heard the Dharma, I will dwell alone in a quiet place, reflecting with single-minded energy, dwelling in heedfulness, and so on up to: I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.” Then the World-Honored One observed Rāhula’s mind: the knowledge of liberation was not yet ripe, and he was not able to receive the higher teaching. He asked Rāhula: “Have you yet taught others the nidāna teaching?” Rāhula said to the Buddha: “Not yet, World-Honored One!” The Buddha said to Rāhula: “You should expound the nidāna teaching for others.”
Then Rāhula, at another time, having taught the nidāna teaching at length for others, came to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at the Buddha’s feet, withdrew, stood to one side, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! Please teach the Dharma for me. When I have heard the Dharma, I will dwell alone in a quiet place, reflecting with single-minded energy, dwelling in heedfulness, and so on up to: I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.” Then the World-Honored One again observed Rāhula’s mind: the knowledge of liberation was not yet ripe … taught at length in this way, up to where he said to Rāhula: “You should, with regard to the dharmas taught above, dwell alone in a quiet place, reflect with single-minded energy, and contemplate their meaning.” Then Rāhula received the Buddha’s command, and with regard to the dharmas he had heard and the dharmas he had expounded, as above, he reflected on them and weighed them, contemplated their meaning, and gave rise to this thought: “These dharmas all tend toward nirvāṇa, flow into nirvāṇa, and come to rest in nirvāṇa.” Then Rāhula went to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at the Buddha’s feet, withdrew, stood to one side, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! With regard to the dharmas I have heard and the dharmas I have expounded, as above, I have dwelt alone in a quiet place, reflected on them and weighed them, and contemplated their meaning, and I know that these dharmas all tend toward nirvāṇa, flow into nirvāṇa, and come to rest in nirvāṇa.”
Then the World-Honored One observed Rāhula’s mind: the knowledge of liberation was ripe, and he was able to receive the higher teaching. He said to Rāhula: “Rāhula! All is impermanent. What dharmas are impermanent? Namely, the eye is impermanent; forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact …”—taught at length as the teaching on impermanence above. Then Rāhula, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and rejoiced in it with appreciation, paid homage to the Buddha, and withdrew. Then Rāhula, having received the Buddha’s teaching, dwelt alone in a quiet place, reflecting with single-minded energy, dwelling in heedfulness: the reason a son of good family shaves off his hair and beard, puts on the kāṣāya robe, leaves home out of right faith, goes forth to train in the path, and cultivates pure conduct single-mindedly, and so on up to, is to see the Dharma, know it for himself, and realize it in his own person: “My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.” He became an arhat, his mind well liberated. When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, Rāhula, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔201 · Swiftly attaining the exhaustion of the outflows in due order〕(0051c11)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time a certain bhikṣu came to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at the Buddha’s feet, withdrew, stood to one side, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! How must one know, how must one see, to swiftly attain the exhaustion of the outflows in due order?” Then the World-Honored One said to that bhikṣu: “You should rightly contemplate impermanence. What dharmas are impermanent? Namely, the eye is impermanent; forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, and the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant—you should contemplate them as impermanent. The ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind—you should contemplate them as impermanent; mental objects, mind-consciousness, mind-contact, and the feeling arisen with mind-contact as condition—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant—these too are all impermanent. Bhikṣu! Knowing in this way and seeing in this way, one exhausts the outflows in due order.” Then that bhikṣu, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced, paid homage, and departed. Such is the discourse spoken with the bhikṣu. As for the difference in it, it is this: “How must one know, how must one see, to exhaust all bonds in due order—to cut off all bindings, cut off all fetters, cut off all upper defilements, cut off all bonds, cut off the floods, cut off the yokes, cut off the clingings, cut off the contacts, cut off the hindrances, cut off the entanglements, cut off the stains, cut off the cravings, cut off the intentions, to cut off wrong view and give rise to right view, to cut off ignorance and give rise to knowledge?” “Bhikṣu! Contemplating the eye in this way as impermanent, and so on up to knowing in this way and seeing in this way, one cuts off ignorance in due order, and knowledge arises.” Then that bhikṣu, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced; having rejoiced, he paid homage and departed.
〔202 · The view of self cut off in due order〕(0051c29)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time a certain bhikṣu went to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at the Buddha’s feet, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! How must one know, how must one see, to cut off the view of self in due order and give rise to the view of not self?” The Buddha said to that bhikṣu: “Contemplate the eye rightly as not self; forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, and the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant—contemplate these too rightly as not self. In this way, and so on up to the feeling arisen with mind-contact as condition—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant—contemplate these too rightly as not self. Bhikṣu! Knowing in this way and seeing in this way, one cuts off the view of self in due order and gives rise to the view of not self.” Then that bhikṣu, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced; having rejoiced, he paid homage and departed.
〔203 · Able to cut off one thing〕(0052a10)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Vaiśālī, in the Mango Grove of Jīvaka Kumāra the Physician. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “If there is a bhikṣu who can cut off one thing, he attains right knowledge and can declare of oneself: ‘My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.’” The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “The World-Honored One is the root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma.” They only wished that the World-Honored One would expound it; when the bhikṣus had heard it, they would receive it and practice it. The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “Listen closely and reflect well; I will teach it for you. Bhikṣus! How is it that, because one thing is cut off, and so on up to, one will undergo no further existence? It is ignorance: when one is free from desire for it, knowledge arises; one attains right knowledge and can declare of oneself: ‘My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.’” Then a certain bhikṣu rose from his seat, arranged his robe, bared his right shoulder, paid homage to the Buddha, knelt on his right knee, joined his palms, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! How must one know, how must one see, so that, being free from desire for ignorance, knowledge arises?” The Buddha said to that bhikṣu: “You should contemplate the eye rightly as impermanent; forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, and the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant—contemplate these too rightly as impermanent. So it is likewise with the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind. Bhikṣu! Knowing in this way and seeing in this way, one is free from desire for ignorance, and knowledge arises.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔204 · The eye should be known as it really is〕(0052a27)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Vaiśālī, in the Mango Grove of Jīvaka Kumāra the Physician. At that time the World-Honored One said to the venerable Ānanda: “The eye you should know as it really is and see as it really is; the eye, forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, and the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant—these too you should know as they really are and see as they really are. So it is likewise with the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind. When he has known them as they really are and seen them as they really are, he grows weary of the eye; of forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, and the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant—of these too he grows weary. So it is likewise with the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind. Having grown weary, he takes no delight; having taken no delight, he is liberated; and there is the knowledge and vision of liberation: ‘My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.’” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔205 · The eye is impermanent, suffering, changing〕(0052b09)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Vaiśālī, in the Mango Grove of Jīvaka Kumāra the Physician. At that time the World-Honored One, having finished speaking all the udāna verses, said to the venerable Ānanda: “The eye is a thing that is impermanent, suffering, changing, of a differing nature; forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, and the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant—these too are all things that are impermanent, suffering, changing, of a differing nature. So it is likewise with the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind. The learned noble disciple who contemplates in this way is liberated from the eye; from forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, and the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, from these too he is liberated. From the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind, and from mental objects, mind-consciousness, mind-contact, and the feeling arisen with mind-contact as condition—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant—he is liberated. I say that he is liberated from birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress, and suffering.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the venerable Ānanda, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔206 · Skilful means and meditative reflection〕(0052b20)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at the city of Vaiśālī, in the Mango Grove of Jīvaka Kumāra the Physician. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Strive with skilful means in meditative reflection, inwardly stilling the mind. Why is that? Bhikṣus! For one who with skilful means and meditative reflection inwardly stills the mind, things become manifest in this way to knowledge as they really are. What becomes manifest to knowledge as it really is? The eye becomes manifest to knowledge as it really is; forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, and the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant—these too become manifest to knowledge as they really are. So it is likewise with the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind. These things are impermanent and conditioned, and this too becomes manifest in this way to knowledge as it really is.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔207 · Cultivating the measureless samādhi〕(0052b29)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Vaiśālī, in the Mango Grove of Jīvaka Kumāra the Physician. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “You should cultivate the measureless samādhi, diligently binding mindfulness. Why is that? When one has cultivated the measureless samādhi, diligently binding mindfulness, things become manifest as they really are. What becomes manifest as it really is? The eye becomes manifest as it really is …”—taught at length in this way, up to: “These things are impermanent and conditioned; this becomes manifest in this way as it really is.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔208 · The past and future eye〕(0052c07)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Vaiśālī, in the Mango Grove of Jīvaka Kumāra the Physician. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “The past and future eye is impermanent—how much more the present eye. The learned noble disciple who contemplates in this way does not look back to the past eye, does not long for the future eye, and toward the present eye is weary, takes no delight, is free from desire, and tends toward weariness. So it is likewise with the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly. As it is taught of impermanence, so it is likewise taught of suffering, emptiness, and not self. As with the four discourses on the internal sense bases, so the four discourses on the external sense bases—forms, sounds, odours, tastes, tangibles, and mental objects—and the four discourses on the internal and external sense bases are likewise taught.
〔209 · There are six sense bases of contact〕(0052c17)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Vaiśālī, in the Mango Grove of Jīvaka Kumāra the Physician. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are six sense bases of contact. What are the six? Namely, the sense base of eye-contact, and the sense bases of ear-, nose-, tongue-, body-, and mind-contact. If ascetics and brahmins do not know as it really is the arising, the cessation, the gratification, the danger, and the escape of these six sense bases of contact, know that such ascetics and brahmins are far from my Dharma and Discipline, as far as the sky is from the earth.” Then a certain bhikṣu rose from his seat, arranged his robe, paid homage to the Buddha, joined his palms, and said to the Buddha: “I fully know as it really is the arising, the cessation, the gratification, the danger, and the escape of these six sense bases of contact.”
The Buddha said to that bhikṣu: “I will now ask you; answer me according to what I ask. Bhikṣu! Do you see the sense base of eye-contact as self, as other than self, as within one another?” He answered: “No, World-Honored One!” The Buddha said to that bhikṣu: “Good, good! One who, regarding this sense base of eye-contact, knows and sees as it really is that it is not self, not other than self, not within one another, gives rise to no outflows, his mind is not stained, and his mind is liberated; this is called the first sense base of contact having been cut off and fully known, its root cut off, like a palmyra tree cut off at the crown, never to arise again in future—namely, eye-consciousness and forms.
“Do you see the sense bases of ear-, nose-, tongue-, body-, and mind-contact as self, as other than self, as within one another?” He answered: “No, World-Honored One!” The Buddha said to that bhikṣu: “Good, good! One who, regarding the sense bases of ear-, nose-, tongue-, body-, and mind-contact, knows and sees in this way as it really is that they are not self, not other than self, not within one another, gives rise to no outflows, his mind is not stained, and his mind is liberated; this is called the bhikṣu’s six sense bases of contact having been cut off and fully known, their root cut off, like a palmyra tree cut off at the crown, never to arise again in the future world—namely, mind-consciousness and mental objects.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔210 · Do not rejoice, do not grieve〕(0053a11)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Vaiśālī, in the Mango Grove of Jīvaka Kumāra the Physician. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Do not rejoice, and do not grieve. Why is that? There is the hell of the six sense bases of contact. Beings born in that hell see with the eye forms that are unlovely, and do not see lovely forms; they see disagreeable forms, and do not see agreeable forms; they see unwholesome forms, and do not see wholesome forms. Because of this, they undergo sorrow and suffering wholly. Sounds heard by the ear, odours smelled by the nose, tastes tasted by the tongue, tangibles felt by the body, mental objects cognized by the mind—they see what is unlovely, and do not see what is lovely; they see what is disagreeable, and do not see what is agreeable; they see unwholesome mental objects, and do not see wholesome mental objects. Because of this, they undergo sorrow and suffering for long. Bhikṣus! There are six sense bases of contact where, of beings born there, what the eye sees is lovely, and they do not see what is unlovely; they see agreeable forms, and not disagreeable forms; they see wholesome forms, and not unwholesome forms. Because of this, they wholly and for long undergo joy and happiness. Sounds heard by the ear, odours smelled by the nose, tastes tasted by the tongue, tangibles felt by the body, mental objects cognized by the mind are lovely and not unlovely, agreeable and not disagreeable; what they see is wholesome and not unwholesome.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔211 · Formerly, before perfect awakening〕(0053a26)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Vaiśālī, in the Mango Grove of Jīvaka Kumāra the Physician. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Formerly, when I had not yet attained perfect awakening, I dwelt alone in a quiet place and reflected in meditation: toward where does my own mind mostly turn, as I observe it? My own mind mostly pursued the five strands of sense pleasure of the past, little pursued the five strands of sense pleasure of the present, and pursued those of the future world still less. When I had observed that the mind mostly pursued the five sense pleasures of the past, I roused skilful means to the utmost and diligently guarded myself, no longer letting the mind follow after the five strands of sense pleasure of the past. Because I diligently guarded myself in this way, I gradually drew near to anuttarā samyaksaṃbodhi. You bhikṣus too mostly pursue the five strands of sense pleasure of the past, and pursue those of the present and the future but little. You too should now, because the mind mostly pursues the five strands of sense pleasure of the past, strengthen the guarding of yourselves, and before long you will be able to exhaust the outflows, attain liberation of mind and liberation by wisdom without outflows, and in this very life know it for yourselves and realize it in your own persons: ‘My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.’ Why is that? The eye sees forms, and from this as cause and condition there arises inner feeling—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant. The ear, nose, tongue, body, mind, and mental objects—from these as cause and condition there arises inner feeling—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant. Therefore, bhikṣus, you should be mindful of those sense bases: if the eye ceases, the perception of forms departs; if the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind cease, the perception of mental objects departs.” The Buddha said: “Be mindful of the six sense bases.” Having said this, he entered his room and sat in meditation.
Then many bhikṣus, after the World-Honored One had gone, held this discussion: “The World-Honored One taught us the essentials of the Dharma in brief, without explaining them in detail, and entered his room and sat in meditation. The World-Honored One said: Be mindful of the six sense bases—if that eye ceases, the perception of forms departs; if the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind cease, the perception of mental objects departs. We still cannot understand the Dharma that the World-Honored One has taught in brief today. Now, in this great assembly, who has the power of wisdom to expound for us at length the meaning of the Dharma that the World-Honored One has taught in brief?” They thought further: “Only the venerable Ānanda constantly attends on the World-Honored One, is constantly praised by the teacher, is wise, and cultivates pure conduct. Only the venerable Ānanda is able to expound for us the meaning of the Dharma that the World-Honored One has taught in brief. Let us all go together today to where the venerable Ānanda is and ask him its essential meaning; as Ānanda teaches, so we will all uphold it.”
Then the many bhikṣus went to where the venerable Ānanda was; having greeted one another, they sat to one side and said to the venerable Ānanda: “Venerable one! Know that the World-Honored One has taught us the essentials of the Dharma in brief”—as said above, they asked Ānanda in full—“please teach its meaning for us at length.”
The venerable Ānanda said to the bhikṣus: “Listen closely and reflect well. Of the Dharma that the World-Honored One has taught in brief, I will teach its meaning for you at length. What the World-Honored One taught in brief is a teaching with a remainder, on the cessation of the six sense bases; that is why he said: when the sense base of the eye ceases, the perception of forms departs; when the sense bases of the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind cease, the perception of mental objects departs. Having taught this Dharma in brief, the World-Honored One entered his room and sat in meditation, and I have now explained its meaning for you in detail.” When the venerable Ānanda had spoken this meaning, the bhikṣus, having heard what he said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔212 · Heedful conduct〕(0053c07)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “I do not teach heedful conduct for all bhikṣus, nor do I not teach heedful conduct for all bhikṣus. To what kind of bhikṣu do I not teach heedful conduct? If a bhikṣu has attained arhatship, exhausted the outflows, laid down the heavy burdens, attained his own benefit, exhausted the bonds of existence, and his mind is rightly liberated—to such bhikṣus I do not teach heedful conduct. Why is that? Because those bhikṣus have already practised heedfulness, they are no longer able to act heedlessly; I now see that those venerable ones have attained the fruit of heedfulness, and therefore I do not teach heedful conduct for them. For what kind of bhikṣu do I teach heedful conduct? If bhikṣus are still at the stage of training, have not yet attained the higher security of mind, and dwell tending toward nirvāṇa—for such bhikṣus I teach heedful conduct. Why is that? Because those bhikṣus train the faculties, their minds delight in what accords with the requisites of life, they draw near to good friends, and before long they will be able to exhaust the outflows, attain liberation of mind and liberation by wisdom without outflows, and in this very life know it for themselves and realize it in their own persons: ‘My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.’ Why is that? The forms that eye-consciousness finds lovely and is stained by—that bhikṣu, having seen them, dwells without rejoicing in them, without praising them, without being stained, without being bound and attached; because he dwells without rejoicing, without praising, without being stained, without being bound and attached, he advances with single-minded energy, body and mind at rest, the mind dwelling in utmost security and not forgetting, constantly concentrated in one mind, with measureless joy in the Dharma; he realizes only the foremost samādhi attainment, and never falls back to follow after the forms the eye sees. So it is likewise with the ear, nose, tongue, body, and the mental objects of mind-consciousness.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔213 · Teaching the two things〕(0054a01)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “I will expound the two things for you. Listen closely and reflect well. What are the two things? The eye and forms are the two; the ear and sounds, the nose and odours, the tongue and tastes, the body and tangibles, the mind and mental objects are the two; these are called the two things. If there are ascetics and brahmins who say: ‘These are not two; what the ascetic Gautama calls two things, these are not two’—he speaks of two things by his own notion, and it is mere words; when asked, he does not know, and his doubt increases, because it is not his sphere.
“Why is that? Conditioned by the eye and forms, eye-consciousness arises; the meeting of the three gives rise to contact, and conditioned by contact feeling arises—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant. If one does not know as it really is the arising of this feeling, the cessation of feeling, the gratification of feeling, the danger of feeling, and the escape from feeling, one sows the bodily contact of desire, of hatred, of clinging to precepts, and of the view of self, and also plants and increases evil and unwholesome things. In this way the whole great mass of suffering arises from arising. In the same way the ear, nose, tongue, and body; and conditioned by the mind and mental objects, mind-consciousness arises; the meeting of the three gives rise to contact …”—taught at length as above.
“Again, conditioned by forms, eye-consciousness arises in the eye; the meeting of the three gives rise to contact, and with contact as condition feeling arises—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant—and one knows as it really is the arising, the cessation, the gratification, the danger, and the escape of these feelings. Having known them in this way, one does not sow the bodily contact of desire, does not sow the bodily contact of hatred, does not sow the bodily contact of clinging to precepts, does not sow the bodily contact of the view of self, and does not sow evil and unwholesome things. In this way, when evil and unwholesome things cease, the whole great mass of suffering ceases. So it is likewise with the ear, nose, tongue, body, mind, and mental objects.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔214 · Consciousness arises from two conditions〕(0054a22)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are two kinds of cause and condition from which consciousness arises. What are the two? Namely, the eye and forms, the ear and sounds, the nose and odours, the tongue and tastes, the body and tangibles, the mind and mental objects …”—taught at length in this way, up to: “because it is not his sphere. Why is that? With the eye and forms as cause and condition, eye-consciousness arises; that is impermanent, conditioned, arisen from the mind as condition; forms and the eye and consciousness are impermanent, conditioned, arisen from the mind as condition. The meeting of these three things is contact; after contact there is feeling, after feeling there is volition, after volition there is perception. These things are impermanent, conditioned, arisen from the mind as condition—namely, contact, perception, and volition. So it is likewise with the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔215 · The World-Honored One speaks of the directly visible〕(0054b02)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the venerable bhikṣu Pūrṇa went to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at the Buddha’s feet, withdrew, stood to one side, and said to the Buddha: “The World-Honored One speaks of ‘directly visible,’ speaks of ‘quenching the burning,’ speaks of ‘not dependent on time,’ speaks of ‘rightly directed,’ speaks of ‘to be seen right here,’ speaks of ‘realized for oneself.’ World-Honored One! What is the directly visible, and so on up to realized for oneself?” The Buddha said to Pūrṇa: “Good, Pūrṇa! You are able to ask such a question. Pūrṇa! Listen closely and reflect well; I will teach it for you. Pūrṇa! A bhikṣu, having seen forms with the eye, is aware of forms and aware of craving for forms, and knows as it really is that within himself there is craving for forms in eye-consciousness. Pūrṇa! If, having seen forms with the eye, one is aware of forms and aware of craving for forms, and knows as it really is that within oneself there is craving for forms in eye-consciousness, this is called the Dharma directly seen.
“What is quenching the burning? What is not dependent on time? What is rightly directed? What is to be seen right here? What is realized for oneself? Pūrṇa! A bhikṣu, having seen forms with the eye, is aware of forms, yet no awareness of craving for forms arises, and within himself there is no craving for forms in eye-consciousness; and he knows as it really is that no awareness of craving for forms arises. Pūrṇa! If a bhikṣu, having seen forms with the eye, is aware of forms, gives rise to no awareness of craving for forms, knows forms as they really are, and knows as it really is that no awareness of craving for forms arises, this is called quenching the burning, not dependent on time, rightly directed, to be seen right here, realized for oneself. So it is likewise with the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣu Pūrṇa, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔216 · What is called the great ocean〕(0054b22)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “What is called the great ocean is what fools call the great ocean, not what the noble ones call it; that is only great and small waters. What is the ocean as the noble ones speak of it? Namely, when the eye has cognized forms, one cherishes them, clings to them deeply, and greedily delights in the deeds of body, speech, and mind—this is called the ocean. All the world, the hosts of asuras, and so on up to gods and humans, all greedily delight in it and sink, like what is stored in a dog’s belly, like a tangled heap of grass; the entanglements, knots, and chains of this world and the other world are likewise so. Ear-consciousness cognizing sounds, nose-consciousness cognizing odours, tongue-consciousness cognizing tastes, body-consciousness cognizing tangibles—the entanglements, knots, and chains of this world and the other world are likewise so.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly. As it is taught of the deeds of body, speech, and mind, so it is likewise taught of greed, hatred, and delusion, and of old age, sickness, and death. As with the three discourses on the five faculties, so the three discourses on the six faculties are likewise taught.
〔217 · What is called the ocean〕(0054c05)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “What is called the ocean is what the fools of the world call it, not what the noble ones call it. The ocean is only great and small waters. The eye is a person’s great ocean, and forms are its surging waves. One who can endure the surging waves of forms gets across the great ocean of the eye and passes wholly beyond the surging waves, the whirling waters, the fierce creatures, and the rākṣasī demons. The ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind are a person’s great ocean, and sounds, odours, tastes, tangibles, and mental objects are its surging waves; one who can endure the surging waves of mental objects gets across the great ocean of the mind and passes wholly beyond the surging waves, the whirling, the fierce creatures, and the rākṣasī demons.” Then the World-Honored One spoke in verse:
“The great ocean has huge surging waves, and the terror of fierce creatures and rākṣasas;
hard to cross, yet one can cross it—arising and escape are ended forever without remainder;
one can cut off all suffering, and undergoes no further existence;
one goes forever to final nirvāṇa, and does not return to heedlessness.”
When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔218 · The paths leading to the arising and the cessation of suffering〕(0054c19)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “I will now teach you the path leading to the arising of suffering and the path leading to the cessation of suffering. Listen closely and reflect well; I will teach it for you. What is the path leading to the arising of suffering? Conditioned by the eye and forms, eye-consciousness arises; the meeting of the three gives rise to contact; conditioned by contact there is feeling; conditioned by feeling there is craving; conditioned by craving there is clinging; conditioned by clinging there is existence; conditioned by existence there is birth; conditioned by birth there is the arising of old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress, and suffering—in this way the whole great mass of suffering arises. So it is likewise with the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind. This is called the path leading to the arising of suffering. What is the path leading to the cessation of suffering? Conditioned by the eye and forms, eye-consciousness arises; the meeting of the three gives rise to contact; when contact ceases, feeling ceases; when feeling ceases, craving ceases; when craving ceases, clinging ceases; when clinging ceases, existence ceases; when existence ceases, birth ceases; when birth ceases, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress, and suffering cease—in this way the whole great mass of suffering ceases. It is likewise taught of the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind; this is called the path leading to the cessation of suffering.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔219 · The path leading to nirvāṇa〕(0055a03)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “I will now teach the path leading to nirvāṇa. What is the path leading to nirvāṇa? Namely, to contemplate the eye as impermanent; forms, eye-consciousness, the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, the inner feeling—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant—these too are all impermanent. So it is likewise with the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind; this is called the path leading to nirvāṇa.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔220 · The path that resembles the one leading to nirvāṇa〕(0055a10)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There is a path that resembles the one leading to nirvāṇa. What is the path that resembles the one leading to nirvāṇa? To contemplate the eye as not self; forms, eye-consciousness, the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, and the inner feeling—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant—these too one contemplates as impermanent. So it is likewise with the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind; this is called the path that resembles the one leading to nirvāṇa.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔221 · The path leading to all clinging〕(0055a17)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There is a path leading to all clinging. What is the path leading to all clinging? Conditioned by the eye and forms, eye-consciousness arises; the meeting of the three gives rise to contact; with contact as condition there is feeling; with feeling as condition there is craving; with craving as condition there is clinging—it is because one clings to what is clung to. So it is likewise with the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind. Because one clings to what is clung to, this is called the path leading to all clinging. What is the path that cuts off all clinging? Conditioned by the eye and forms, eye-consciousness arises; the meeting of the three gives rise to contact; when contact ceases, feeling ceases; when feeling ceases, craving ceases; when craving ceases, clinging ceases. You should know it in this way; so it is likewise with the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔222 · All things to be known and to be cognized〕(0055a27)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “You should know all things to be known, all things to be cognized. Listen closely and reflect well; I will teach it for you. What are all things to be known, all things to be cognized? Bhikṣus! The eye is a thing to be known, a thing to be cognized; forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, the inner feeling—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant—all of these are things to be known, things to be cognized. So it is likewise with the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔223 · Not knowing or cognizing one thing〕(0055b06)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “I do not say that one reaches the utter end of suffering without knowing and cognizing even one thing. Why do I not say that one reaches the utter end of suffering without knowing and cognizing even one thing? Namely, I do not say that one reaches the utter end of suffering without knowing and cognizing the eye; of forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, the inner feeling—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant—likewise I do not say that one reaches the utter end of suffering without knowing and cognizing them. So it is likewise with the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔224 · Things of desire should be cut off〕(0055b15)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “All things of desire are to be cut off. How are all things of desire to be cut off? Namely, the eye is among all things of desire, and is to be cut off; forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, the inner feeling—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant—all these things of desire are to be cut off. So it is likewise with the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔225 · Not knowing or cutting off one thing〕(0055b22)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “I do not say that one reaches the utter end of suffering without knowing and cutting off even one thing. Why do I not say that one reaches the utter end of suffering without knowing and cutting off even one thing? Namely, I do not say that one reaches the utter end of suffering without knowing and cutting off the eye; of forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, the inner feeling—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant—of all of these I do not say that one reaches the utter end of suffering without knowing and cutting them off. So it is likewise with the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
〔226 · Cutting off all reckoning〕(0055c01)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “I will now teach the cutting off of all reckoning. Listen closely and reflect well; I will teach it for you. What is not reckoning? Namely, not to reckon ‘I see forms,’ not to reckon the eye as mine, not to reckon them as belonging together; with regard to forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, the inner feeling—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant—likewise not to reckon pleasure as self or mine, not to reckon pleasure as belonging together. So it is likewise with not reckoning the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind. One who does not reckon in this way takes hold of nothing at all in the world; because he takes hold of nothing, he is attached to nothing; because he is attached to nothing, he realizes nirvāṇa for himself: ‘My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.’” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly. As with the not reckoning of the eye and the rest taught above, so it is likewise with the not reckoning of all matters.
〔227 · Reckoning is a disease〕(0055c13)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Reckoning is a disease, reckoning is a boil, reckoning is a thorn. Because the Tathāgata dwells without reckoning, he is free of disease, free of boils, free of thorns. Therefore, a bhikṣu who wishes to dwell without reckoning, free of disease, free of boils, free of thorns—that bhikṣu should not reckon the eye as self or mine, should not reckon the eye as belonging together; should not reckon forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, the inner feeling—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant—should not reckon these either as self, as mine, or as within one another. So it is likewise with the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind. Bhikṣus! One who does not reckon in this way takes hold of nothing; because he takes hold of nothing, he is attached to nothing; because he is attached to nothing, he realizes nirvāṇa for himself: ‘My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.’” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly. As it is taught of the eye and the rest, so it is likewise with each of the remaining matters.
〔228 · Increase and decrease〕(0055c26)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “I will now teach the teaching on increase and the teaching on decrease. What is the teaching on increase? Namely, conditioned by the eye and forms, eye-consciousness arises; the meeting of the three gives rise to contact; with contact as condition there is feeling …”—taught at length in this way, up to: “the whole great mass of suffering arises; this is called the teaching on increase. So it is likewise with the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind; this is called the teaching on increase. What is the teaching on decrease? Conditioned by the eye and forms, eye-consciousness arises; the meeting of the three gives rise to contact; when contact ceases, feeling ceases …”—taught at length in this way, up to: “the whole great mass of suffering ceases. So it is likewise with the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind; this is called the teaching on decrease.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly. As it is taught of increase and decrease, so it is likewise taught, as above, of things that arise, things that change in their base, things of arising, and things of cessation.
〔229 · Things with outflows and without outflows〕(0056a08)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “I will now teach things with outflows and things without outflows. What are things with outflows? Namely, the eye, forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, the inner feeling—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant; the ear, nose, tongue, body, mind, mental objects, mind-consciousness, mind-contact, the feeling arisen with mind-contact as condition, the inner feeling—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant—what is worldly: these are called things with outflows. What are things without outflows? Namely, the supramundane mind, and mental objects, mind-consciousness, mind-contact, the feeling arisen with mind-contact as condition, the inner feeling—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant—what is supramundane: these are called things without outflows.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.
五取蘊相應六卷問的是色受想行識。卷第八起,問的換了:眼、耳、鼻、舌、身、意。卷第八四十二經,三十經在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園說,餘三經在迦闍尸利沙支提、王舍城耆闍崛山、王舍城迦蘭陀竹園,另有九經在毘舍離耆婆拘摩羅藥師菴羅園。說法的對象大半是諸比丘,三經對羅睺羅(一九八至二〇〇),二經對阿難(二〇四、二〇五),一經對富留那(二一五),一經對千比丘(一九七)。卷首第一句是「當正觀察眼無常」〔T02 0049b08〕,卷末一句是「出世間者,是名無漏法」〔T02 0056a15〕。中間四十經,從眼起,每一經說完眼,再說耳、鼻、舌、身、意。
這一卷說法的格式很固定:先立一法,再以六處展開,再說觀此六處得什麼果。果多半是三句:「我說心正解脫」〔T02 0049b10〕;「堪任正盡苦」〔T02 0049c01〕;「自知不受後有」〔T02 0049b13〕。立的法變,格式不變。所以讀這一卷,要看的是每經立了什麼法,又以什麼為所觀。
一、當正觀察眼無常(經一八八至一九四)
七經同一場景,同一說者,同一格式。第一經說:「當正觀察眼無常。如是觀者,是名正見。正觀故生厭,生厭故離喜、離貪,離喜、貪故,我說心正解脫。」〔T02 0049b08〕耳、鼻、舌、身、意同。經末一句:「如無常,如是苦、空、非我,亦如是說。」〔T02 0049b16〕——一經是四經。觀的次第是:正觀、正見、生厭、離喜貪、心正解脫。第二經換「正思惟」:「於眼當正思惟、觀察無常。所以者何?於眼正思惟、觀察無常故,於眼欲貪斷,欲貪斷故,我說心正解脫。」〔T02 0049b18〕第一經說離喜、離貪,第二經說欲貪斷,同一事。
第三、第四經從反面說。「若於眼不識、不知、不斷、不離欲者,不堪任正盡苦。」〔T02 0049b27〕四個不:不識、不知、不斷、不離欲。識、知是見的事,斷、離欲是修的事;四者缺一,不堪任正盡苦。第四經把「正盡苦」換成「越生、老、病、死苦」〔T02 0049c06〕,其餘全同。第五、第六經再換一組:「若於眼不離欲,心不解脫者,不堪任正盡苦。」〔T02 0049c14〕第六經加一字:「若於眼、色不離欲,心不解脫者,不堪任越生、老、病、死苦。」〔T02 0049c22〕第五經說眼,第六經說眼、色——所觀的從內處擴到外處,這一卷後面多次這樣擴。
第七經說喜:「若於眼生喜者,則於苦生喜,若於苦生喜者,我說彼不解脫於苦。」〔T02 0050a02〕於眼生喜,就是於苦生喜。這一句把眼與苦等起來。前六經說眼無常、說於眼離欲,第七經給出理由:眼本身是苦,喜眼即喜苦。
二、一切無常(經一九五、一九六)
第八經問:「一切無常。云何一切無常?謂眼無常,若色、眼識、眼觸,若眼觸因緣生受,苦覺、樂覺、不苦不樂覺,彼亦無常。」〔T02 0050a12〕「一切」在這一卷有定義:眼、色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,三受。六處各如此。經不說「一切法」,說「一切」,然後列出一切是什麼。多聞聖弟子於此一切生厭,「厭故不樂,不樂故解脫」〔T02 0050a19〕。
第九經重說一遍,所觀相同,果換成「我說彼解脫生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦」〔T02 0050b04〕。經末一段長文:「如說一切無常,如是一切苦、一切空、一切非我、一切虛業法、一切破壞法、一切生法、一切老法、一切病法、一切死法、一切愁憂法、一切煩惱法、一切集法、一切滅法、一切知法、一切識法、一切斷法、一切覺法、一切作證、一切魔、一切魔勢、一切魔器、一切然、一切熾然、一切燒,皆如上二經廣說。」〔T02 0050b07〕二十四個「一切」,每一個都替換第一句的「無常」,餘文不變。一切是魔、一切是魔器、一切燒——說的仍是眼、色、眼識、眼觸、受。這一段把後面的經預先列了:「一切燒」是下一經,「一切知法、一切識法」是經二二二。
三、一切燒然(經一九七)
第十經場景不同。「佛住迦闍尸利沙支提,與千比丘俱,皆是舊縈髮婆羅門。」〔T02 0050b14〕世尊為千比丘作三種示現:「神足變化示現、他心示現、教誡示現。」〔T02 0050b17〕神足示現是入火三昧,「出種種火光,青、黃、赤、白、紅、頗梨色,水火俱現」〔T02 0050b20〕;他心示現是「如彼心、如彼意、如彼識,彼應作如是念、不應作如是念」〔T02 0050b24〕;教誡示現就是說法:「諸比丘!一切燒然。云何一切燒然?謂眼燒然,若色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼亦燒然。」〔T02 0050b27〕以何燒然?「貪火燒然、恚火燒然、癡火燒然,生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦火燒然。」〔T02 0050c03〕千比丘聞已,「不起諸漏,心得解脫」〔T02 0050c05〕。
三種示現中,前二種是神變,第三種是說法。經把說法也叫示現,與神足、他心並列。火三昧出火,是神足示現;說一切燒然,是教誡示現。前者示現火,後者示現火燒的是什麼。對曾經事火的縈髮婆羅門,這一卷說法的格式——眼、色、眼識、眼觸、受——用在這裡,所說的「一切」正是他們拜的火所燒的。
四、羅睺羅(經一九八至二〇〇)
三經對羅睺羅說。第一經羅睺羅問:「云何知、云何見我內識身及外一切相,令我、我所、我慢使繫著不生?」〔T02 0050c09〕世尊答:「眼若過去、若未來、若現在,若內、若外,若麁、若細,若好、若醜,若遠、若近,彼一切非我、非異我、不相在如實知。」〔T02 0050c12〕如是知見,「是名斷愛,轉結,正無間等,究竟苦邊」〔T02 0050c18〕。經末一段擴所觀:「如內入處,如是外入處,色、聲、香、味、觸、法,眼識,耳、鼻、舌、身、意識,眼觸,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸,眼觸生受,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸生受,眼觸生想,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸生想,眼觸生思,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸生思,眼觸生愛,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸生愛,亦如上說。」〔T02 0050c21〕內入處、外入處、識、觸、受、想、思、愛——八類,每類六種。這八類是這一卷觀六處的全部所觀,此處第一次列全。
第二經問同,答同,果多一句:「如是比丘越於二,離諸相,寂滅解脫。」〔T02 0051a09〕「越於二」,二是什麼,經不自解;下文經二一三說「眼、色為二」〔T02 0054a03〕,可以參看。第三經是這一卷最長的一經。羅睺羅求世尊說法,要「獨一靜處,專精思惟,不放逸住」〔T02 0051a18〕。世尊觀察羅睺羅「解脫慧未熟,未堪任受增上法」〔T02 0051a23〕,問:「汝以授人五受陰未?」〔T02 0051a24〕未。「汝當為人演說五受陰。」〔T02 0051a26〕說了,再來求法;世尊再觀察,再問:「汝為人說六入處未?」〔T02 0051b04〕未。「汝當為人演說六入處。」〔T02 0051b05〕說了,再來;再問尼陀那法。三番為人說法之後,世尊令他「於上所說諸法,獨於一靜處,專精思惟,觀察其義」〔T02 0051b21〕。羅睺羅思惟稱量,作是念:「此諸法一切皆順趣涅槃、流注涅槃、後住涅槃。」〔T02 0051b23〕世尊觀察其心,「解脫智熟,堪任受增上法」〔T02 0051b29〕,才說:「羅睺羅!一切無常。何等法無常?謂眼無常,若色、眼識、眼觸……」〔T02 0051c01〕如上廣說。羅睺羅獨一靜處思惟,成阿羅漢。
這一經的次第要看:五受陰、六入處、尼陀那,先為人說,再自己思惟,然後才堪受增上法。增上法說的是什麼?「一切無常。何等法無常?謂眼無常」——和經一九五的話同一句,只問法不同。同一句話,解脫智未熟時不說,熟了才說。五受陰是前六卷,六入處是這一卷,尼陀那在後。羅睺羅說過的三類法,就是雜阿含前三篇所說的。
五、次第疾得漏盡(經二〇一、二〇二)
異比丘問:「云何知、云何見,次第疾得漏盡?」〔T02 0051c13〕答:「當正觀無常。何等法無常?謂眼無常,若色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,當觀無常。」〔T02 0051c14〕如是知見,「次第盡有漏」〔T02 0051c19〕。經末一段「若差別者」,列出同一問句的另一些問法:「云何知、云何見,次第盡一切結,斷一切縛、斷一切使、斷一切上煩惱、斷一切結、斷諸流、斷諸軛、斷諸取、斷諸觸、斷諸蓋、斷諸纏、斷諸垢、斷諸愛、斷諸意、斷邪見生正見、斷無明生明。」〔T02 0051c21〕結、縛、使、上煩惱、流、軛、取、觸、蓋、纏、垢、愛、意,再加邪見與無明。答全同:觀眼無常。十六項,結出現兩次,十五類問法,一個答。
第二經問「次第我見斷,無我見生」〔T02 0052a02〕,答:「於眼正觀無我,若色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼亦正觀無我。」〔T02 0052a03〕前一經觀無常斷漏,這一經觀無我斷我見。所斷不同,所觀的對象同——眼、色、眼識、眼觸、受。
六、斷一法(經二〇三至二〇五)
場景換到毘舍離。世尊說:「若有比丘能斷一法者,則得正智,能自記說:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』」〔T02 0052a11〕諸比丘請說。「云何一法斷故,乃至不受後有?所謂無明,離欲明生,得正智」〔T02 0052a16〕。一法是無明。異比丘再問:「云何知、云何見無明,離欲明生?」〔T02 0052a21〕答:「當正觀察眼無常,若色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼亦正觀無常。」〔T02 0052a22〕卷第十問何所不知,答不知五受陰無常;這裡問如何斷無明,答觀眼無常。無明是不知無常,斷無明就是觀無常——所觀從五陰換成六處,答法一樣。
第二經對阿難:「於眼當如實知、如實見,若眼、色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼亦如實知、如實見。」〔T02 0052a28〕如實知見已生厭,「厭已不樂,不樂已解脫」〔T02 0052b05〕。第三經「世尊說一切優陀那偈已」〔T02 0052b10〕,告阿難:「眼無常、苦、變易、異分法,若色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼亦無常、苦、變易、異分法。」〔T02 0052b11〕無常、苦、變易、異分法四字並說。優陀那偈的內容,底本不錄。
七、方便禪思(經二〇六至二〇八)
三經說修。「當勤方便禪思,內寂其心。所以者何?比丘!方便禪思,內寂其心,如是如實知顯現。於何如實知顯現?於眼如實知顯現,若色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼亦如實知顯現。」〔T02 0052b21〕末句:「此諸法無常、有為,亦如是如實知顯現。」〔T02 0052b26〕禪思內寂,所得的是「如實知顯現」——眼乃至受如實顯現,顯現為無常、有為。第二經換「當修無量三摩提,精勤繫念」〔T02 0052c01〕,餘同。禪思、三摩提,二經說的是同一件事的二個名。
第三經說三世:「過去、未來眼無常,況現在眼。多聞聖弟子如是觀者,不顧過去眼,不欣未來眼,於現在眼厭、不樂、離欲、向厭。」〔T02 0052c08〕過去、未來的眼無常,現在的眼更不必說。不顧、不欣,是對過去未來;厭、不樂、離欲,是對現在。經末說這一經是四經:「如無常,苦、空、無我,亦如是說。」〔T02 0052c14〕又:「如內入處四經,如是外入處色、聲、香、味、觸、法四經,內外入處四經,亦如是說。」〔T02 0052c15〕一經十二經。
八、六觸入處(經二〇九至二一一)
第二十二經立名:「有六觸入處。云何為六?眼觸入處,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸入處。」〔T02 0052c18〕沙門婆羅門「於此六觸入處集、滅、味、患、離不如實知,當知是沙門、婆羅門去我法、律遠,如虛空與地」〔T02 0052c20〕。異比丘起立說自己具足如實知。世尊問:「汝見眼觸入處是我、異我、相在不?」〔T02 0052c25〕答不也。世尊說善哉,「於此眼觸入處非我、非異我、不相在,如實知見者,不起諸漏、心不染著、心得解脫,是名初觸入處已斷、已知,斷其根本,如截多羅樹頭,於未來法永不復起,所謂眼識及色」〔T02 0052c27〕。集滅味患離是問法,非我、非異我、不相在是答法;比丘說知集滅味患離,世尊以非我驗之。截多羅樹頭,這一卷此處初見。
第二十三經說六觸入處地獄與六觸入處天。「莫樂莫苦。所以者何?有六觸入處地獄,眾生生彼地獄中者,眼所見不可愛色、不見可愛色」〔T02 0053a12〕,以是因緣一向受憂苦;反之,「有六觸入處,其有眾生生彼處者,眼見可愛、不見不可愛」〔T02 0053a20〕,一向長受喜樂。地獄與天,都用六觸入處說——所見可愛不可愛而已。「莫樂莫苦」四字開頭:不要樂,也不要苦,因為樂與苦都是六觸入處。
第二十四經世尊自述:「我昔未成正覺時,獨一靜處,禪思思惟:『自心多向何處觀察?』自心多逐過去五欲功德,少逐現在五欲功德,逐未來世轉復微少」〔T02 0053a27〕。見心多逐過去五欲,「極生方便,精勤自護」〔T02 0053b02〕,漸近菩提。然後告諸比丘其所以:「眼見色因緣生內受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂。」〔T02 0053b10〕「是故,比丘!於彼入處當覺知,若眼滅,色想則離。耳、鼻、舌、身、意滅,法想則離。」〔T02 0053b12〕佛說:「當覺六入處。」〔T02 0053b14〕入室坐禪。眾多比丘不解略說,往問阿難。阿難說:「世尊略說者,即是滅六入處有餘之說,故言:『眼處滅,色想則離;耳、鼻、舌、身、意入處滅,法想則離。』」〔T02 0053c02〕
這一經是這一卷義理的中心。世尊自己的修法是觀心逐何處,見逐過去五欲,故自護。何以自護有效?因為受是眼見色因緣生——不逐五欲,就不隨眼色起染受。「當覺六入處」,是略說;阿難廣說只加了一句話:這是「滅六入處有餘之說」——說的是六入處滅。眼滅,色想離;不是色滅,是眼滅。這一卷說觀眼無常、於眼離欲、眼非我,到這裡說眼滅。阿難沒有多說,因為世尊的話已經夠了。
九、不放逸行(經二一二)
回到舍衛國。「我不為一切比丘說不放逸行,亦非不為一切比丘說不放逸行。」〔T02 0053c08〕不說的對象是阿羅漢,「彼諸比丘已作不放逸故,不復堪能作放逸事」〔T02 0053c13〕。說的對象是「在學地者,未得心意增上安隱,向涅槃住」〔T02 0053c17〕的比丘。為什麼要對學地比丘說?「彼眼識所可愛樂、染著之色,彼比丘見已,不喜、不讚歎、不染、不繫著住;以不喜、不讚歎、不染、不著住故,專精勝進,身心止息,心安極住不忘,常定一心,無量法喜,但逮得第一三昧正受,終不退滅隨於眼色。」〔T02 0053c23〕不放逸行落在眼識可愛之色上:見了,不喜、不讚歎、不染、不著。學地與無學地的分別,就在這一處還有沒有工夫要做。
十、二法(經二一三、二一四)
「當為汝等演說二法。諦聽,善思。何等為二?眼、色為二。耳聲、鼻香、舌味、身觸、意法為二,是名二法。」〔T02 0054a02〕有沙門婆羅門說「此非為二」〔T02 0054a06〕,世尊說他「但有言說,問已不知,增其疑惑,以非其境界故」〔T02 0054a07〕。然後說何以是二:「緣眼、色,眼識生,三事和合,緣觸觸生受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂。若於此受集、受滅、受味、受患、受離不如實知者,種貪欲身觸、種瞋恚身觸、種戒取身觸、種我見身觸,亦種殖增長諸惡不善法。如是純大苦聚皆從集生」〔T02 0054a08〕。反之如實知,「不種貪欲身觸、不種瞋恚身觸、不種戒取身觸、不種我見身觸、不種諸惡不善法。如是諸惡不善法滅,純大苦聚滅」〔T02 0054a17〕。
二法是眼與色。眼、色緣生眼識,三事和合是觸,觸生受。這一卷前面說「眼、色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受」,一直只是列舉;到這一經才說它們怎麼接起來——緣、和合、緣。接起來之後,分歧在受:於受如實知或不如實知。不如實知,種四種身觸,貪欲、瞋恚、戒取、我見;如實知,不種。「種」字用得確:受上不如實知,種下的是後面的煩惱。
第二經:「有二因緣生識。何等為二?謂眼色、耳聲、鼻香、舌味、身觸、意法」〔T02 0054a23〕。然後說三法性質:「眼、色因緣生眼識,彼無常、有為、心緣生,色若眼、識,無常、有為、心緣生,此三法和合觸,觸已受,受已思,思已想,此等諸法無常、有為、心緣生,所謂觸、想、思。」〔T02 0054a26〕眼、色、識無常有為心緣生,三和合觸、受、思、想亦無常有為心緣生。緣生的無常,無常的所緣生也無常。這一經把前面所列的一切全部收入「無常、有為、心緣生」六字。
十一、現法(經二一五)
富留那問六句:「世尊說現法、說滅熾然、說不待時、說正向、說即此見、說緣自覺。世尊!云何為現法,乃至緣自覺?」〔T02 0054b04〕世尊答:「比丘眼見色已,覺知色、覺知色貪,我此內有眼識色貪,我此內有眼識色貪如實知。」〔T02 0054b08〕這是現見法。餘五句一併答:「比丘眼見色已,覺知色,不起色貪覺,我無有內眼識色貪,不起色貪覺,如實知。」〔T02 0054b14〕如實知自己不起色貪,「是名滅熾然、不待時、正向、即此見、緣自覺」〔T02 0054b18〕。
六句常被用來稱讚法,這一經問六句是什麼,答只有兩層:眼見色,知內有色貪,如實知——是現法;眼見色,知內無色貪,如實知——是滅熾然乃至緣自覺。現法是現見自己有貪;滅熾然以下是現見自己無貪。無論有無,都是如實知。「我此內有眼識色貪」這一句,說的是貪在內,在眼識上,不在色上。
十二、海(經二一六、二一七)
兩經說海。第一經:「言大海者,愚夫所說,非聖所說,此大小水耳。云何聖所說海?謂眼識色已,愛念、深著,貪樂身、口、意業,是名為海。」〔T02 0054b23〕一切世間「悉於其中貪樂沈沒,如狗肚藏,如亂草蘊,此世、他世絞結纏鎖」〔T02 0054b27〕。愚夫所說的海是水,聖所說的海是眼識色已的愛著。經末說這一經是多經:「如身、口、意業,如是貪、恚、癡,老、病、死,亦如是說。如五根三經,六根三經,亦如是說。」〔T02 0054c03〕
第二經換一個說法:「眼是人大海,彼色為濤波。若能堪忍色濤波者,得度眼大海,竟於濤波迴澓諸水、惡蟲、羅剎女鬼。」〔T02 0054c07〕前一經海是愛著,這一經海是眼,色是濤波。眼本身就是海,色打過來,是浪。堪忍得住浪,就渡過海。偈:「大海巨濤波,惡蟲羅剎怖,難度而能度,集離永無餘,能斷一切苦,不復受餘有,永之般涅槃,不復還放逸。」〔T02 0054c14〕「集離永無餘」,是對應第一經的愛念深著;集離了,海就渡過。
兩經連讀:海是眼,也是眼識色後的愛著;浪是色。人在海裡,不是因為海水深,是因為有眼。這與經一九四「若於眼生喜者,則於苦生喜」是一個意思,說法更形象。
十三、道跡(經二一八至二二一)
四經說道跡。第一經說苦集道跡與苦滅道跡:「緣眼、色,生眼識,三事和合觸,緣觸受,緣受愛,緣愛取,緣取有,緣有生,緣生老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦集,如是純大苦聚集。」〔T02 0054c22〕滅是:「觸滅則受滅,受滅則愛滅,愛滅則取滅,取滅則有滅,有滅則生滅,生滅則老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦滅,如是純大苦聚滅。」〔T02 0054c26〕這是從六處起說的緣起:眼色識觸受愛取有生老死。前面經二一三說到觸、受,再分如實知不如實知;這一經不分,直接從受到愛、取、有、生。集與滅都從觸起。
第二經:「我今當說涅槃道跡。云何為涅槃道跡?謂觀察眼無常,若色、眼識、眼觸因緣生受,內覺若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼亦無常。」〔T02 0055a04〕涅槃道跡就是觀眼無常。第三經:「有似趣涅槃道跡。云何為似趣涅槃道跡?觀察眼非我,若色、眼識、眼觸因緣生受,若內覺若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼亦觀察無常。」〔T02 0055a11〕涅槃道跡觀無常,似趣涅槃道跡觀非我而兼無常。「似趣」二字,底本不自解;兩經並列,觀無常是涅槃道跡,觀非我是似趣涅槃道跡。第四經:「有趣一切取道跡。云何為趣一切取道跡?緣眼、色,生眼識,三事和合觸,觸緣受,受緣愛,愛緣取,取所取故。」〔T02 0055a18〕斷一切取道跡則是「觸滅則受滅,受滅則愛滅,愛滅則取滅」〔T02 0055a23〕。經二一八說到有、生、老死,這一經止於取。趣取與斷取,都從觸受說。
十四、知法、識法與不計(經二二二至二二七)
六經一組。「當知一切知法、一切識法。」〔T02 0055a28〕一切是什麼?「眼是知法、識法,若色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,內覺若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼一切是知法、識法。」〔T02 0055b01〕次經:「我不說一法不知、不識而得究竟苦邊。」〔T02 0055b07〕一法指眼乃至受。經二二四:「一切欲法應當斷。云何一切欲法應當斷?謂眼是一切欲法應當斷」〔T02 0055b16〕。經二二五:「我不說一法不知、不斷而究竟苦邊。」〔T02 0055b23〕四經兩對:知法識法、不知不識不得苦邊;欲法應斷、不知不斷不得苦邊。知是一對,斷是一對。要知的是眼乃至受,要斷的也是眼乃至受——說「眼是一切欲法應當斷」,不是說斷眼,是說眼是欲法,於此當斷欲。
經二二六說不計:「云何不計?謂不計我見色,不計眼我所,不計相屬,若色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,內覺若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼亦不計樂我、我所,不計樂相屬」〔T02 0055c03〕。不計我見色,不計眼是我所,不計相屬。「如是不計者,於諸世間常無所取,無所取故無所著,無所著故自覺涅槃」〔T02 0055c07〕。卷第十末經說「無所取者,自覺涅槃」〔T02 0072b09〕,這裡多一層:不計故無所取。經二二七說計的過患:「計者是病,計者是癰,計者是刺,如來以不計住故,離病、離癰、離刺。」〔T02 0055c14〕比丘欲求不計住,「莫計眼我、我所,莫計眼相屬」〔T02 0055c17〕。病、癰、刺三譬,前六卷用在五受陰上;這裡用在「計」上。計是病,不是眼是病。
十五、增長、損減與有漏、無漏(經二二八、二二九)
倒數第二經:「我今當說增長法、損減法。云何增長法?謂緣眼、色、生眼識,三事和合觸,觸緣受……」〔T02 0055c27〕廣說乃至純大苦聚集,是增長法;「觸滅則受滅」〔T02 0056a03〕乃至純大苦聚滅,是損減法。經二一八說苦集道跡苦滅道跡,這裡叫增長法損減法,同一條鏈。經末:「如增長、損減,如是起法、處變易法、集法、滅法,亦如上說。」〔T02 0056a06〕
末經:「云何有漏法?謂眼色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,內覺若苦、若樂、不苦不樂。耳、鼻、舌、身、意法、意識、意觸、意觸因緣生受,內覺若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,世俗者,是名有漏法。」〔T02 0056a10〕「云何無漏法?謂出世間意,若法、若意識、意觸、意觸因緣生受,內覺若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,出世間者,是名無漏法。」〔T02 0056a13〕有漏法是六處全部,加「世俗者」三字;無漏法只有意一處,加「出世間」三字。眼、耳、鼻、舌、身都是世俗的;意有兩種,世俗的意是有漏,出世間的意是無漏。無漏不在眼耳鼻舌身上,只在意上。這一卷四十二經說眼起,說到末一經,眼不在無漏法裡,意在。一卷以「當正觀察眼無常」起,以「出世間意」止。
十六、一卷的讀法
卷第八四十二經,所觀只有一組:眼、色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,三受,六處各具,經一九八又加想、思、愛。經文從頭到尾在這一組上換所說的法:無常、苦、空、非我(一八八);正思惟(一八九);識知斷離欲(一九〇、一九一);離欲心解脫(一九二、一九三);不生喜(一九四);一切(一九五、一九六);燒然(一九七);非我非異我不相在(一九八、一九九);順趣涅槃(二〇〇);斷漏斷我見(二〇一、二〇二);斷無明(二〇三);如實知見(二〇四、二〇五);禪思顯現(二〇六、二〇七);三世(二〇八);六觸入處(二〇九至二一一);不放逸(二一二);二法三和合(二一三、二一四);現法(二一五);海(二一六、二一七);道跡(二一八至二二一);知斷不計(二二二至二二七);增長損減有漏無漏(二二八、二二九)。
所觀不變而所說變,這是這一卷的格式。五取蘊相應六卷也是這樣:所觀是色受想行識,所說變。卷第一第一句是「當觀色無常」〔T02 0001a07〕,卷第八第一句是「當正觀察眼無常」〔T02 0049b08〕。兩句所換的只是所觀:色換作眼。經二〇〇世尊令羅睺羅先說五受陰,再說六入處,再說尼陀那,然後說一切無常;三類法說完,所說的「一切無常」是同一句。五受陰與六入處,是兩種列法;列的都是「一切」。
這一卷自己給了讀法。經二一一世尊略說:「當覺六入處。」〔T02 0053b14〕阿難廣說:這是「滅六入處有餘之說」。眼滅,色想則離。整卷說觀眼無常、於眼離欲、眼非我、眼是海、眼是知法識法欲法,到這一句,說的是眼滅。眼滅不是毀眼;本疏讀之,取經二一五說的「我無有內眼識色貪」〔T02 0054b15〕、經二一二說的「終不退滅隨於眼色」〔T02 0053c27〕、經二二九說的「出世間意」〔T02 0056a14〕。覺六入處,是從眼色上覺;覺了,眼色還在,隨眼色的心不在。
承衍——攝事分所攝
攝事分契經事處擇攝自標所攝:「如是已說行擇攝。處擇攝,我今當說。」〔T30n1579 0800c07〕總嗢拕南:「初安立等、智、同等、最後當知離欲等。」〔T30n1579 0800c09〕別嗢拕南第一:「安立、與差別、愚、不愚、教授、解脫、煩惱、業、皆廣說應知。」〔T30n1579 0800c11〕論於本卷四十二經無逐經本母;其門目與本卷經文相涉者,錄之以備參,不作對應。
安立門說受:「由五種相,當知安立諸受差別。一、自性故;二、所依故;三、所緣故;四、助伴故;五、隨轉故。」〔T30n1579 0800c13〕「自性故者,謂有三受。一、苦,二、樂,三、不苦不樂。所依故者,謂有六種,即眼、耳、鼻、舌、身與意。所緣故者,謂色等六所緣境界。」〔T30n1579 0800c14〕論以受為中心,六處是受的所依,六境是受的所緣。本卷經文每經列「眼、色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂」,正是所依、所緣、受、三受。差別門說八種:「一、內處差別,二、外處差別,三、六識身差別,四、六觸身差別,五、六受身差別,六、六想身差別,七、六思身差別,八、六愛身差別。」〔T30n1579 0800c21〕經一九八末段列內入處、外入處、識、觸、受、想、思、愛八類〔T02 0050c20〕,與此八差別次第全同。論說建立之由:「由三和合義,立前三差別。由受因緣義,立第四差別。由三和合觸果義,立第五差別。」〔T30n1579 0800c24〕經二一三「緣眼、色,眼識生,三事和合,緣觸觸生受」〔T02 0054a08〕,即三和合義。
論又說二種一切:「當知略有二種一切。一、少分一切,二、一切一切。如說一切皆無常者,當知此依少分一切;唯一切行,非無為故。言一切法皆無我者,當知此依一切一切。」〔T30n1579 0801a03〕經一九五、一九六說「一切無常」而自定義為眼乃至受,論謂此是少分一切——一切行。愚門說三相:「愚自性故者,謂由纏故,即是忘失於現在世;由隨眠故,即是當來忘失之法。愚因緣故者,謂於五相受安立中,不能覺了是無常等」〔T30n1579 0801a09〕。不愚則「於五相受安立中,善能覺了自相、共相,由此能斷一切煩惱、能覺聖諦、能證涅槃」〔T30n1579 0801a18〕。經一九〇、一九一說於眼不識不知不斷不離欲則不堪任正盡苦,識知斷離欲則堪任;論以愚不愚說之。
教授門:「諸佛世尊、佛聖弟子,由三種相,能正教授諸弟子眾。何等為三?一、引導教授;二、隨其所應,於所緣境安處教授;三、令所化得自義教授。如是教授,如其次第,當知即是三種神變。」〔T30n1579 0801a26〕經一九七世尊為千比丘作三種示現:神足、他心、教誡〔T02 0050b15〕。論以三教授即三神變,教誡亦是神變之一;經以三示現並列,說法為第三示現。二者皆以說法為神變。解脫門說有學無學:「略有二種解脫成就。一者、有學。二者、無學。有學者,謂金剛喻三摩地俱。」〔T30n1579 0801b06〕經二一二分阿羅漢與學地比丘,為學地者說不放逸行〔T02 0053c17〕。
煩惱門列九結、三縛、隨眠等:「有九種事能和合故,當知建立九結差別。」〔T30n1579 0802a20〕「由為貪縛所纏縛故,於能隨順樂受境界,心不能捨。如是瞋縛所纏縛故,於能隨順苦受境界,心不能捨;由愚癡縛所纏縛故,於能隨順非苦樂受中庸境界,心不能捨。由此因緣,故立三縛。」〔T30n1579 0802b04〕經二〇一差別經列結、縛、使、上煩惱、流、軛、取、觸、蓋、纏、垢、愛〔T02 0051c20〕,與論煩惱門所列名目相涉;論以三受配三縛,貪縛於樂受,瞋縛於苦受,癡縛於不苦不樂受——本卷經每列三受,論示其繫縛所在。
處擇攝卷九十說海:「海有二種。一者、水海,二、生死海。由三種相,當知水海與生死海而不同分。」〔T30n1579 0811a13〕「謂水大海,用色一分為自性故,有邊有量;生死大海,用一切行為自性故,無邊無量。」〔T30n1579 0811a17〕又說超渡:「生死大海三分建立。未離欲者,由五可愛境差別故;已離欲者,由意所識可愛諸法境差別故;諸有學者,由內六處有差別故。」〔T30n1579 0811b09〕「其有學者,普於六處遍知為苦,即於所緣修習正道。」〔T30n1579 0811b16〕經二一六說愚夫所說海是水,聖所說海是眼識色已的愛著〔T02 0054b23〕;經二一七說眼是人大海〔T02 0054c07〕。論分水海生死海,又以五可愛境、意所識法、內六處三分說生死海;經以眼為海、色為波,論以六處為有學所渡之海。
The six fascicles of the Connected Discourses on the Five Aggregates of Clinging asked about form, feeling, perception, formations and consciousness. From Fascicle 8 the question changes: eye, ear, nose, tongue, body and mind. Of the forty-two discourses of Fascicle 8, thirty are spoken at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park; three others at the Gayāśīrṣa shrine, on Vulture Peak at Rājagṛha, and in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove at Rājagṛha; and nine at Vaiśālī, in the Mango Grove of Jīvaka Kumāra the Physician. Most are addressed to the bhikṣus; three to Rāhula (198 to 200), two to Ānanda (204 and 205), one to Pūrṇa (215), one to a thousand bhikṣus (197). The first sentence of the fascicle is “One should rightly contemplate the eye as impermanent”; the last is “the supramundane: this is called a thing without outflows.” The forty discourses in between all begin from the eye; each one, having spoken of the eye, goes on to ear, nose, tongue, body and mind.
The form of teaching in this fascicle is very fixed: first a teaching is set out, then it is unfolded over the six sense bases, then the fruit of contemplating these six is stated. The fruit is mostly one of three sentences: “I say the mind is rightly liberated”; “able to rightly end suffering”; “one knows for oneself that one will not take up any further existence.” The teaching set out changes; the form does not. So in reading this fascicle, what one has to watch is what teaching each discourse sets out, and what it takes as the object of contemplation.
I. One Should Rightly Contemplate the Eye as Impermanent (Discourses 188 to 194)
Seven discourses, one setting, one speaker, one form. The first says: “One should rightly contemplate the eye as impermanent. One who contemplates thus is said to have right view. Through right contemplation weariness arises; through weariness one leaves delight and leaves craving; having left delight and craving, I say the mind is rightly liberated.” Ear, nose, tongue, body and mind likewise. The last sentence of the discourse: “As with impermanent, so with suffering, empty and not self: it is spoken the same way.” One discourse is four. The order of contemplation is: right contemplation, right view, weariness arising, leaving delight and craving, the mind rightly liberated. The second discourse changes to “right reflection”: “One should rightly reflect on the eye and contemplate it as impermanent. Why? Because one rightly reflects on the eye and contemplates it as impermanent, desire and craving for the eye are cut off; desire and craving being cut off, I say the mind is rightly liberated.” The first discourse says leaving delight and leaving craving; the second says desire and craving cut off. The same thing.
The third and fourth discourses speak from the negative side. “If one does not cognize, does not know, does not cut off and does not become free of desire toward the eye, one is not able to rightly end suffering.” Four negatives: not cognize, not know, not cut off, not free of desire. Cognizing and knowing belong to seeing; cutting off and freedom from desire belong to cultivation. Lacking any one of the four, one is not able to rightly end suffering. The fourth discourse replaces “rightly end suffering” with “cross beyond the suffering of birth, old age, sickness, and death”; the rest is the same. The fifth and sixth discourses change the set again: “If one is not free of desire toward the eye and the mind is not liberated, one is not able to rightly end suffering.” The sixth adds one word: “If one is not free of desire toward the eye and forms, and the mind is not liberated, one is not able to cross beyond the suffering of birth, old age, sickness, and death.” The fifth speaks of the eye, the sixth of the eye and forms. The object of contemplation widens from the internal sense base to the external, and this fascicle widens it this way many times further on.
The seventh discourse speaks of delight: “One who delights in the eye delights in suffering; one who delights in suffering, I say, is not liberated from suffering.” To delight in the eye is to delight in suffering. This sentence sets the eye and suffering as equal. The first six discourses say the eye is impermanent and say to be free of desire toward the eye; the seventh gives the reason: the eye itself is suffering, and to delight in the eye is to delight in suffering.
II. All Is Impermanent (Discourses 195 and 196)
The eighth discourse asks: “All is impermanent. What is it that is all impermanent? The eye is impermanent; forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, and the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant, these too are impermanent.” In this fascicle “all” has a definition: the eye, forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, the three feelings. Each of the six sense bases likewise. The discourse does not say “all things”; it says “all,” and then lists what all is. The learned noble disciple grows weary of this all: “weary, one does not delight; not delighting, one is liberated.”
The ninth discourse says it again, the object the same, the fruit changed to “I say that one is liberated from birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress and suffering.” At the end of the discourse comes a long passage: “As all is said to be impermanent, so all is suffering, all is empty, all is not self, all is a thing of empty activity, all is a thing that breaks, all is a thing of birth, all is a thing of old age, all is a thing of sickness, all is a thing of death, all is a thing of grief, all is a thing of affliction, all is a thing of arising, all is a thing of cessation, all is a thing to be known, all is a thing to be cognized, all is a thing to be cut off, all is a thing to be awakened to, all is to be realized, all is Māra, all is Māra’s power, all is Māra’s instrument, all is kindled, all is blazing, all is burning: all as broadly spoken in the two discourses above.” Twenty-four occurrences of “all,” each replacing “impermanent” in the first sentence, the rest of the text unchanged. All is Māra, all is Māra’s instrument, all is burning: what is spoken of is still the eye, forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact and feeling. This passage lists in advance the discourses to come: “all is burning” is the next discourse; “all is a thing to be known, all is a thing to be cognized” is Discourse 222.
III. All Is Burning (Discourse 197)
The tenth discourse has a different setting. “The Buddha was staying at the Gayāśīrṣa shrine together with a thousand bhikṣus, all of them former matted-hair brahmins.” For the thousand bhikṣus the World-Honored One performs three displays: “the display of supernormal power and transformation, the display of others’ minds, the display of instruction.” The display of supernormal power is entering the fire samādhi, “emitting fire-light of every kind, blue, yellow, red, white, crimson, the colour of crystal, water and fire appearing together”; the display of others’ minds is “as is their mind, as is their intent, as is their consciousness: this they should think, this they should not think”; the display of instruction is simply teaching the Dharma: “Bhikṣus, all is burning. What is it that is all burning? The eye is burning; forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, and the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant, these too are burning.” Burning with what? “Burning with the fire of craving, burning with the fire of hatred, burning with the fire of delusion, burning with the fire of birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress and suffering.” Hearing this, the thousand bhikṣus “gave rise to no outflows, and their minds were liberated.”
Of the three displays, the first two are supernormal transformations; the third is teaching. The discourse calls teaching too a display, set side by side with supernormal power and others’ minds. The fire samādhi emits fire: that is the display of supernormal power. Saying that all is burning: that is the display of instruction. The former displays fire; the latter displays what the fire burns. For matted-hair brahmins who had once served the fire, the form of teaching of this fascicle, the eye, forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact and feeling, is used here, and the “all” it speaks of is exactly what the fire they worshipped burns.
IV. Rāhula (Discourses 198 to 200)
Three discourses are spoken to Rāhula. In the first Rāhula asks: “How should I know, how should I see this conscious body within and all external signs, so that I, mine, and the fetter of conceit that binds do not arise?” The World-Honored One answers: “The eye, whether past, future or present, internal or external, coarse or fine, fair or foul, far or near, all of it one knows as it really is to be not self, not other than self, not within one another.” Knowing and seeing thus, “this is called cutting off craving, turning away the bonds, rightly attaining unbroken comprehension, and reaching the utter end of suffering.” A passage at the end widens the object: “As with the internal sense bases, so with the external sense bases, forms, sounds, odours, tastes, tangibles and mental objects; eye-consciousness, and ear-, nose-, tongue-, body- and mind-consciousness; eye-contact, and ear-, nose-, tongue-, body- and mind-contact; feeling born of eye-contact, and feeling born of ear-, nose-, tongue-, body- and mind-contact; perception born of eye-contact, and perception born of ear-, nose-, tongue-, body- and mind-contact; volition born of eye-contact, and volition born of ear-, nose-, tongue-, body- and mind-contact; craving born of eye-contact, and craving born of ear-, nose-, tongue-, body- and mind-contact: all as said above.” Internal sense bases, external sense bases, consciousness, contact, feeling, perception, volition, craving: eight classes, each of six kinds. These eight classes are the whole of what this fascicle contemplates in the six sense bases, listed in full here for the first time.
The second discourse has the same question and the same answer, with one more sentence in the fruit: “Thus the bhikṣu goes beyond the two, leaves all signs, and is liberated in quiescence.” “Goes beyond the two”: what the two are, the discourse does not itself explain; Discourse 213 below says “the eye and forms are the two,” which may be consulted. The third discourse is the longest in the fascicle. Rāhula asks the World-Honored One to teach him the Dharma, wishing to “dwell alone in a quiet place, reflect with full attention, and abide heedfully.” The World-Honored One observes that Rāhula’s “wisdom of liberation is not yet ripe; he is not yet able to receive the higher teaching,” and asks: “Have you taught people the five aggregates of clinging?” Not yet. “You should expound the five aggregates of clinging to people.” He does, and comes again to ask for the Dharma; the World-Honored One observes again and asks again: “Have you taught people the six sense bases?” Not yet. “You should expound the six sense bases to people.” He does, and comes again; then he is asked about the nidāna teaching. After these three rounds of teaching others, the World-Honored One tells him, “on the teachings spoken above, alone in a quiet place, reflect with full attention and contemplate their meaning.” Rāhula reflects and weighs them, and thinks: “All these teachings tend toward nirvāṇa, flow into nirvāṇa, and come to rest in nirvāṇa.” The World-Honored One observes his mind, “the knowledge of liberation is ripe; he is able to receive the higher teaching,” and only then says: “Rāhula, all is impermanent. What things are impermanent? The eye is impermanent; forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact…” as broadly spoken above. Rāhula reflects alone in a quiet place and becomes an arhat.
The sequence of this discourse has to be watched: the five aggregates of clinging, the six sense bases, the nidānas, first taught to others, then reflected on oneself, and only then is one able to receive the higher teaching. What does the higher teaching say? “All is impermanent. What things are impermanent? The eye is impermanent.” The same sentence as Discourse 195, differing only in the wording of the question. The same sentence, not spoken while the knowledge of liberation is unripe, spoken once it is ripe. The five aggregates of clinging are the preceding six fascicles; the six sense bases are this fascicle; the nidānas come after. The three classes of teaching Rāhula had expounded are what the first three collections of the Saṃyukta Āgama teach.
V. Swiftly Attaining the Exhaustion of Outflows in Due Order (Discourses 201 and 202)
A certain bhikṣu asks: “How should one know, how should one see, so as swiftly to attain the exhaustion of outflows in due order?” The answer: “One should rightly contemplate impermanence. What things are impermanent? The eye is impermanent; forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, and the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant: one should contemplate them as impermanent.” Knowing and seeing thus, one “exhausts the outflows in due order.” A passage at the end, “if there is a difference,” lists other ways of asking the same question: “How should one know, how should one see, so as in due order to exhaust all bonds, to cut off all bindings, cut off all fetters, cut off all upper defilements, cut off all bonds, cut off the floods, cut off the yokes, cut off the clingings, cut off the contacts, cut off the hindrances, cut off the entanglements, cut off the stains, cut off the cravings, cut off the intentions, cut off wrong view and give rise to right view, cut off ignorance and give rise to knowledge?” Bonds, bindings, fetters, upper defilements, floods, yokes, clingings, contacts, hindrances, entanglements, stains, cravings, intentions, with wrong view and ignorance added. The answer is entirely the same: contemplate the eye as impermanent. Sixteen items, bonds appearing twice, fifteen kinds of question, one answer.
The second discourse asks how “in due order the view of self is cut off and the view of not self arises,” and answers: “One rightly contemplates the eye as not self; forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, and the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant, these too one rightly contemplates as not self.” The former discourse contemplates impermanence to cut off the outflows; this one contemplates not self to cut off the view of self. What is cut off differs; the object contemplated is the same: the eye, forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, feeling.
VI. Cutting Off One Thing (Discourses 203 to 205)
The setting moves to Vaiśālī. The World-Honored One says: “If a bhikṣu can cut off one thing, he attains right knowledge and can declare of himself: ‘My birth is exhausted, the pure conduct is established, what was to be done is done, I know for myself that I will not take up any further existence.’” The bhikṣus ask him to explain. “What one thing is it, by cutting off which one attains, and so on up to, not taking up any further existence? Ignorance: with freedom from desire, knowledge arises and one attains right knowledge.” The one thing is ignorance. A certain bhikṣu asks further: “How should one know, how should one see ignorance, so that with freedom from desire knowledge arises?” The answer: “One should rightly contemplate the eye as impermanent; forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, and the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant, these too one rightly contemplates as impermanent.” Fascicle 10 asked what it is that one does not know, and answered: not knowing the five aggregates of clinging as impermanent. Here the question is how to cut off ignorance, and the answer is to contemplate the eye as impermanent. Ignorance is not knowing impermanence; cutting off ignorance is contemplating impermanence. The object changes from the five aggregates to the six sense bases; the answer is the same.
The second discourse is to Ānanda: “One should know the eye as it really is and see it as it really is; the eye, forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, and the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant, these too one knows as they really are and sees as they really are.” Knowing and seeing as it really is, weariness arises; “weary, one does not delight; not delighting, one is liberated.” In the third, “the World-Honored One, having spoken all the udāna verses,” tells Ānanda: “The eye is impermanent, suffering, changing, of a differing nature; forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, and the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant, these too are impermanent, suffering, changing, of a differing nature.” Impermanent, suffering, changing, of a differing nature: four words spoken together. The content of the udāna verses the base text does not record.
VII. Skilful Means and Meditative Reflection (Discourses 206 to 208)
Three discourses speak of cultivation. “One should strive with skilful means in meditative reflection, inwardly stilling the mind. Why? Bhikṣu, with skilful means in meditative reflection, inwardly stilling the mind, things thus become manifest to knowledge as it really is. In what do they become manifest to knowledge as it really is? In the eye they become manifest to knowledge as it really is; forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, and the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant, these too become manifest to knowledge as it really is.” The last sentence: “These things are impermanent and conditioned; this too becomes manifest to knowledge as it really is.” What meditative reflection and inward stilling yield is “becoming manifest to knowledge as it really is”: the eye and the rest, up to feeling, become manifest as they really are, manifest as impermanent and conditioned. The second discourse changes to “one should cultivate the measureless samādhi, diligently binding mindfulness”; the rest is the same. Meditative reflection and samādhi: the two discourses give two names for one thing.
The third discourse speaks of the three times: “The past and future eye are impermanent, how much more the present eye. The learned noble disciple who contemplates thus does not look back to the past eye, does not long for the future eye, and toward the present eye is weary, does not delight, is free of desire, and turns toward weariness.” The past and future eye are impermanent; the present eye needs no saying. Not looking back and not longing are toward the past and future; weariness, not delighting and freedom from desire are toward the present. The end of the discourse says this one discourse is four: “As with impermanent, so with suffering, empty and not self: it is spoken the same way.” And: “As the four discourses on the internal sense bases, so four discourses on the external sense bases, forms, sounds, odours, tastes, tangibles and mental objects, and four discourses on the internal and external sense bases: they are spoken the same way.” One discourse is twelve.
VIII. The Six Sense Bases of Contact (Discourses 209 to 211)
The twenty-second discourse sets out a name: “There are six sense bases of contact. What are the six? The eye as sense base of contact; the ear, nose, tongue, body and mind as sense bases of contact.” Ascetics and brahmins who “do not know as they really are the arising, cessation, gratification, danger and escape of these six sense bases of contact, know that such ascetics and brahmins are far from my Dharma and Discipline, as the sky is from the earth.” A certain bhikṣu rises and says that he himself fully knows this as it really is. The World-Honored One asks: “Do you see the eye as sense base of contact as self, as other than self, as within one another?” He answers no. The World-Honored One says, well done: “one who knows and sees as it really is that this eye as sense base of contact is not self, not other than self, not within one another, gives rise to no outflows, the mind is not defiled, the mind is liberated; this is called the first sense base of contact already cut off, already known, cut off at its root, like a palmyra tree cut off at the crown, never to arise again in future, namely eye-consciousness and forms.” Arising, cessation, gratification, danger and escape are the form of the question; not self, not other than self, not within one another are the form of the answer. The bhikṣu says he knows arising, cessation, gratification, danger and escape; the World-Honored One tests him with not self. The palmyra tree cut off at the crown first appears in this fascicle here.
The twenty-third discourse speaks of the hell of the six sense bases of contact and the heaven of the six sense bases of contact. “Do not delight, do not grieve. Why? There is a hell of the six sense bases of contact; beings born in that hell see with the eye only unlovely forms and do not see lovely forms,” and for this reason they experience only sorrow and suffering; conversely, “there are six sense bases of contact where beings born there see with the eye what is lovely and do not see what is unlovely,” and they long experience only delight and happiness. Hell and heaven are both spoken of through the six sense bases of contact: only what is seen is lovely or unlovely. The opening four words, “do not delight, do not grieve”: neither delight nor grieve, because delight and grief are both the six sense bases of contact.
In the twenty-fourth discourse the World-Honored One speaks of himself: “Before, when I had not yet attained right awakening, alone in a quiet place, in meditative reflection I considered: ‘Toward what does my mind mostly turn when I observe it?’ My mind mostly chased after the five strands of sense pleasure of the past, little after those of the present, and toward the future world still less.” Seeing that his mind mostly chased after the past five strands of sense pleasure, he “made utmost effort and diligently guarded himself,” and gradually drew near to awakening. Then he tells the bhikṣus the reason: “With the eye seeing forms as condition, an inner feeling arises, painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant.” “Therefore, bhikṣus, be mindful and aware of those sense bases: when the eye ceases, the perception of forms departs. When ear, nose, tongue, body and mind cease, the perception of mental objects departs.” The Buddha says: “Be mindful of the six sense bases.” He enters his dwelling and sits in meditation. The many bhikṣus do not understand the brief saying and go to ask Ānanda. Ānanda says: “What the World-Honored One said in brief is a teaching with a remainder, on the cessation of the six sense bases; hence he said: ‘When the eye as sense base ceases, the perception of forms departs; when the ear, nose, tongue, body and mind as sense bases cease, the perception of mental objects departs.’”
This discourse is the doctrinal centre of the fascicle. The World-Honored One’s own practice is to observe where the mind chases; seeing it chase the past five strands of sense pleasure, he guards himself. Why is guarding effective? Because feeling arises with the eye seeing forms as condition: not chasing the five strands of sense pleasure, one does not give rise to defiled feeling following the eye and forms. “Be mindful of the six sense bases” is the brief saying; Ānanda’s expansion adds only one sentence: this is “a teaching with a remainder, on the cessation of the six sense bases.” What is spoken of is the cessation of the six sense bases. When the eye ceases, the perception of forms departs; it is not forms that cease, it is the eye. This fascicle has spoken of contemplating the eye as impermanent, being free of desire toward the eye, the eye as not self; here it speaks of the eye ceasing. Ānanda says no more, because what the World-Honored One said was already enough.
IX. Heedful Conduct (Discourse 212)
Back to Śrāvastī. “I do not teach heedful conduct to all bhikṣus, nor do I fail to teach heedful conduct to all bhikṣus.” Those to whom he does not teach it are the arhats, “those bhikṣus have already practised heedfulness and are no longer capable of any heedless act.” Those to whom he teaches it are bhikṣus “still at the stage of training, who have not yet attained the higher security of mind and intent, and dwell turned toward nirvāṇa.” Why must it be taught to bhikṣus at the stage of training? “Those forms that eye-consciousness can delight in and be defiled by, that bhikṣu, having seen them, does not delight in, does not praise, is not defiled by, does not dwell bound to; because he does not delight, does not praise, is not defiled, does not dwell attached, he advances with full attention, body and mind come to rest, the mind abides utterly secure and does not forget, is constantly concentrated and unified, with measureless joy in the Dharma; he only attains the foremost samādhi attainment and never falls back to follow the eye and forms.” Heedful conduct falls on the lovely forms of eye-consciousness: having seen them, not delighting, not praising, not defiled, not attached. The difference between the stage of training and the stage beyond training lies in whether there is still work to be done at this one point.
X. The Two Things (Discourses 213 and 214)
“I will expound to you the two things. Listen closely, consider well. What are the two? The eye and forms are the two. Ear and sounds, nose and odours, tongue and tastes, body and tangibles, mind and mental objects are the two: these are called the two things.” There are ascetics and brahmins who say “these are not two”; the World-Honored One says of them, “they have only words; asked, they do not know, and their doubt only increases, because it is not their domain.” Then he says why they are two: “Conditioned by the eye and forms, eye-consciousness arises; the meeting of the three is contact; conditioned by contact, from contact arises feeling, painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant. One who does not know as they really are the arising of this feeling, its cessation, its gratification, its danger and the escape from it, sows the bodily contact of desire, the bodily contact of hatred, the bodily contact of clinging to precepts, the bodily contact of the view of self, and also sows and increases every evil and unwholesome thing. Thus the whole mass of suffering arises from arising.” Conversely, knowing as it really is, one “does not sow the bodily contact of desire, the bodily contact of hatred, the bodily contact of clinging to precepts, the bodily contact of the view of self, does not sow evil and unwholesome things. Thus evil and unwholesome things cease, and the whole mass of suffering ceases.”
The two things are the eye and forms. Conditioned by the eye and forms, eye-consciousness arises; the meeting of the three is contact; from contact arises feeling. Earlier in this fascicle, “the eye, forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition” was always just a list; only in this discourse is it said how they join: condition, meeting, condition. Once joined, the fork is at feeling: knowing or not knowing feeling as it really is. Not knowing, one sows four bodily contacts, desire, hatred, clinging to precepts, the view of self; knowing, one does not sow. The word “sows” is exact: what is sown by not knowing feeling as it really is are the defilements that follow.
The second discourse: “There are two conditions for the arising of consciousness. What are the two? The eye and forms, ear and sounds, nose and odours, tongue and tastes, body and tangibles, mind and mental objects.” Then it states the nature of the three: “With the eye and forms as condition eye-consciousness arises, and it is impermanent, conditioned, arisen from the mind as condition; forms, the eye, and consciousness are impermanent, conditioned, arisen from the mind as condition; the meeting of these three is contact, from contact feeling, from feeling volition, from volition perception, and all these things are impermanent, conditioned, arisen from the mind as condition, namely contact, perception, volition.” Eye, forms and consciousness are impermanent, conditioned, arisen from the mind as condition; the contact of the three meeting, and feeling, volition and perception, are likewise impermanent, conditioned, arisen from the mind as condition. What arises from conditions is impermanent, and what the impermanent conditions is impermanent too. This discourse gathers everything listed before into the six words “impermanent, conditioned, arisen from the mind as condition.”
XI. Directly Visible (Discourse 215)
Pūrṇa asks about six phrases: “The World-Honored One speaks of what is directly visible, of quenching the burning, of not dependent on time, of rightly directed, of to be seen right here, of realized for oneself. World-Honored One, what is ‘directly visible,’ and so on up to ‘realized for oneself’?” The World-Honored One answers: “A bhikṣu, having seen forms with the eye, is aware of the forms and aware of craving for the forms: within me there is craving for forms in eye-consciousness, and that within me there is craving for forms in eye-consciousness he knows as it really is.” This is the directly visible teaching. The other five phrases are answered together: “A bhikṣu, having seen forms with the eye, is aware of the forms and gives rise to no awareness of craving for forms: within me there is no craving for forms in eye-consciousness, no awareness of craving for forms arises, and this he knows as it really is.” Knowing as it really is that one gives rise to no craving for forms, “this is called quenching the burning, not dependent on time, rightly directed, to be seen right here, realized for oneself.”
The six phrases are often used in praise of the Dharma; this discourse asks what the six are, and the answer has only two levels: the eye sees forms, one knows there is craving for forms within, and knows it as it really is: this is directly visible; the eye sees forms, one knows there is no craving for forms within, and knows it as it really is: this is quenching the burning and the rest, up to realized for oneself. Directly visible is directly seeing that one has craving; quenching the burning and the rest is directly seeing that one has none. Whether there is or is not, both are knowing as it really is. The sentence “within me there is craving for forms in eye-consciousness” says that the craving is within, in eye-consciousness, not in the forms.
XII. The Ocean (Discourses 216 and 217)
Two discourses speak of the ocean. The first: “What is called the great ocean is what fools say, not what the noble ones say; this is only a large or small body of water. What is the ocean as the noble ones speak of it? When the eye has cognized forms, there is fond attachment, deep clinging, delight in the activities of body, speech and mind: this is called the ocean.” All the world “sinks in it, delighting, like a dog’s belly, like a tangle of grass, in this world and the next bound and chained.” The ocean fools speak of is water; the ocean the noble ones speak of is the fond attachment that follows the eye cognizing forms. The end of the discourse says this one discourse is many: “As with the activities of body, speech and mind, so with craving, hatred and delusion, old age, sickness and death: they are spoken the same way. As the three discourses on the five faculties, so the three discourses on the six faculties: they are spoken the same way.”
The second discourse puts it another way: “The eye is a person’s great ocean, and forms are its surging waves. One who can bear the surging waves of forms crosses the great ocean of the eye, and comes through the waves, the whirling waters, fierce creatures, and rākṣasī demons.” In the former discourse the ocean is attachment; in this one the ocean is the eye and forms are the waves. The eye itself is the ocean; forms strike against it as waves. Bearing the waves, one crosses the ocean. The verse: “The great ocean’s surging waves, the terror of fierce creatures and rākṣasas: hard to cross, yet one can cross; the arising left behind, forever without remainder; able to cut off all suffering, not taking up any remaining existence, gone forever to final nirvāṇa, never again returning to heedlessness.” “The arising left behind, forever without remainder” answers the fond attachment and deep clinging of the first discourse; when the arising is left behind, the ocean is crossed.
Reading the two together: the ocean is the eye, and it is also the attachment after the eye cognizes forms; the waves are forms. A person is in the ocean not because the water is deep but because there is an eye. This is the same point as Discourse 194, “one who delights in the eye delights in suffering,” put more vividly.
XIII. The Path Leading To (Discourses 218 to 221)
Four discourses speak of the path leading to. The first speaks of the path leading to the arising of suffering and the path leading to the cessation of suffering: “Conditioned by the eye and forms, eye-consciousness arises; the meeting of the three is contact; conditioned by contact, feeling; conditioned by feeling, craving; conditioned by craving, clinging; conditioned by clinging, existence; conditioned by existence, birth; conditioned by birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress and suffering arise: thus the whole mass of suffering arises.” The cessation: “When contact ceases, feeling ceases; when feeling ceases, craving ceases; when craving ceases, clinging ceases; when clinging ceases, existence ceases; when existence ceases, birth ceases; when birth ceases, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress and suffering cease: thus the whole mass of suffering ceases.” This is dependent arising spoken from the six sense bases: eye, forms, consciousness, contact, feeling, craving, clinging, existence, birth, old age and death. Discourse 213 earlier went as far as contact and feeling and then divided knowing as it really is from not knowing; this discourse does not divide, but goes straight from feeling to craving, clinging, existence and birth. Both arising and cessation begin from contact.
The second: “I will now speak of the path leading to nirvāṇa. What is the path leading to nirvāṇa? Contemplating the eye as impermanent; forms, eye-consciousness, and the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, felt within as painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant, these too are impermanent.” The path leading to nirvāṇa is contemplating the eye as impermanent. The third: “There is a path that resembles the one leading to nirvāṇa. What is the path that resembles the one leading to nirvāṇa? Contemplating the eye as not self; forms, eye-consciousness, and the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, felt within as painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant, these too one contemplates as impermanent.” The path leading to nirvāṇa contemplates impermanence; the path that resembles it contemplates not self together with impermanence. The word “resembles” the base text does not itself explain; the two discourses stand side by side: contemplating impermanence is the path leading to nirvāṇa, contemplating not self is the path that resembles it. The fourth: “There is a path leading to all clinging. What is the path leading to all clinging? Conditioned by the eye and forms, eye-consciousness arises; the meeting of the three is contact; conditioned by contact, feeling; conditioned by feeling, craving; conditioned by craving, clinging; because of clinging to what is clung to.” The path cutting off all clinging is “when contact ceases, feeling ceases; when feeling ceases, craving ceases; when craving ceases, clinging ceases.” Discourse 218 went on to existence, birth, old age and death; this one stops at clinging. Leading to clinging and cutting off clinging are both spoken from contact and feeling.
XIV. Things to Be Known, Things to Be Cognized, and Not Reckoning (Discourses 222 to 227)
Six discourses form a group. “One should know all things to be known, all things to be cognized.” What is all? “The eye is a thing to be known, a thing to be cognized; forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, and the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, felt within as painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant, all these are things to be known, things to be cognized.” The next discourse: “I do not say that one reaches the utter end of suffering without knowing and cognizing even one thing.” The one thing means the eye and the rest, up to feeling. Discourse 224: “All things of desire are to be cut off. What are all the things of desire to be cut off? The eye is a thing of desire to be cut off.” Discourse 225: “I do not say that one reaches the utter end of suffering without knowing and cutting off even one thing.” Four discourses, two pairs: things to be known and cognized, and without knowing and cognizing one does not reach the end of suffering; things of desire to be cut off, and without knowing and cutting off one does not reach the end of suffering. Knowing is one pair, cutting off the other. What is to be known is the eye and the rest, up to feeling; what is to be cut off is likewise the eye and the rest. To say “the eye is a thing of desire to be cut off” is not to say that the eye is cut off; it says the eye is a thing of desire, and desire for it is to be cut off.
Discourse 226 speaks of not reckoning: “What is not reckoning? Not reckoning ‘I see forms,’ not reckoning the eye as mine, not reckoning them as belonging together; forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, and the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, felt within as painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant, with these too one does not reckon pleasure as I or mine, does not reckon pleasure as belonging together.” Not reckoning “I see forms,” not reckoning the eye as mine, not reckoning them as belonging together. “One who does not reckon thus never clings to anything in the world; not clinging, one is not attached; not attached, one realizes nirvāṇa for oneself.” The last discourse of Fascicle 10 said “one who clings to nothing realizes nirvāṇa for oneself”; here there is one more step: not reckoning, therefore not clinging. Discourse 227 speaks of the danger of reckoning: “Reckoning is a disease, reckoning is a boil, reckoning is a thorn; because the Tathāgata dwells without reckoning, he is free of disease, free of boils, free of thorns.” A bhikṣu who wishes to dwell without reckoning should “not reckon the eye as I or mine, not reckon the eye as belonging.” The three similes of disease, boil and thorn were applied in the first six fascicles to the five aggregates of clinging; here they are applied to “reckoning.” Reckoning is the disease, not the eye.
XV. Increase and Decrease, With Outflows and Without (Discourses 228 and 229)
The second-to-last discourse: “I will now speak of the teaching on increase and the teaching on decrease. What is the teaching on increase? Conditioned by the eye and forms, eye-consciousness arises; the meeting of the three is contact; conditioned by contact, feeling…” broadly spoken up to the whole mass of suffering arising: this is the teaching on increase; “when contact ceases, feeling ceases,” up to the whole mass of suffering ceasing: this is the teaching on decrease. Discourse 218 called them the path leading to the arising of suffering and the path leading to its cessation; here they are called the teaching on increase and the teaching on decrease, the same chain. The end of the discourse: “As with increase and decrease, so with things that arise, things that change in their base, things of arising, things of cessation: they are spoken as above.”
The last discourse: “What are things with outflows? The eye and forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, and the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, felt within as painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant; the ear, nose, tongue, body, and the mind and mental objects, mind-consciousness, mind-contact, and the feeling arisen with mind-contact as condition, felt within as painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant: the worldly, this is called a thing with outflows.” “What are things without outflows? The supramundane mind, and mental objects, mind-consciousness, mind-contact, and the feeling arisen with mind-contact as condition, felt within as painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant: the supramundane, this is called a thing without outflows.” Things with outflows are all six sense bases, with the words “the worldly” added; things without outflows are the mind alone, with the word “supramundane” added. Eye, ear, nose, tongue and body are worldly; the mind is of two kinds, the worldly mind with outflows, the supramundane mind without. What is without outflows is not in eye, ear, nose, tongue or body; it is only in the mind. The forty-two discourses of this fascicle begin from the eye, and when the last discourse is reached, the eye is not among the things without outflows; the mind is. The fascicle opens with “one should rightly contemplate the eye as impermanent” and closes with “the supramundane mind.”
XVI. How to Read the Fascicle
The forty-two discourses of Fascicle 8 have only one set of objects: the eye, forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, the three feelings, each of the six sense bases alike, with perception, volition and craving added in Discourse 198. From beginning to end the text changes the teaching spoken on this one set: impermanent, suffering, empty, not self (188); right reflection (189); cognizing, knowing, cutting off, freedom from desire (190, 191); freedom from desire and the mind liberated (192, 193); not giving rise to delight (194); all (195, 196); burning (197); not self, not other than self, not within one another (198, 199); tending toward nirvāṇa (200); cutting off outflows and cutting off the view of self (201, 202); cutting off ignorance (203); knowing and seeing as it really is (204, 205); manifest through meditative reflection (206, 207); the three times (208); the six sense bases of contact (209 to 211); heedfulness (212); the two things and the meeting of the three (213, 214); directly visible (215); the ocean (216, 217); the path leading to (218 to 221); knowing, cutting off, not reckoning (222 to 227); increase and decrease, with outflows and without (228, 229).
The object does not change while what is said changes: this is the form of the fascicle. The six fascicles of the Connected Discourses on the Five Aggregates of Clinging were the same: the object was form, feeling, perception, formations and consciousness, and what was said changed. The first sentence of Fascicle 1 is “one should contemplate form as impermanent”; the first sentence of Fascicle 8 is “one should rightly contemplate the eye as impermanent.” What changes between the two is only the object: form becomes the eye. In Discourse 200 the World-Honored One has Rāhula first teach the five aggregates of clinging, then the six sense bases, then the nidānas, and then speaks of all being impermanent; after the three classes of teaching, the “all is impermanent” that is spoken is the same sentence. The five aggregates of clinging and the six sense bases are two ways of listing; what both list is “all.”
The fascicle gives its own reading. In Discourse 211 the World-Honored One says in brief: “Be mindful of the six sense bases.” Ānanda expands: this is “a teaching with a remainder, on the cessation of the six sense bases.” When the eye ceases, the perception of forms departs. The whole fascicle speaks of contemplating the eye as impermanent, being free of desire toward the eye, the eye as not self, the eye as the ocean, the eye as a thing to be known, to be cognized, a thing of desire; and at this sentence what is spoken of is the eye ceasing. The eye ceasing is not the eye destroyed; this commentary reads it by taking Discourse 215’s “within me there is no craving for forms in eye-consciousness,” Discourse 212’s “never falls back to follow the eye and forms,” and Discourse 229’s “the supramundane mind.” To be mindful of the six sense bases is to be mindful at the eye and forms; once mindful, the eye and forms are still there, and the mind that followed the eye and forms is not.
Carrying Forward — What the Compendium of Topics Gathers
The Compendium of Topics, in its Selection on the Sense Bases within the section on the discourses, marks its own scope: “Thus the selection on formations has been spoken. The selection on the sense bases I will now speak.” The general summary verse: “First establishing and so on, knowledge, sameness, and last, to be known, freedom from desire and so on.” The first particular summary verse: “Establishing, with difference, confused, not confused, instruction, liberation, defilements, deeds: all to be known as broadly spoken.” The treatise has no discourse-by-discourse mātṛkā for the forty-two discourses of this fascicle; where its topics touch the text of this fascicle, they are recorded here for reference, without claiming correspondence.
The topic of establishing speaks of feeling: “By five aspects one should know the establishing of the differences among feelings: first, by their own nature; second, by their basis; third, by their object; fourth, by their accompaniment; fifth, by that which they follow.” “By their own nature: there are three feelings, painful, pleasant, and neither painful nor pleasant. By their basis: there are six, namely eye, ear, nose, tongue, body and mind. By their object: the six objects, forms and the rest.” The treatise takes feeling as centre; the six sense bases are the basis of feeling, the six objects are its object. Every discourse of this fascicle lists “the eye, forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant,” which is exactly basis, object, feeling, the three feelings. The topic of difference speaks of eight: “first, the difference of the internal sense bases; second, the difference of the external sense bases; third, the difference of the six classes of consciousness; fourth, the difference of the six classes of contact; fifth, the difference of the six classes of feeling; sixth, the difference of the six classes of perception; seventh, the difference of the six classes of volition; eighth, the difference of the six classes of craving.” The closing passage of Discourse 198 lists the internal sense bases, the external sense bases, consciousness, contact, feeling, perception, volition and craving, eight classes, in exactly the same order as these eight differences. The treatise gives the reason for the arrangement: “By the sense of the meeting of the three, the first three differences are established. By the sense of being the condition for feeling, the fourth difference is established. By the sense of the fruit of contact from the meeting of the three, the fifth difference is established.” Discourse 213, “conditioned by the eye and forms, eye-consciousness arises; the meeting of the three is contact; conditioned by contact, from contact arises feeling,” is the sense of the meeting of the three.
The treatise further speaks of two kinds of all: “One should know that in brief there are two kinds of all: first, the partial all; second, the all of all. When it is said that all is impermanent, know that this rests on the partial all, only all formations, since it excludes the unconditioned. When it is said that all things are not self, know that this rests on the all of all.” Discourses 195 and 196 say “all is impermanent” and themselves define it as the eye and the rest, up to feeling; the treatise calls this the partial all, all formations. The topic of confusion speaks of three aspects: “Confusion by its own nature: by way of active entanglement, it is forgetting in the present life; by way of latent tendency, it is the forgetting that is to come. Confusion by its cause: in the establishing of feeling by five aspects, one is unable to realize that they are impermanent and so on.” Not confused, one “in the establishing of feeling by five aspects, is well able to realize their own marks and shared marks, and by this is able to cut off all defilements, awaken to the noble truths, and realize nirvāṇa.” Discourses 190 and 191 say that one who does not cognize, know, cut off and become free of desire toward the eye is not able to rightly end suffering, and that one who does is able; the treatise speaks of this as confusion and non-confusion.
The topic of instruction: “The Buddhas, the World-Honored Ones, and the Buddha’s noble disciples, by three aspects rightly instruct the assembly of disciples. What are the three? First, instruction that leads; second, instruction that settles them on the object as is fitting; third, instruction that lets those taught attain their own good. These instructions, in this order, should be known as the three supernormal transformations.” In Discourse 197 the World-Honored One performs three displays for the thousand bhikṣus: supernormal power, others’ minds, instruction. The treatise takes the three instructions to be the three supernormal transformations, so that instruction too is one of the transformations; the discourse sets the three displays side by side, with teaching as the third display. Both take teaching the Dharma as a supernormal transformation. The topic of liberation speaks of those in training and beyond training: “In brief there are two kinds of accomplishment of liberation: first, of one in training; second, of one beyond training. One in training is one who possesses the samādhi likened to a diamond.” Discourse 212 distinguishes arhats from bhikṣus at the stage of training, and teaches heedful conduct to those at the stage of training.
The topic of defilements lists the nine bonds, the three bindings, the latent tendencies and so on: “There are nine kinds of thing that can bring about union; know that by these the differences of the nine bonds are established.” “Because one is bound by the binding of craving, toward objects that accord with pleasant feeling the mind cannot let go. So too, bound by the binding of hatred, toward objects that accord with painful feeling the mind cannot let go; bound by the binding of delusion, toward middling objects that accord with feeling neither painful nor pleasant the mind cannot let go. For this reason the three bindings are established.” The differential passage of Discourse 201 lists bonds, bindings, fetters, upper defilements, floods, yokes, clingings, contacts, hindrances, entanglements, stains and cravings, names that touch what the treatise lists under the topic of defilements; the treatise matches the three bindings to the three feelings, the binding of craving to pleasant feeling, the binding of hatred to painful feeling, the binding of delusion to feeling neither painful nor pleasant. Every discourse of this fascicle lists the three feelings; the treatise shows where the binding lies.
Fascicle 90 of the Selection on the Sense Bases speaks of the ocean: “The ocean is of two kinds: first, the ocean of water; second, the ocean of birth and death. By three aspects one should know how the ocean of water and the ocean of birth and death are not the same.” “The great ocean of water has for its nature one portion of form, and so has limit and measure; the great ocean of birth and death has for its nature all formations, and so is without limit or measure.” It also speaks of crossing over: “The great ocean of birth and death is established in three parts. For those not yet free of desire, by the difference of the five lovely objects; for those already free of desire, by the difference of the lovely things cognized by the mind; for those in training, by the difference of the six internal sense bases.” “One in training knows the six sense bases everywhere as suffering, and on that very object cultivates the right path.” Discourse 216 says that the ocean fools speak of is water, and the ocean the noble ones speak of is the fond attachment that follows the eye cognizing forms; Discourse 217 says the eye is a person’s great ocean. The treatise divides the ocean of water from the ocean of birth and death, and divides the ocean of birth and death into three by the five lovely objects, the things cognized by the mind, and the six internal sense bases; the discourse takes the eye as ocean and forms as waves, the treatise takes the six sense bases as the ocean that one in training must cross.
考據Apparatus
全段定位 本單元即《雜阿含經》卷第八全卷:卷題「雜阿含經卷第八」,譯署「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」,經四十二部(經序一八八至二二九),經217 有偈一首,無攝頌,卷末尾題「雜阿含經卷第八」。全卷漢字九千一百六十二。住處五:舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園(經188–196·200–202·212–229;經216 作「佛在」),迦闍尸利沙支提(經197),王舍城耆闍崛山(經198),王舍城迦蘭陀竹園(經199),毘舍離耆婆拘摩羅藥師菴羅園(經203–211;經206 作「毘舍離城」)。說者皆世尊;經197 為敘述三種示現,其教誡示現以「如世尊說」引佛語;經211 後段為眾多比丘之論議與尊者阿難之廣說,「當覺六入處」為佛語。所對之鏡為《瑜伽師地論》攝事分契經事處擇攝(論卷八十九至九十)。大正藏校記異讀六十條(內十四條為今行校本修訂列),見目九;大正注所載 SN 座標三十六條,見目十。
一、科判定位
卷第八之位——底本卷首:
「雜阿含經卷第八」〔T02 0049b04〕 「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」〔T02 0049b06〕
卷末尾題同作「雜阿含經卷第八」〔T02 0056a18〕。經序起於(一八八):「佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」〔T02 0049b07〕。本卷為六處相應之首卷。
住處(皆底本逐字):
- 舍衛國——「佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」〔T02 0049b07〕:經188–196·200–202·212–215·217–229;經216 作「佛在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」〔T02 0054b22〕。
- 「佛住迦闍尸利沙支提」〔T02 0050b14〕:經197,眾為「皆是舊縈髮婆羅門」〔T02 0050b15〕之千比丘。
- 「佛住王舍城耆闍崛山」〔T02 0050c07〕:經198。
- 「佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園」〔T02 0050c27〕:經199。
- 「佛住毘舍離耆婆拘摩羅藥師菴羅園」〔T02 0052a10〕:經203–205·207–211;經206 作「佛住毘舍離城耆婆拘摩羅藥師菴羅園」〔T02 0052b20〕。
四十二經之型與所問所說(型依經文本身之「問」「答」「告」「白」;所問所說皆底本逐字):
| 經 | 錨 | 型 | 所問・所說(逐字) |
|---|---|---|---|
| 188 | 〔T02 0049b07〕 | 世尊告諸比丘(直說) | 「當正觀察眼無常。如是觀者,是名正見」〔T02 0049b08〕 |
| 189 | 〔T02 0049b17〕 | 同上 | 「於眼當正思惟、觀察無常」〔T02 0049b18〕 |
| 190 | 〔T02 0049b26〕 | 同上 | 「若於眼不識、不知、不斷、不離欲者,不堪任正盡苦」〔T02 0049b27〕 |
| 191 | 〔T02 0049c04〕 | 同上 | 「不堪任越生、老、病、死苦」〔T02 0049c06〕 |
| 192 | 〔T02 0049c13〕 | 同上 | 「若於眼不離欲,心不解脫者,不堪任正盡苦」〔T02 0049c14〕 |
| 193 | 〔T02 0049c21〕 | 同上 | 「若於眼、色不離欲,心不解脫者」〔T02 0049c22〕 |
| 194 | 〔T02 0050a01〕 | 同上 | 「若於眼生喜者,則於苦生喜」〔T02 0050a02〕 |
| 195 | 〔T02 0050a11〕 | 同上 | 「一切無常。云何一切無常?」〔T02 0050a12〕 |
| 196 | 〔T02 0050a24〕 | 同上 | 「我說彼解脫生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦」〔T02 0050b04〕 |
| 197 | 〔T02 0050b14〕 | 敘述三種示現→教誡示現引世尊語 | 「神足變化示現、他心示現、教誡示現」〔T02 0050b17〕;「諸比丘!一切燒然」〔T02 0050b27〕 |
| 198 | 〔T02 0050c07〕 | 羅睺羅問→世尊答 | 「云何知、云何見我內識身及外一切相,令我、我所、我慢使繫著不生?」〔T02 0050c09〕;「是名斷愛,轉結,正無間等,究竟苦邊」〔T02 0050c18〕 |
| 199 | 〔T02 0050c27〕 | 世尊問→羅睺羅請→世尊答 | 「云何知、云何見,於此識身及外一切相,無有我、我所、我慢使」〔T02 0050c28〕;「如是比丘越於二,離諸相,寂滅解脫」〔T02 0051a09〕 |
| 200 | 〔T02 0051a15〕 | 羅睺羅請→世尊三問、羅睺羅三答→羅睺羅思惟→世尊說無常 | 「汝以授人五受陰未?」〔T02 0051a24〕;「汝為人說六入處未?」〔T02 0051b04〕;「汝已為人說尼陀那法未?」〔T02 0051b13〕;「此諸法一切皆順趣涅槃、流注涅槃、後住涅槃」〔T02 0051b23〕 |
| 201 | 〔T02 0051c11〕 | 異比丘問→世尊答;差別問答 | 「云何知、云何見,次第疾得漏盡?」〔T02 0051c13〕;「次第無明斷,明生」〔T02 0051c27〕 |
| 202 | 〔T02 0051c29〕 | 異比丘問→世尊答 | 「云何知、云何見,次第我見斷,無我見生?」〔T02 0052a02〕 |
| 203 | 〔T02 0052a10〕 | 世尊告→諸比丘請→世尊說→異比丘問→世尊答 | 「若有比丘能斷一法者,則得正智」〔T02 0052a11〕;「所謂無明,離欲明生」〔T02 0052a17〕 |
| 204 | 〔T02 0052a27〕 | 世尊告阿難 | 「於眼當如實知、如實見」〔T02 0052a28〕 |
| 205 | 〔T02 0052b09〕 | 世尊說優陀那偈已→告阿難 | 「說一切優陀那偈已」〔T02 0052b10〕;「眼無常、苦、變易、異分法」〔T02 0052b11〕 |
| 206 | 〔T02 0052b20〕 | 世尊告諸比丘(直說) | 「當勤方便禪思,內寂其心」〔T02 0052b21〕 |
| 207 | 〔T02 0052b29〕 | 同上 | 「當修無量三摩提,精勤繫念」〔T02 0052c01〕 |
| 208 | 〔T02 0052c07〕 | 同上 | 「過去、未來眼無常,況現在眼」〔T02 0052c08〕 |
| 209 | 〔T02 0052c17〕 | 世尊告→異比丘自陳→世尊問、比丘答(二度) | 「有六觸入處」〔T02 0052c18〕;「汝見眼觸入處是我、異我、相在不?」〔T02 0052c25〕 |
| 210 | 〔T02 0053a11〕 | 世尊告諸比丘(直說) | 「莫樂莫苦」〔T02 0053a12〕;「有六觸入處地獄」〔T02 0053a13〕 |
| 211 | 〔T02 0053a26〕 | 世尊告→入室坐禪→眾多比丘論議→詣阿難→阿難廣說 | 「我昔未成正覺時」〔T02 0053a27〕;「當覺六入處」〔T02 0053b14〕;「世尊略說者,即是滅六入處有餘之說」〔T02 0053c02〕 |
| 212 | 〔T02 0053c07〕 | 世尊告諸比丘(直說) | 「我不為一切比丘說不放逸行,亦非不為一切比丘說不放逸行」〔T02 0053c08〕 |
| 213 | 〔T02 0054a01〕 | 同上 | 「當為汝等演說二法」〔T02 0054a02〕;「眼、色為二」〔T02 0054a03〕 |
| 214 | 〔T02 0054a22〕 | 同上 | 「有二因緣生識」〔T02 0054a23〕 |
| 215 | 〔T02 0054b02〕 | 富留那問→世尊答 | 「世尊說現法、說滅熾然、說不待時、說正向、說即此見、說緣自覺」〔T02 0054b04〕 |
| 216 | 〔T02 0054b22〕 | 世尊告諸比丘(直說) | 「言大海者,愚夫所說,非聖所說,此大小水耳」〔T02 0054b23〕 |
| 217 | 〔T02 0054c05〕 | 世尊告諸比丘→偈 | 「眼是人大海,彼色為濤波」〔T02 0054c07〕 |
| 218 | 〔T02 0054c19〕 | 世尊告諸比丘(直說) | 「我今當為汝等說苦集道跡、苦滅道跡」〔T02 0054c20〕 |
| 219 | 〔T02 0055a03〕 | 同上 | 「我今當說涅槃道跡」〔T02 0055a04〕 |
| 220 | 〔T02 0055a10〕 | 同上 | 「有似趣涅槃道跡」〔T02 0055a11〕 |
| 221 | 〔T02 0055a17〕 | 同上 | 「有趣一切取道跡」〔T02 0055a18〕 |
| 222 | 〔T02 0055a27〕 | 同上 | 「當知一切知法、一切識法」〔T02 0055a28〕 |
| 223 | 〔T02 0055b06〕 | 同上 | 「我不說一法不知、不識而得究竟苦邊」〔T02 0055b07〕 |
| 224 | 〔T02 0055b15〕 | 同上 | 「一切欲法應當斷」〔T02 0055b16〕 |
| 225 | 〔T02 0055b22〕 | 同上 | 「我不說一法不知、不斷而究竟苦邊」〔T02 0055b23〕 |
| 226 | 〔T02 0055c01〕 | 同上 | 「我今當說斷一切計」〔T02 0055c02〕 |
| 227 | 〔T02 0055c13〕 | 同上 | 「計者是病,計者是癰,計者是刺」〔T02 0055c14〕 |
| 228 | 〔T02 0055c26〕 | 同上 | 「我今當說增長法、損減法」〔T02 0055c27〕 |
| 229 | 〔T02 0056a08〕 | 同上 | 「我今當說有漏、無漏法」〔T02 0056a09〕 |
經組之提挈(只列底本之次,不立科判):
- 經188–194——眼無常正觀;於眼正思惟、識知、離欲、不生喜。
- 經195–196——一切無常。
- 經197——千比丘、三種示現、一切燒然。
- 經198–200——羅睺羅三經。
- 經201–202——次第漏盡、次第我見斷。
- 經203——能斷一法。
- 經204–205——告尊者阿難二經。
- 經206–208——禪思、三摩提、過去未來眼。
- 經209–210——六觸入處。
- 經211——當覺六入處,阿難廣說。
- 經212——不放逸行。
- 經213–214——二法、二因緣生識。
- 經215——富留那問現法。
- 經216–217——海與濤波(經217 有偈)。
- 經218–221——苦集苦滅道跡、涅槃道跡、似趣涅槃道跡、一切取道跡。
- 經222–225——知法識法、欲法、究竟苦邊。
- 經226–227——不計。
- 經228–229——增長損減、有漏無漏。
說者——經188–196·198–210·212–229 說者皆世尊。經197 為結集者之敘述:三種示現依次述之,教誡示現以「教誡示現者,如世尊說」〔T02 0050b26〕引佛語,「諸比丘!一切燒然」〔T02 0050b27〕以下為佛語;經末「不起諸漏,心得解脫」〔T02 0050c05〕為千比丘。經198 羅睺羅先問,世尊答以「能問如來甚深之義」〔T02 0050c11〕起;經199 世尊先問,「爾時,世尊告羅睺羅」〔T02 0050c28〕,羅睺羅以「世尊是法根、法眼、法依」〔T02 0051a01〕請說;經200 世尊三問,羅睺羅三答「未也。世尊」〔T02 0051a25〕之類;經209 世尊問,比丘答「不也,世尊」〔T02 0052c26〕〔T02 0053a03〕二度。經211 前段為佛語,至「當覺六入處」〔T02 0053b14〕而入室坐禪;其後「作此論議」〔T02 0053b15〕以下為眾多比丘之語,「唯有尊者阿難,常侍世尊」〔T02 0053b21〕為眾多比丘之念,「世尊略說者,即是滅六入處有餘之說」〔T02 0053c02〕為阿難之說,皆非佛語;經末「尊者阿難說此義已」〔T02 0053c05〕。經215 富留那問。經201·202 之末,彼比丘「歡喜作禮而去」〔T02 0051c20〕之類;經198 之末「尊者羅睺羅聞佛所說」〔T02 0050c19〕;經205 之末「尊者阿難聞佛所說」〔T02 0052b18〕;經215 之末「富留那比丘聞佛所說」〔T02 0054b20〕。
偈頌一處——經217 世尊以偈重說:引入句「爾時,世尊以偈頌曰」〔T02 0054c12〕;偈八句,始於「大海巨濤波,惡蟲羅剎怖」〔T02 0054c14〕,終於「永之般涅槃,不復還放逸」〔T02 0054c17〕。經205 有「說一切優陀那偈已」〔T02 0052b10〕之語,偈文底本不載(目七)。本卷無攝頌。
略文之句(底本略去同型之經或同經之文;白話依底本之語略述,不代為補出;所指只依本卷經文):
| 經 | 略文(逐字) | 錨 | 所指 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 188 | 「如無常,如是苦、空、非我,亦如是說」 | 〔T02 0049b16〕 | 本經之式,以苦、空、非我代無常 |
| 195 | 「如無常經,如是苦、空、無我,亦如是說」 | 〔T02 0050a23〕 | 本經之式,以苦、空、無我代無常 |
| 196 | 「如說一切無常,如是一切苦、一切空、一切非我、一切虛業法」〔T02 0050b07〕……「一切魔、一切魔勢、一切魔器、一切然、一切熾然、一切燒,皆如上二經廣說」 | 〔T02 0050b11〕 | 「上二經」=經195·196 之式,以一切苦乃至一切燒代一切無常 |
| 198 | 「如內入處,如是外入處」〔T02 0050c21〕……「眼觸生愛,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸生愛,亦如上說」 | 〔T02 0050c25〕 | 本經之式,推及外入處、六識、六觸、六觸生受、想、思、愛 |
| 199 | 「如內入,如是外入,乃至意觸因緣生受,亦如是廣說」 | 〔T02 0051a13〕 | 本經之式,推及外入處乃至意觸因緣生受 |
| 200 | 「解脫智未熟……廣說乃至告羅睺羅言」 | 〔T02 0051b20〕 | 本經前文之請與問答 |
| 200 | 「如上無常廣說」 | 〔T02 0051c03〕 | 經195 之式(「一切無常」之說) |
| 201 | 「如是,比丘所說經。若差別者」 | 〔T02 0051c21〕 | 同經之第二輪問答,所異在所問;白話同段 |
| 207 | 「如是廣說,乃至」 | 〔T02 0052c04〕 | 經206 之式 |
| 208 | 「如無常,苦、空、無我,亦如是說。如內入處四經,如是外入處色、聲、香、味、觸、法四經,內外入處四經,亦如是說」 | 〔T02 0052c14〕 | 本經之式,以苦、空、無我代無常,推及外入處、內外入處 |
| 213 | 「廣說如上」 | 〔T02 0054a14〕 | 同經前半(眼之一段) |
| 214 | 「如是廣說,乃至」 | 〔T02 0054a25〕 | 經213 之式 |
| 216 | 「如身、口、意業,如是貪、恚、癡,老、病、死,亦如是說。如五根三經,六根三經,亦如是說」 | 〔T02 0054c03〕 | 前句為本經之式,以貪恚癡、老病死代身口意業;「五根三經」「六根三經」所指之經不在本卷,誌之不釋 |
| 226 | 「如上所說,眼等不計,一切事不計亦如是」 | 〔T02 0055c12〕 | 本經之式,推及其餘諸事 |
| 227 | 「如眼等所說,餘一一事亦如是」 | 〔T02 0055c25〕 | 本經之式,推及其餘諸事 |
| 228 | 「廣說乃至」 | 〔T02 0055c29〕〔T02 0056a03〕 | 經218 之式(苦集道跡、苦滅道跡之緣起次第) |
| 228 | 「如增長、損減,如是起法、處變易法、集法、滅法,亦如上說」 | 〔T02 0056a06〕 | 本經之式;起法、處變易法、集法、滅法所指之經不在本卷,誌之不釋 |
攝事分自身之嗢拕南——論擇攝本卷諸經之段,起於「處擇攝,我今當說」〔T30n1579 0800c07〕,總嗢拕南作「初安立等、智、同等、最後當知離欲等」〔T30n1579 0800c09〕;其下立別嗢拕南三首(逐字錄之,不據以改本卷之次,不據以立本卷之科):
「安立、與差別、愚、不愚、教授、」〔T30n1579 0800c11〕 「解脫、煩惱、業、皆廣說應知」〔T30n1579 0800c12〕
「五二、與十三、四業為最後」〔T30n1579 0807b22〕
「無智、智、與定,殊勝、障、學等、」〔T30n1579 0809a28〕 「著、無我、聖道、二海不同分」〔T30n1579 0809a29〕
「道、師不同分、王國、二世間、」〔T30n1579 0811b28〕
末一首之「王國」以下,論文與本卷經文無同詞,不列。目三、目四、目十①題下所附之嗢拕南項名,皆為讀法。
二、異譯對勘
本卷四十二經,《別譯雜阿含經》(大正藏第二冊第一〇〇號)未見對照經——大正注於本卷諸條之中,無一條標別譯經序;大正校注未標別譯對照。大正注於經200·201 冠「cf.」,皆照錄於目十②,不另擬對照。不自建對照。
三、經論宗依(眼)
雜阿含為佛及弟子之說,其所依即經自身;論之於經,是擇攝而非所依。以下依本卷經序,列攝事分論文與本卷經文逐字同詞者(論之嗢拕南項名附於題下,為讀法,見目一);詞異者標明,不以論改經,不以經改論。
六依·三受(經188–196·安立)
- 經:「若眼觸因緣生受,苦覺、樂覺、不苦不樂覺」〔T02 0050a13〕
- 論:「由五種相,當知安立諸受差別」〔T30n1579 0800c13〕;「自性故者,謂有三受。一、苦,二、樂,三、不苦不樂」〔T30n1579 0800c14〕;「所依故者,謂有六種,即眼、耳、鼻、舌、身與意」〔T30n1579 0800c16〕
同詞者「苦」「樂」「不苦不樂」及眼、耳、鼻、舌、身、意六者,次第亦同;經之「苦覺、樂覺」,論作「三受」。
一切無常(經195–196·安立)
- 經:「一切無常。云何一切無常?」〔T02 0050a12〕
- 論:「如說一切皆無常者,當知此依少分一切;唯一切行,非無為故」〔T30n1579 0801a05〕;「言一切法皆無我者,當知此依一切一切」〔T30n1579 0801a06〕
同詞者「一切」「無常」;經196 略文有「一切非我」〔T02 0050b07〕之列,論作「一切法皆無我」。
生老病死(經191·193·愚)
- 經:「不堪任越生、老、病、死苦」〔T02 0049c06〕
- 論:「謂於五相受安立中,不能覺了是無常等」〔T30n1579 0801a11〕;「當知即是於生老病及死法性不能覺了」〔T30n1579 0801a13〕
同詞者「生」「老」「病」「死」;經之「不識、不知」,論作「不能覺了」,詞異。
三種示現(經197·教授)
- 經:「神足變化示現、他心示現、教誡示現」〔T02 0050b17〕
- 論:「諸佛世尊、佛聖弟子,由三種相,能正教授諸弟子眾」〔T30n1579 0801a26〕;「如是教授,如其次第,當知即是三種神變」〔T30n1579 0801a29〕
經作「示現」,論作「神變」;同詞者「三種」「教」。
八種差別(經198–199·差別)
- 經:「如內入處,如是外入處」〔T02 0050c21〕;「眼觸生愛,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸生愛,亦如上說」〔T02 0050c25〕
- 論:「一、內處差別,二、外處差別,三、六識身差別,四、六觸身差別,五、六受身差別,六、六想身差別,七、六思身差別,八、六愛身差別」〔T30n1579 0800c21〕
經198 略文之次——內入處、外入處、識、觸、觸生受、觸生想、觸生思、觸生愛——與論八種差別之次同;經作「入處」,論作「處」。
解脫慧(經200·解脫)
- 經:「解脫慧未熟,未堪任受增上法」〔T02 0051a23〕
- 論:「復次,由二種相,應求能成就解脫妙慧」〔T30n1579 0801b02〕
同詞者「解脫」「慧」;經另作「解脫智」〔T02 0051b03〕,論未見此名。
諸結縛(經201·煩惱)
- 經:「斷一切縛、斷一切使、斷一切上煩惱、斷一切結、斷諸流、斷諸軛、斷諸取、斷諸觸、斷諸蓋、斷諸纏、斷諸垢、斷諸愛、斷諸意、斷邪見生正見、斷無明生明」〔T02 0051c22〕
- 論:「諸欲界繫一切煩惱,唯除無明,說名欲漏」〔T30n1579 0802a13〕;「當知建立九結差別」〔T30n1579 0802a20〕;「由為貪縛所纏縛故」〔T30n1579 0802b04〕;「說名隨眠」〔T30n1579 0802b09〕;「隨煩惱者」〔T30n1579 0802b17〕;「一切煩惱皆有其纏」〔T30n1579 0803b03〕;「名欲暴流」〔T30n1579 0803b13〕;「說名為軛」〔T30n1579 0803b21〕;「依於二品建立四取」〔T30n1579 0803b22〕;「建立五蓋差別」〔T30n1579 0803c25〕;「名為貪垢」〔T30n1579 0804a07〕
同詞者「漏」「結」「縛」「纏」「軛」「取」「蓋」「垢」;經「使」論「隨眠」,經「上煩惱」論「隨煩惱」,經「流」論「暴流」,詞異。論之次為漏、結、縛、隨眠、隨煩惱、纏、暴流、軛、取、繫、蓋、垢;經之次為結、縛、使、上煩惱、結、流、軛、取、觸、蓋、纏、垢、愛、意。論於取、蓋之間作「四繫」,經於同位作「觸」,誌之不判。
邪見·無明·我見(經201–203·煩惱·無智)
- 經:「次第無明斷,明生」〔T02 0051c27〕;「云何知、云何見,次第我見斷,無我見生?」〔T02 0052a02〕;「若有比丘能斷一法者,則得正智」〔T02 0052a11〕
- 論:「斷滅邪見,生起正見」〔T30n1579 0807a26〕;「修斷無明皆悉滅盡,又能生起諸無學明」〔T30n1579 0807b04〕;「彼於無我生信解故,能斷我見」〔T30n1579 0807b07〕;「乃得名為生無我見」〔T30n1579 0807b10〕;「若諸邪見、若諸我見、若即無明」〔T30n1579 0809b01〕;「若能斷此無義根本一切眾中,能起一切雜染一法,當知彼能正記所解」〔T30n1579 0809b02〕
同詞者「邪見」「正見」「無明」「明」「我見」「無我見」「斷」「一法」;其次第斷先生後,經論同。經「能自記說」,論作「正記所解」。
二種如實智(經204–207·智·定)
- 經:「於眼當如實知、如實見」〔T02 0052a28〕;「眼無常、苦、變易、異分法」〔T02 0052b11〕;「此諸法無常、有為,亦如是如實知顯現」〔T02 0052b26〕;「當修無量三摩提,精勤繫念」〔T02 0052c01〕
- 論:「復次,有二種如實智。一者、如理作意所發,二者、三摩地所發」〔T30n1579 0809b08〕;「謂苦樂位諸無常性,苦分位中有自性苦性,樂分位中有變壞法性」〔T30n1579 0809b14〕;「謂樂分位與苦分位有別異性」〔T30n1579 0809b16〕;「依定所發如實智者」〔T30n1579 0809b21〕;「又無常性是一切行共相」〔T30n1579 0809b24〕;「當知如實能正顯了彼法二相」〔T30n1579 0809b25〕
同詞者「如實」「無常」「苦」「顯」;經「變易」論「變壞」,經「異分」論「別異」,經「三摩提」論「三摩地」,詞異。
六觸處·地空(經209·殊勝)
- 經:「於此六觸入處集、滅、味、患、離不如實知」〔T02 0052c20〕;「去我法、律遠,如虛空與地」〔T02 0052c21〕;「已斷、已知,斷其根本,如截多羅樹頭」〔T02 0053a01〕
- 論:「於六觸處,以其五轉如實了知,心正離欲,證得解脫」〔T30n1579 0809b29〕;「猶如地空,相去極遠」〔T30n1579 0809c02〕;「於六觸處能斷、能知,心得離欲及證解脫」〔T30n1579 0809c04〕
同詞者「六觸」「如實」「離欲」「解脫」「地」「空」「斷」「知」;經之集、滅、味、患、離五者,論作「五轉」。
一向苦樂(經210·障)
- 經:「一向受憂苦」〔T02 0053a16〕;「一向長受喜樂」〔T02 0053a22〕
- 論:「能正顯說超諸苦樂」〔T30n1579 0809c13〕;「或一向樂、或一向苦、或雜苦樂」〔T30n1579 0809c20〕;「謂未來世諸可愛事,名所追求。若過去世諸可愛事,名所尋思」〔T30n1579 0809c23〕
同詞者「一向」「苦」「樂」「可愛」。
過去諸欲(經211·障)
- 經:「自心多逐過去五欲功德,少逐現在五欲功德,逐未來世轉復微少」〔T02 0053a29〕;「若眼滅,色想則離」〔T02 0053b13〕
- 論:「先所受用過去諸欲,於遠離處,由尋思門令心飄蕩」〔T30n1579 0810a06〕;「應知於彼六處寂滅有增上慢、無增上慢」〔T30n1579 0810c06〕;「亦不能離諸境界想」〔T30n1579 0810c10〕
同詞者「過去」「欲」「六處」「滅」「離」「想」;論「六處寂滅」之段在論之次屬學等,誌之。
不放逸(經212·學等)
- 經:「我不為一切比丘說不放逸行,亦非不為一切比丘說不放逸行」〔T02 0053c08〕;「若比丘得阿羅漢,盡諸有漏」〔T02 0053c11〕;「以彼比丘習學諸根,心樂隨順資生之具,親近善友」〔T02 0053c19〕
- 論:「略有二種補特伽羅。一、已得意,二、未得意」〔T30n1579 0810b13〕;「二、阿羅漢,已得無學心解脫意」〔T30n1579 0810b15〕;「若有修行不放逸者,一切皆為證得解脫」〔T30n1579 0810b23〕;「一、由諸根所集成故,資糧圓滿;二、由習近隨順如法諸臥具故,心得安住;三、由依止親近善士」〔T30n1579 0810c01〕
同詞者「不放逸」「阿羅漢」「諸根」「隨順」「親近善」;經「資生之具」論「諸臥具」,經「善友」論「善士」,經「學地」論「有學」,詞異。
二緣識(經213·著)
- 經:「當為汝等演說二法」〔T02 0054a02〕;「亦種殖增長諸惡不善法」〔T02 0054a12〕
- 論:「謂諸異生,於二緣識及能依受,不能了知無我性故」〔T30n1579 0810c16〕;「能生一切惡不善法」〔T30n1579 0810c21〕
同詞者「二」「識」「受」「惡不善法」。
識之無常(經214·無我)
- 經:「有二因緣生識」〔T02 0054a23〕;「彼無常、有為、心緣生」〔T02 0054a26〕
- 論:「除識自性、識諸因緣、識諸助伴,其餘所有不可得故;又識自性是無常故」〔T30n1579 0810c28〕
同詞者「識」「因緣」「無常」。
聖道五相(經215·聖道)
- 經:「世尊說現法、說滅熾然、說不待時、說正向、說即此見、說緣自覺」〔T02 0054b04〕;「是名現見法」〔T02 0054b12〕
- 論:「由五種相,當知八聖支道法最勝無罪」〔T30n1579 0811a04〕;「名為現見」〔T30n1579 0811a05〕;「名無熾然」〔T30n1579 0811a06〕;「名為應時」〔T30n1579 0811a08〕;「名為引導」〔T30n1579 0811a08〕;「名唯此見」〔T30n1579 0811a09〕;「名內所證」〔T30n1579 0811a11〕
同詞者「現見」「熾然」「此見」;經「不待時」論「應時」,經「正向」論「引導」,經「緣自覺」論「內所證」,詞異。經列六名,論言五相而列六名,誌之不判。
二海(經216–217·二海不同分)
- 經:「言大海者,愚夫所說,非聖所說,此大小水耳」〔T02 0054b23〕;「貪樂身、口、意業,是名為海」〔T02 0054b25〕;「一切世間阿修羅眾,乃至天、人,悉於其中貪樂沈沒」〔T02 0054b26〕;「眼是人大海,彼色為濤波」〔T02 0054c07〕
- 論:「復次,海有二種。一者、水海,二、生死海」〔T30n1579 0811a13〕;「諸天世間亦常淪沒」〔T30n1579 0811a22〕;「唯由身故,於中淪沒;不由語故、不由意故、不由貪故、不由瞋故、不由癡故、不由生等眾苦法故」〔T30n1579 0811a22〕;「於內各別六處大海未能超渡」〔T30n1579 0811b14〕;「又彼於其六處大海速能超渡」〔T30n1579 0811b22〕
同詞者「海」「大海」「天」「世間」「身」「意」「貪」「癡」「生」;經「口」論「語」,經「恚」論「瞋」,經「沈沒」論「淪沒」,經「度」論「超渡」,詞異。
道不同分(經218–220·道不同分)
- 經:「我今當為汝等說苦集道跡、苦滅道跡」〔T02 0054c20〕;「我今當說涅槃道跡」〔T02 0055a04〕;「有似趣涅槃道跡」〔T02 0055a11〕
- 論:「若趣苦集行,若趣苦滅行,是名自性不同分」〔T30n1579 0811c02〕;「或有有為共相行轉,或有有為、無為共相行轉」〔T30n1579 0811c05〕;「若諸有為共相行相,彼望道果名不同分」〔T30n1579 0811c06〕;「道果涅槃常無我故」〔T30n1579 0811c08〕
同詞者「苦集」「苦滅」「趣」「涅槃」「道」;經「道跡」論「行」。經219 觀察眼無常,經220 觀察眼非我而「彼亦觀察無常」〔T02 0055a14〕;論以「有為共相」與「有為、無為共相」分二行相;誌之不判。
師假立句(經221–229·師)
- 經:「有趣一切取道跡」〔T02 0055a18〕;「云何斷一切取道跡?」〔T02 0055a22〕;「當知一切知法、一切識法」〔T02 0055a28〕;「一切欲法應當斷」〔T02 0055b16〕;「我不說一法不知、不斷而究竟苦邊」〔T02 0055b23〕;「計者是病,計者是癰,計者是刺」〔T02 0055c14〕;「我今當說增長法、損減法」〔T02 0055c27〕;「謂出世間意」〔T02 0056a14〕
- 論:「謂趣諸取行,趣諸取盡行,若一切法遍知、永斷、作苦邊際」〔T30n1579 0811c11〕;「不依四相薩迦耶見」〔T30n1579 0811c13〕;「如生等病,眼等處癰、貪等毒箭,當知亦爾」〔T30n1579 0811c23〕;「於現法中後有種子或增、或減」〔T30n1579 0811c26〕;「或有集起、或滅沒故」〔T30n1579 0811c28〕;「一切世間及出世間所有法教如實建立」〔T30n1579 0811c28〕
同詞者「趣」「取」「一切」「知」「斷」「苦邊」「病」「癰」「眼」「增」「減」「集」「滅」「出世間」;經「道跡」論「行」,經「刺」論「箭」,詞異。經226 之「計」,論作「薩迦耶見」「憍慢」,非逐字同詞。
四、本段釋要
本卷無逐文古疏。攝事分處擇攝即論之本母,其段落依自立之嗢拕南(目一)次第而下;以下依論之次第,列其與本卷經文同詞之段(逐字+錨),並注同詞之經。論段之中與本卷經文無同詞者,不列。
一、安立——五相安立諸受(與經188–196 同詞「眼」「耳」「鼻」「舌」「身」「意」「苦」「樂」「不苦不樂」)
「由五種相,當知安立諸受差別」〔T30n1579 0800c13〕 「自性故者,謂有三受。一、苦,二、樂,三、不苦不樂」〔T30n1579 0800c14〕 「所依故者,謂有六種,即眼、耳、鼻、舌、身與意」〔T30n1579 0800c16〕
二、差別——八種差別(與經198–199 同詞「內」「外」「識」「觸」「受」「想」「思」「愛」)
「一、內處差別,二、外處差別,三、六識身差別,四、六觸身差別,五、六受身差別,六、六想身差別,七、六思身差別,八、六愛身差別」〔T30n1579 0800c21〕
三、二種一切(與經195–196 同詞「一切」「無常」)
「如說一切皆無常者,當知此依少分一切;唯一切行,非無為故」〔T30n1579 0801a05〕 「言一切法皆無我者,當知此依一切一切」〔T30n1579 0801a06〕
四、愚——三相是愚(與經190–193 同詞「生」「老」「病」「死」)
「謂於五相受安立中,不能覺了是無常等」〔T30n1579 0801a11〕 「當知即是於生老病及死法性不能覺了」〔T30n1579 0801a13〕
五、不愚——四種魔(與經196 略文同詞「魔」)
「不愚礙者,由四種魔」〔T30n1579 0801a20〕
六、教授——三種神變(與經197 同詞「三種」「教」)
「諸佛世尊、佛聖弟子,由三種相,能正教授諸弟子眾」〔T30n1579 0801a26〕 「如是教授,如其次第,當知即是三種神變」〔T30n1579 0801a29〕
七、解脫——解脫妙慧(與經200 同詞「解脫」「慧」)
「復次,由二種相,應求能成就解脫妙慧」〔T30n1579 0801b02〕
八、煩惱——漏·結·縛·隨眠·纏·暴流·軛·取·蓋·垢·燒害(與經201 同詞「漏」「結」「縛」「纏」「軛」「取」「蓋」「垢」;與經197 同詞「燒」)
「諸欲界繫一切煩惱,唯除無明,說名欲漏」〔T30n1579 0802a13〕 「當知建立九結差別」〔T30n1579 0802a20〕 「由為貪縛所纏縛故」〔T30n1579 0802b04〕 「一切煩惱皆有其纏」〔T30n1579 0803b03〕 「說名為軛」〔T30n1579 0803b21〕 「依於二品建立四取」〔T30n1579 0803b22〕 「建立五蓋差別」〔T30n1579 0803c25〕 「名為貪垢」〔T30n1579 0804a07〕 「燒惱身心,極為衰損,說名燒害」〔T30n1579 0804a11〕
九、三種補特伽羅——斷邪見·斷無明·斷我見(與經201·202 同詞「邪見」「正見」「無明」「明」「我見」「無我見」)
「斷滅邪見,生起正見」〔T30n1579 0807a26〕 「修斷無明皆悉滅盡,又能生起諸無學明」〔T30n1579 0807b04〕 「彼於無我生信解故,能斷我見」〔T30n1579 0807b07〕 「乃得名為生無我見」〔T30n1579 0807b10〕
論卷九十首立「五二、與十三、四業為最後」〔T30n1579 0807b22〕之嗢拕南,其下諸業之段與本卷經文無同詞,不列。
十、無智——一法(與經203 同詞「無明」「斷」「一法」)
「若諸邪見、若諸我見、若即無明」〔T30n1579 0809b01〕 「若能斷此無義根本一切眾中,能起一切雜染一法,當知彼能正記所解」〔T30n1579 0809b02〕
十一、智·定——二種如實智(與經204–207 同詞「如實」「無常」「苦」「顯」)
「復次,有二種如實智。一者、如理作意所發,二者、三摩地所發」〔T30n1579 0809b08〕 「謂苦樂位諸無常性,苦分位中有自性苦性,樂分位中有變壞法性」〔T30n1579 0809b14〕 「謂樂分位與苦分位有別異性」〔T30n1579 0809b16〕 「依定所發如實智者」〔T30n1579 0809b21〕 「又無常性是一切行共相」〔T30n1579 0809b24〕 「當知如實能正顯了彼法二相」〔T30n1579 0809b25〕
十二、殊勝——住內法者與外道之別(與經209 同詞「六觸」「如實」「地」「空」「斷」「知」「離欲」「解脫」)
「於六觸處,以其五轉如實了知,心正離欲,證得解脫」〔T30n1579 0809b29〕 「猶如地空,相去極遠」〔T30n1579 0809c02〕 「於六觸處能斷、能知,心得離欲及證解脫」〔T30n1579 0809c04〕
十三、障——超諸苦樂·可意事·過去諸欲(與經210 同詞「一向」「苦」「樂」「可愛」;與經211 同詞「過去」「欲」)
「能正顯說超諸苦樂」〔T30n1579 0809c13〕 「或一向樂、或一向苦、或雜苦樂」〔T30n1579 0809c20〕 「謂未來世諸可愛事,名所追求。若過去世諸可愛事,名所尋思」〔T30n1579 0809c23〕 「先所受用過去諸欲,於遠離處,由尋思門令心飄蕩」〔T30n1579 0810a06〕
十四、學等——已得意·未得意·不放逸·六處寂滅(與經212 同詞「不放逸」「阿羅漢」「諸根」「隨順」「親近善」;與經211 同詞「六處」「滅」「離」「想」)
「略有二種補特伽羅。一、已得意,二、未得意」〔T30n1579 0810b13〕 「二、阿羅漢,已得無學心解脫意」〔T30n1579 0810b15〕 「若有修行不放逸者,一切皆為證得解脫」〔T30n1579 0810b23〕 「一、由諸根所集成故,資糧圓滿;二、由習近隨順如法諸臥具故,心得安住;三、由依止親近善士」〔T30n1579 0810c01〕 「應知於彼六處寂滅有增上慢、無增上慢」〔T30n1579 0810c06〕 「亦不能離諸境界想」〔T30n1579 0810c10〕
十五、著——二種著·二種過患(與經213 同詞「二」「識」「受」「惡不善法」)
「謂諸異生,於二緣識及能依受,不能了知無我性故」〔T30n1579 0810c16〕 「能生一切惡不善法」〔T30n1579 0810c21〕
十六、無我——四因緣法無我(與經214 同詞「識」「因緣」「無常」)
「除識自性、識諸因緣、識諸助伴,其餘所有不可得故;又識自性是無常故」〔T30n1579 0810c28〕
十七、聖道——八聖支道五相(與經215 同詞「現見」「熾然」「此見」)
「由五種相,當知八聖支道法最勝無罪」〔T30n1579 0811a04〕 「名為現見」〔T30n1579 0811a05〕 「名無熾然」〔T30n1579 0811a06〕 「名為應時」〔T30n1579 0811a08〕 「名為引導」〔T30n1579 0811a08〕 「名唯此見」〔T30n1579 0811a09〕 「名內所證」〔T30n1579 0811a11〕
十八、二海不同分——水海·生死海(與經216·217 同詞「海」「大海」「天」「身」「意」「貪」「癡」「生」;與經197 同詞「燒然」)
「復次,海有二種。一者、水海,二、生死海」〔T30n1579 0811a13〕 「諸天世間亦常淪沒」〔T30n1579 0811a22〕 「唯由身故,於中淪沒;不由語故、不由意故、不由貪故、不由瞋故、不由癡故、不由生等眾苦法故」〔T30n1579 0811a22〕 「煩惱燒然」〔T30n1579 0811b03〕 「於內各別六處大海未能超渡」〔T30n1579 0811b14〕 「又彼於其六處大海速能超渡」〔T30n1579 0811b22〕
十九、道不同分——自性·行相(與經218–220 同詞「苦集」「苦滅」「趣」「涅槃」「道」)
「若趣苦集行,若趣苦滅行,是名自性不同分」〔T30n1579 0811c02〕 「或有有為共相行轉,或有有為、無為共相行轉」〔T30n1579 0811c05〕 「若諸有為共相行相,彼望道果名不同分」〔T30n1579 0811c06〕 「道果涅槃常無我故」〔T30n1579 0811c08〕
二十、師不同分——五種師假立句(與經221–229 同詞「趣」「取」「一切」「知」「斷」「苦邊」「病」「癰」「眼」「增」「減」「集」「滅」「出世間」)
「謂趣諸取行,趣諸取盡行,若一切法遍知、永斷、作苦邊際」〔T30n1579 0811c11〕 「不依四相薩迦耶見」〔T30n1579 0811c13〕 「能害四種行相憍慢」〔T30n1579 0811c14〕 「如生等病,眼等處癰、貪等毒箭,當知亦爾」〔T30n1579 0811c23〕 「於現法中後有種子或增、或減」〔T30n1579 0811c26〕 「或有集起、或滅沒故」〔T30n1579 0811c28〕 「一切世間及出世間所有法教如實建立」〔T30n1579 0811c28〕
五、諸家異釋
本卷無古德異釋。雜阿含無逐文古疏;攝事分為唯一之鏡,一家之說,無可分欄。
六、術語(首見名相·釋義唯取攝事分逐字)
先前諸卷已立之名相,本卷不重出;其中與本卷經文相涉者:越生·堪任·識身·我慢使·不放逸·現法·正向·道跡·知法·究竟苦邊·魔·斷愛(承卷一);眼識·眼觸·六入處·六觸入處·一切無常·上煩惱·熾然·自覺·增長·有漏·無漏·教誡·法根·漏盡(承卷二);三事和合·無明離欲·優陀那·禪思·有餘·純大苦聚·欲法·正智·多羅樹(承卷三);癰·族姓子(承卷五);燒然·次第·損減(承卷七);五欲功德·大海·識法·不計(承卷十)。以下唯列本卷新見者。
| 名相 | 本卷首見(逐字) | 錨 | 攝事分 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 眼觸因緣生受 | 「若眼觸因緣生受,苦覺、樂覺、不苦不樂覺」 | 〔T02 0050a13〕 | 「自性故者,謂有三受。一、苦,二、樂,三、不苦不樂」〔T30n1579 0800c14〕;論未見此名 |
| 正盡苦 | 「若於眼不識、不知、不斷、不離欲者,不堪任正盡苦」 | 〔T02 0049b27〕 | 論未釋 |
| 虛業法 | 「一切虛業法」 | 〔T02 0050b08〕 | 論未釋 |
| 示現(神足·他心·教誡) | 「神足變化示現、他心示現、教誡示現」 | 〔T02 0050b17〕 | 「如是教授,如其次第,當知即是三種神變」〔T30n1579 0801a29〕;論作「神變」 |
| 縈髮 | 「皆是舊縈髮婆羅門」 | 〔T02 0050b15〕 | 論未釋 |
| 身證住 | 「身證住」 | 〔T02 0050b26〕 | 論未釋 |
| 內入處·外入處 | 「如內入處,如是外入處」 | 〔T02 0050c21〕 | 「一、內處差別,二、外處差別,三、六識身差別,四、六觸身差別,五、六受身差別,六、六想身差別,七、六思身差別,八、六愛身差別」〔T30n1579 0800c21〕;論作「內處」「外處」 |
| 轉結·正無間等 | 「是名斷愛,轉結,正無間等,究竟苦邊」 | 〔T02 0050c18〕 | 論未釋 |
| 越於二 | 「如是比丘越於二,離諸相,寂滅解脫」 | 〔T02 0051a09〕 | 論未釋 |
| 解脫慧·解脫智·增上法 | 「解脫慧未熟,未堪任受增上法」 | 〔T02 0051a23〕 | 「復次,由二種相,應求能成就解脫妙慧」〔T30n1579 0801b02〕;論未見「解脫智」「增上法」 |
| 尼陀那 | 「汝已為人說尼陀那法未?」 | 〔T02 0051b13〕 | 論未釋 |
| 順趣涅槃 | 「此諸法一切皆順趣涅槃、流注涅槃、後住涅槃」 | 〔T02 0051b23〕 | 論未釋 |
| 我見·無我見 | 「云何知、云何見,次第我見斷,無我見生?」 | 〔T02 0052a02〕 | 「彼於無我生信解故,能斷我見」〔T30n1579 0807b07〕;「乃得名為生無我見」〔T30n1579 0807b10〕 |
| 變易·異分 | 「眼無常、苦、變易、異分法」 | 〔T02 0052b11〕 | 論未見此名;論有「謂樂分位與苦分位有別異性」〔T30n1579 0809b16〕,非逐字釋此名 |
| 如實知顯現 | 「此諸法無常、有為,亦如是如實知顯現」 | 〔T02 0052b26〕 | 「當知如實能正顯了彼法二相」〔T30n1579 0809b25〕 |
| 三摩提 | 「當修無量三摩提,精勤繫念」 | 〔T02 0052c01〕 | 論作「三摩地」:「復次,有二種如實智。一者、如理作意所發,二者、三摩地所發」〔T30n1579 0809b08〕 |
| 六觸入處地獄 | 「有六觸入處地獄」 | 〔T02 0053a13〕 | 論未釋 |
| 色想 | 「若眼滅,色想則離」 | 〔T02 0053b13〕 | 論未見此名;論有「亦不能離諸境界想」〔T30n1579 0810c10〕 |
| 覺六入處 | 「當覺六入處」 | 〔T02 0053b14〕 | 論未釋 |
| 有餘之說 | 「世尊略說者,即是滅六入處有餘之說」 | 〔T02 0053c02〕 | 論未釋 |
| 學地 | 「若諸比丘在學地者」 | 〔T02 0053c17〕 | 論未見此名;論作「已得意」「未得意」:「略有二種補特伽羅。一、已得意,二、未得意」〔T30n1579 0810b13〕 |
| 二法 | 「當為汝等演說二法」 | 〔T02 0054a02〕 | 「謂諸異生,於二緣識及能依受,不能了知無我性故」〔T30n1579 0810c16〕 |
| 身觸(貪欲·瞋恚·戒取·我見) | 「種貪欲身觸、種瞋恚身觸、種戒取身觸、種我見身觸」 | 〔T02 0054a11〕 | 論未釋 |
| 心緣生 | 「彼無常、有為、心緣生」 | 〔T02 0054a26〕 | 論未釋 |
| 滅熾然·不待時·即此見·緣自覺 | 「世尊說現法、說滅熾然、說不待時、說正向、說即此見、說緣自覺」 | 〔T02 0054b04〕 | 「名無熾然」〔T30n1579 0811a06〕;「名為應時」〔T30n1579 0811a08〕;「名唯此見」〔T30n1579 0811a09〕;「名內所證」〔T30n1579 0811a11〕 |
| 現見法 | 「是名現見法」 | 〔T02 0054b12〕 | 「名為現見」〔T30n1579 0811a05〕 |
| 濤波·羅剎 | 「得度眼大海,竟於濤波迴澓諸水、惡蟲、羅剎女鬼」 | 〔T02 0054c09〕 | 論未釋 |
| 苦集道跡·苦滅道跡 | 「我今當為汝等說苦集道跡、苦滅道跡」 | 〔T02 0054c20〕 | 「若趣苦集行,若趣苦滅行,是名自性不同分」〔T30n1579 0811c02〕 |
| 涅槃道跡·似趣涅槃道跡 | 「有似趣涅槃道跡」 | 〔T02 0055a11〕 | 「若諸有為共相行相,彼望道果名不同分」〔T30n1579 0811c06〕,非逐字釋此名 |
| 趣一切取道跡 | 「有趣一切取道跡」 | 〔T02 0055a18〕 | 「謂趣諸取行,趣諸取盡行,若一切法遍知、永斷、作苦邊際」〔T30n1579 0811c11〕 |
| 計 | 「我今當說斷一切計」 | 〔T02 0055c02〕 | 論未見此名;論有「不依四相薩迦耶見」〔T30n1579 0811c13〕,非逐字釋此名 |
| 世俗·出世間 | 「世俗者,是名有漏法」〔T02 0056a13〕;「謂出世間意」 | 〔T02 0056a14〕 | 「一切世間及出世間所有法教如實建立」〔T30n1579 0811c28〕 |
本卷名相皆漢語;大正注於經中名目所附之對音見目十②末;攝事分於此段不出梵形,今不代擬。
七、譬喻·修辭
經文之譬喻:
- 火三昧·一切燒然(經197)——神足示現中「入火三昧」〔T02 0050b19〕;教誡示現中「諸比丘!一切燒然」〔T02 0050b27〕,以「貪火燒然、恚火燒然、癡火燒然」〔T02 0050c03〕明其所以燒然。
- 虛空與地(經209)——不如實知六觸入處之沙門、婆羅門「去我法、律遠,如虛空與地」〔T02 0052c21〕。
- 截多羅樹頭(經209)——「已斷、已知,斷其根本,如截多羅樹頭」〔T02 0053a01〕,其下合以「所謂眼識及色」〔T02 0053a02〕,再度合以「謂意識、法」〔T02 0053a08〕。
- 六觸入處地獄(經210)——「有六觸入處地獄」〔T02 0053a13〕,生彼者「一向受憂苦」〔T02 0053a16〕;對說之六觸入處,生彼者「一向長受喜樂」〔T02 0053a22〕。
- 海·狗肚藏·亂草蘊·絞結纏鎖(經216)——「言大海者,愚夫所說,非聖所說,此大小水耳」〔T02 0054b23〕;聖所說海為「貪樂身、口、意業,是名為海」〔T02 0054b25〕;沈沒其中者「如狗肚藏,如亂草蘊,此世、他世絞結纏鎖」〔T02 0054b27〕。
- 人大海·濤波·迴澓·惡蟲·羅剎女鬼(經217)——「所謂海者,世間愚夫所說,非聖所說」〔T02 0054c06〕;「眼是人大海,彼色為濤波」〔T02 0054c07〕;「得度眼大海,竟於濤波迴澓諸水、惡蟲、羅剎女鬼」〔T02 0054c09〕;偈中重說「大海巨濤波,惡蟲羅剎怖」〔T02 0054c14〕。
- 病·癰·刺(經227)——「計者是病,計者是癰,計者是刺」〔T02 0055c14〕。
定型句:
| 句 | 逐字(首見) | 錨 | 所在 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 能自記說 | 「能自記說」 | 〔T02 0049b12〕 | 經188·189·203 等;其下皆接「我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有」〔T02 0049b13〕 |
| 心正解脫 | 「心正解脫」 | 〔T02 0049b10〕 | 經188·189·212 |
| 六根推及 | 「耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦復如是」 | 〔T02 0049b28〕 | 經190 以下屢見,字或小異 |
| 六處展開 | 「若色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂」 | 〔T02 0050a26〕 | 經196 以下屢見;經219 以下多作「內覺若苦、若樂、不苦不樂」〔T02 0055a06〕 |
| 多聞聖弟子 | 「多聞聖弟子如是觀者」 | 〔T02 0050a15〕 | 經195·196·205·208 |
| 非我非異我 | 「彼一切非我、非異我、不相在如實知」 | 〔T02 0050c14〕 | 經198·199·209,字或小異 |
| 云何知見 | 「云何知、云何見」 | 〔T02 0050c09〕 | 經198·199·201·202·203 |
| 諦聽善思 | 「諦聽,善思,當為汝說」 | 〔T02 0052a16〕 | 經203·215·218·222·226,字或小異 |
| 三事和合 | 「三事和合觸」 | 〔T02 0054a14〕 | 經213·218·221·228;經213 首處作「三事和合,緣觸觸生受」之式 |
| 純大苦聚 | 「如是純大苦聚集」 | 〔T02 0054c24〕 | 經213·218·228;滅分作「純大苦聚滅」〔T02 0054a19〕 |
問答型:經198 羅睺羅問「云何知、云何見」,世尊先讚後答;經199 世尊以同問反問羅睺羅,羅睺羅不答而請,「世尊是法根、法眼、法依」〔T02 0051a01〕;經203 諸比丘亦以此句請說〔T02 0052a14〕。經200 世尊三度觀察羅睺羅心而三問,羅睺羅三答「未也。世尊」〔T02 0051a25〕之類,其後世尊囑其思惟,羅睺羅自陳所知,世尊乃說;經201·202 異比丘問、世尊答,彼比丘「歡喜作禮而去」〔T02 0051c20〕。經209 異比丘自陳「我具足如實知此六觸入處集、滅、味、患、離」〔T02 0052c23〕,世尊問「汝見眼觸入處是我、異我、相在不?」〔T02 0052c25〕,比丘答「不也,世尊」二度,世尊二度「善哉!善哉!」。經211 世尊「入室坐禪」〔T02 0053b14〕之後,眾多比丘以「世尊為我等略說法要,不廣分別」〔T02 0053b15〕相議,詣阿難而問,阿難廣說;此為經中引佛之略說而廣之,「世尊說言」〔T02 0053b16〕以下重述佛語。經215 富留那以六名問,世尊分二段答:初答「現見法」,次以一段總答其餘五名。
偈之體:經217 一首,八句,每句五字,在底本作四行,每行二句,自「大海巨濤波,惡蟲羅剎怖」〔T02 0054c14〕至「永之般涅槃,不復還放逸」〔T02 0054c17〕;前二句承經文之海、濤波、惡蟲、羅剎,次說度海與「集離永無餘」〔T02 0054c15〕,終以般涅槃、不還放逸。經205「說一切優陀那偈已」〔T02 0052b10〕,偈文底本不載,白話照錄其語,不補。
八、徵引承衍
- 攝事分之同詞——本卷經文與攝事分同詞之處,逐字已列於目三、目四、目十①;此處只列錨:〔T30n1579 0800c13〕〔T30n1579 0800c14〕〔T30n1579 0800c16〕〔T30n1579 0800c21〕〔T30n1579 0801a05〕〔T30n1579 0801a06〕〔T30n1579 0801a11〕〔T30n1579 0801a13〕〔T30n1579 0801a20〕〔T30n1579 0801a26〕〔T30n1579 0801a29〕〔T30n1579 0801b02〕〔T30n1579 0802a13〕〔T30n1579 0802a20〕〔T30n1579 0802b04〕〔T30n1579 0802b09〕〔T30n1579 0802b17〕〔T30n1579 0803b03〕〔T30n1579 0803b13〕〔T30n1579 0803b21〕〔T30n1579 0803b22〕〔T30n1579 0803c25〕〔T30n1579 0804a07〕〔T30n1579 0804a11〕〔T30n1579 0807a26〕〔T30n1579 0807b04〕〔T30n1579 0807b07〕〔T30n1579 0807b10〕〔T30n1579 0809b01〕〔T30n1579 0809b02〕〔T30n1579 0809b08〕〔T30n1579 0809b14〕〔T30n1579 0809b16〕〔T30n1579 0809b21〕〔T30n1579 0809b24〕〔T30n1579 0809b25〕〔T30n1579 0809b29〕〔T30n1579 0809c02〕〔T30n1579 0809c04〕〔T30n1579 0809c13〕〔T30n1579 0809c20〕〔T30n1579 0809c23〕〔T30n1579 0810a06〕〔T30n1579 0810b13〕〔T30n1579 0810b15〕〔T30n1579 0810b23〕〔T30n1579 0810c01〕〔T30n1579 0810c06〕〔T30n1579 0810c10〕〔T30n1579 0810c16〕〔T30n1579 0810c21〕〔T30n1579 0810c28〕〔T30n1579 0811a04〕〔T30n1579 0811a05〕〔T30n1579 0811a06〕〔T30n1579 0811a08〕〔T30n1579 0811a09〕〔T30n1579 0811a11〕〔T30n1579 0811a13〕〔T30n1579 0811a22〕〔T30n1579 0811b03〕〔T30n1579 0811b14〕〔T30n1579 0811b22〕〔T30n1579 0811c02〕〔T30n1579 0811c05〕〔T30n1579 0811c06〕〔T30n1579 0811c08〕〔T30n1579 0811c11〕〔T30n1579 0811c13〕〔T30n1579 0811c14〕〔T30n1579 0811c23〕〔T30n1579 0811c26〕〔T30n1579 0811c28〕。
- 嗢拕南之承衍——論擇攝本卷諸經,以總嗢拕南「初安立等、智、同等、最後當知離欲等」〔T30n1579 0800c09〕起,其下別嗢拕南分段(目一);本卷無攝頌,論之嗢拕南不據以立本卷之科。
- 卷內之承衍——經195·196 同以「一切無常。云何一切無常?」〔T02 0050a12〕起說,經196 之末「皆如上二經廣說」〔T02 0050b13〕;經200 世尊終為羅睺羅說者,底本以「如上無常廣說」〔T02 0051c03〕承經195 之式。經200 羅睺羅為人所說之法,其次為五受陰、六入處、尼陀那法(「汝以授人五受陰未?」〔T02 0051a24〕「汝為人說六入處未?」〔T02 0051b04〕「汝已為人說尼陀那法未?」〔T02 0051b13〕),錄其次,不釋。經198·199 同為羅睺羅之問,一問於佛、一由佛問;經201·202 同以「云何知、云何見」問次第之斷;經206·207 同式,經207 以「如是廣說,乃至」〔T02 0052c04〕略之;經213·214 同式,經214 以「如是廣說,乃至」〔T02 0054a25〕略之;經216·217 同以愚夫所說之海起說;經218 之緣起次第,經228 以「廣說乃至」〔T02 0055c29〕承之;經222–225 二對,知法識法與不知不識、欲法應斷與不知不斷;經226·227 同說不計。經211 為經中引經:阿難所廣說者即世尊所略說之「當覺六入處」〔T02 0053b14〕。
- 本卷之外——經216「如五根三經,六根三經,亦如是說」〔T02 0054c04〕及經228「如增長、損減,如是起法、處變易法、集法、滅法,亦如上說」〔T02 0056a06〕,其所指之經不在本卷,錄而不裁。
九、校本定位
大正藏校記於本卷異讀共六十條(【大】=大正藏原刊;【宋】【元】【明】=三本,大正注略稱【三】;【磧乙-CB】【麗-CB】【磧-CB】【北藏-CB】【中華-CB】等為今行校本所記;今行字=今行錄文所取之字;並錄不判;#002·#005·#006·#012·#023·#025·#026·#029·#031·#040·#050·#052·#053·#054 十四條為今行校本修訂列·非大正原注):
| # | 錨 | 今行字 | 異讀 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 001 | 0049b10 | 生 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 002 | 0049c08 | 眼 | 【大】色(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注) |
| 003 | 0049c14 | 若 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 004 | 0049c17 | (無字) | 【大】色;【宋】【元】【明】無;今行從【磧乙-CB】三本 |
| 005 | 0050a26 | 無常 | 【大】無(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注) |
| 006 | 0050a28 | (無字) | 【大】識(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注) |
| 007 | 0050a28 | 意觸 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 008 | 0050b01 | 眼觸 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 009 | 0050b03 | 意觸 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 010 | 0050b05 | 彼解脫 | 【大】彼;【宋】【元】【明】彼解脫 |
| 011 | 0050b05 | 惱、苦 | 【宋】【元】【明】苦惱 |
| 012 | 0050c19 | 轉結 | 【大】濁見(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注) |
| 013 | 0051a09 | 越 | 【宋】【元】【明】超越 |
| 014 | 0051a20 | 信 | 【宋】【元】【明】住 |
| 015 | 0051b07 | 演 | 【宋】【元】【明】廣 |
| 016 | 0051b07 | 說 | 【宋】【元】【明】廣說 |
| 017 | 0051b17 | 白 | 【宋】【元】【明】而白 |
| 018 | 0051c09 | 心 | 【宋】【元】【明】已 |
| 019 | 0051c22 | 盡 | 【宋】【元】【明】盡盡 |
| 020 | 0051c23 | 軛 | 【宋】厄;【元】【明】扼 |
| 021 | 0051c24 | 纏 | 【宋】【元】【明】受 |
| 022 | 0051c26 | 觀 | 【宋】【元】【明】觀察 |
| 023 | 0052a03 | 無我 | 【大】無常(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注) |
| 024 | 0052a19 | 坐 | 【宋】【元】【明】座 |
| 025 | 0052a29 | (無字) | 【大】眼(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注) |
| 026 | 0052c23 | 坐 | 【北藏-CB】座(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注) |
| 027 | 0053a06 | 心 | 【大】以;【宋】【元】【明】心 |
| 028 | 0053a07 | 入 | 【元】八 |
| 029 | 0053a08 | 永 | 【大】欲(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注) |
| 030 | 0053a24 | 見 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
| 031 | 0053b02 | 五 | 【大】正;今行從【麗-CB】(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注) |
| 032 | 0053b15 | 議 | 【宋】【元】【明】義 |
| 033 | 0053c02 | 之 | 【大】當;【宋】定;【元】【明】之 |
| 034 | 0053c15 | 尊者 | 【宋】【元】【明】尊;【中華-CB】【磧-CB】【北藏-CB】尊 |
| 035 | 0053c27 | 滅 | 【宋】【元】【明】減 |
| 036 | 0054a07 | 問 | 【大】聞;【宋】【元】【明】問 |
| 037 | 0054a12 | 殖 | 【宋】【元】【明】植 |
| 038 | 0054a13 | 聚 | 【大】集;【元】【明】聚 |
| 039 | 0054b08 | 說 | 【宋】【元】【明】說此 |
| 040 | 0054b15 | 無 | 【大】無此字(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注) |
| 041 | 0054b17 | 色 | 【大】已;【宋】【元】【明】色 |
| 042 | 0054b22 | 在 | 【明】住 |
| 043 | 0054b24 | 大 | 【宋】【明】大海 |
| 044 | 0054b25 | 深 | 【宋】【元】【明】染 |
| 045 | 0054b27 | 肚 | 【宋】【元】【明】壯 |
| 046 | 0054c07 | 海大 | 【元】【明】大海 |
| 047 | 0054c08 | 堪忍 | 【大】堪;【宋】【元】【明】堪忍 |
| 048 | 0054c09 | 迴 | 【宋】【元】【明】洄 |
| 049 | 0054c12 | 迴 | 【宋】【元】【明】洄 |
| 050 | 0054c24 | 純大苦聚集 | 【大】無(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注) |
| 051 | 0054c28 | 惱、苦 | 【宋】【元】【明】苦惱 |
| 052 | 0055b12 | 識 | 【大】見(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注) |
| 053 | 0055c07 | 屬 | 【大】樂(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注) |
| 054 | 0055c21 | 則 | 【大】眼;今行從【麗-CB】(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注) |
| 055 | 0055c28 | 損減 | 【大】滅;【宋】【元】【明】損滅 |
| 056 | 0055c29 | 觸緣 | 【宋】【元】【明】緣觸 |
| 057 | 0056a02 | 損減 | 【大】滅;【宋】【元】【明】損滅 |
| 058 | 0056a04 | 減 | 【宋】【元】【明】滅 |
| 059 | 0056a06 | 減 | 【宋】【元】【明】滅 |
| 060 | 0056a14 | 若 | 【宋】【元】【明】無 |
可記者十七事(並錄不判;異讀依目九之式記於版本號下):
- 卷首之品題——大正注於經188 之首錄「如是前行+(誦六入處品第二)七字【元】【明】」(0049b07),今行校本修訂注逐字作「如是前行【大】,如是前行誦六入處品第二【元】【明】」;即【元】【明】於此有七字品題,【大】無;今行與白話依【大】。並錄。
- 經188–193 之字(#1–#4)——「生厭故離喜」之「生」(0049b10)三本無;「於眼若識」之「眼」(0049c08),【大】作色,今行改作眼(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注);「若於眼不離」之「若」(0049c14)三本無;經192「若於眼離欲」之處(0049c17),【大】有一「色」字,今行從【磧乙-CB】三本無。
- 經195·196 之字(#5–#11)——經196「一切無常」之行(0050a26),【大】無「無常」二字,今行補之;「意觸因緣」之行(0050a28),【大】多一「識」字,今行無(二條皆今行校本修訂列·非大正原注);「意觸」(0050a28·0050b03)、「眼觸」(0050b01)三本無;「彼解脫」(0050b05),【大】作彼,今行從【磧乙-CB】三本;「惱、苦」三本作苦惱。並錄。
- 經198「轉結」(#12)——「是名斷愛,轉結,正無間等,究竟苦邊」〔T02 0050c18〕之「轉結」(0050c19),【大】作濁見,今行校本依本經同類句型修訂作轉結(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注);其按語所引之他書,今不錄。白話依今行。
- 經199「越」與「結」下(#13)——「越於二」之「越」(0051a09)三本作超越。今行校本另有按語,謂「斷諸愛欲,轉去諸結,究竟苦邊」〔T02 0051a10〕之「結」下疑有脫句(0051a11);今錄其疑,不錄其所據,不補其文。白話依今行。
- 經200 之字(#14–#18)——「正信非家」之「信」(0051a20)三本作住;「演說六入處,說六入處已」之「演」「說」(0051b07)三本作廣、廣說;「白佛言」之「白」(0051b17)三本作而白;「心善解脫」之「心」(0051c09)三本作已。並錄。
- 經201 之字(#19–#22)——「次第盡一切結」之「盡」(0051c22)三本作盡盡;「斷諸軛」之「軛」(0051c23)【宋】作厄、【元】【明】作扼;「斷諸纏」之「纏」(0051c24)三本作受;「如是觀眼無常」之「觀」(0051c26)三本作觀察。並錄。
- 經202「無我」(#23)——「於眼正觀無我」之「無我」(0052a03),【大】作無常,今行校本據本經「無我見」「無我」之詞修訂作無我(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)。白話依今行。
- 經203·204 之字(#24·#25)——「從坐起」之「坐」(0052a19)三本作座;經204「若眼、色」之處(0052a29),【大】多一「眼」字,今行無(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)。
- 經209 之字(#26–#29)——「從坐起」之「坐」(0052c23),【北藏-CB】作座;今行校本另按此處大正藏疑漏校記星號(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注);「心得解脫」之「心」(0053a06),【大】作以,今行從【磧乙-CB】三本作心;「六觸入處」之「入」(0053a07)【元】作八;「永不復生」之「永」(0053a08),【大】作欲,今行改作永(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)。
- 經210·211 之字(#30–#33)——經210「見善非不善」之「見」(0053a24)三本無;經211「過去五欲」之「五」(0053b02),【大】作正,今行從【麗-CB】作五(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注);「作此論議」之「議」(0053b15)三本作義;「有餘之說」之「之」(0053c02),【大】作當,【宋】作定,【元】【明】作之,今行從【元】【明】。白話依今行。並錄。
- 經212–213 之字(#34–#38)——「彼諸尊者」之「尊者」(0053c15)三本及【中華-CB】【磧-CB】【北藏-CB】作尊;「終不退滅」之「滅」(0053c27)三本作減;「問已不知」之「問」(0054a07),【大】作聞,今行從【磧乙-CB】三本作問;「種殖」之「殖」(0054a12)三本作植;「純大苦聚」之「聚」(0054a13),【大】作集,今行從【磧乙-CB】【元】【明】作聚。並錄。
- 經215 之字(#39–#41)——「當為汝說」之「說」(0054b08)三本作說此;「我無有內眼識色貪」之「無」(0054b15),【大】無此字,即【大】讀作『我有內眼識色貪』,今行補無(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注);「眼見色已」之「色」(0054b17),【大】作已,今行從【磧乙-CB】三本作色。白話依今行。並錄。
- 經216·217 之字(#42–#49)——「佛在」之「在」(0054b22)【明】作住;「大海」之「大」(0054b24)【宋】【明】作大海;「深著」之「深」(0054b25)三本作染;「狗肚」之「肚」(0054b27)三本作壯;經217「海大小水耳」之「海大」(0054c07),【元】【明】作大海,大正注原文作「海人=大海」;「堪忍」(0054c08),【大】作堪,今行從【磧乙-CB】三本;「迴澓」之「迴」二處(0054c09·0054c12)三本作洄。並錄。
- 經218 之字(#50·#51)——「如是純大苦聚集」〔T02 0054c24〕之「純大苦聚集」五字,【大】無,今行補之(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注);「惱、苦」(0054c28)三本作苦惱。白話依今行。
- 經223·226·227 之字(#52–#54)——經223「不知不識」之「識」(0055b12),【大】作見;經226「不計樂相屬」之「屬」(0055c07),【大】作樂;經227「則無所取」之「則」(0055c21),【大】作眼,今行從【麗-CB】(三條皆今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)。白話依今行。
- 經228·229 之字(#55–#60)——「損減」二處(0055c28·0056a02),【大】作滅,三本作損滅,今行作損減;「觸緣」(0055c29)三本作緣觸;「損減」之「減」二處(0056a04·0056a06)三本作滅;經229「若法」之「若」(0056a14)三本無。並錄。
gaiji:本卷錄文私用區字一:「」,凡四見,皆在經200,皆為「首」之首字(0051a28·0051b07·0051b16·0051b25),照錄不正字。經216 同句二見而字形異:「此世、他世絞結纏鎖」〔T02 0054b28〕作鎖,「此世、他世絞結纏鏁」〔T02 0054b29〕作鏁,照錄不正字。底本是否作造字標記,今行錄文不能自見,錄之不判。 夾註:本卷無。 偈之行式:經217 偈在底本作四行,每行十字(二句),自 0054c14 至 0054c17;今錄文每行照錄,字不增減。
十、攝事分本母·SN 座標·別譯異文
①攝事分本母(逐經)——唯以論文與經文逐字同詞者為據;但義近者,不列為本母。論之嗢拕南項名附於經序之後,為讀法(目一)。
| 經 | 本母(逐字) | 錨 | 同詞 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 188(安立) | 「所依故者,謂有六種,即眼、耳、鼻、舌、身與意」〔T30n1579 0800c16〕 | — | 眼·耳·鼻·舌·身·意 |
| 189(安立) | 同上 | — | 眼·耳·鼻·舌·身·意 |
| 190(安立) | 同上 | — | 眼·耳·鼻·舌·身·意(經「不識、不知」論「不能覺了」〔T30n1579 0801a11〕,詞異) |
| 191(愚) | 「當知即是於生老病及死法性不能覺了」〔T30n1579 0801a13〕 | — | 生·老·病·死 |
| 192(安立) | 「所依故者,謂有六種,即眼、耳、鼻、舌、身與意」〔T30n1579 0800c16〕 | — | 眼·耳·鼻·舌·身·意 |
| 193(愚) | 「當知即是於生老病及死法性不能覺了」〔T30n1579 0801a13〕 | — | 生·老·病·死 |
| 194(安立) | 「所依故者,謂有六種,即眼、耳、鼻、舌、身與意」〔T30n1579 0800c16〕 | — | 眼·耳·鼻·舌·身·意 |
| 195(安立) | 「自性故者,謂有三受。一、苦,二、樂,三、不苦不樂」〔T30n1579 0800c14〕;「如說一切皆無常者,當知此依少分一切;唯一切行,非無為故」〔T30n1579 0801a05〕 | — | 苦·樂·不苦不樂;一切·無常 |
| 196(安立·不愚) | 「如說一切皆無常者,當知此依少分一切;唯一切行,非無為故」〔T30n1579 0801a05〕;「言一切法皆無我者,當知此依一切一切」〔T30n1579 0801a06〕;「不愚礙者,由四種魔」〔T30n1579 0801a20〕 | — | 一切·無常;魔(略文「一切非我」論「一切法皆無我」) |
| 197(教授) | 「如是教授,如其次第,當知即是三種神變」〔T30n1579 0801a29〕 | — | 三種·教(經「示現」論「神變」;經「燒然」,論於擇攝經216·217 之段作「煩惱燒然」〔T30n1579 0811b03〕) |
| 198(差別) | 「一、內處差別,二、外處差別,三、六識身差別,四、六觸身差別,五、六受身差別,六、六想身差別,七、六思身差別,八、六愛身差別」〔T30n1579 0800c21〕 | — | 內·外·識·觸·受·想·思·愛(次第同) |
| 199(差別) | 同上 | — | 內·外·受(略文止於意觸因緣生受) |
| 200(解脫) | 「復次,由二種相,應求能成就解脫妙慧」〔T30n1579 0801b02〕 | — | 解脫·慧 |
| 201(煩惱) | 「諸欲界繫一切煩惱,唯除無明,說名欲漏」〔T30n1579 0802a13〕;「當知建立九結差別」〔T30n1579 0802a20〕;「說名為軛」〔T30n1579 0803b21〕;「斷滅邪見,生起正見」〔T30n1579 0807a26〕;「修斷無明皆悉滅盡,又能生起諸無學明」〔T30n1579 0807b04〕 | — | 漏·結·縛·纏·軛·取·蓋·垢(見目三);邪見·正見;無明·明 |
| 202(煩惱) | 「彼於無我生信解故,能斷我見」〔T30n1579 0807b07〕;「乃得名為生無我見」〔T30n1579 0807b10〕 | — | 我見·無我見(斷先生後) |
| 203(無智) | 「若諸邪見、若諸我見、若即無明」〔T30n1579 0809b01〕;「若能斷此無義根本一切眾中,能起一切雜染一法,當知彼能正記所解」〔T30n1579 0809b02〕 | — | 無明·斷·一法(經「能自記說」論「正記所解」) |
| 204(智) | 「復次,有二種如實智。一者、如理作意所發,二者、三摩地所發」〔T30n1579 0809b08〕 | — | 如實 |
| 205(智) | 「謂苦樂位諸無常性,苦分位中有自性苦性,樂分位中有變壞法性」〔T30n1579 0809b14〕;「謂樂分位與苦分位有別異性」〔T30n1579 0809b16〕 | — | 無常·苦(經「變易」論「變壞」;經「異分」論「別異」) |
| 206(定) | 「依定所發如實智者」〔T30n1579 0809b21〕;「又無常性是一切行共相」〔T30n1579 0809b24〕;「當知如實能正顯了彼法二相」〔T30n1579 0809b25〕 | — | 如實·顯·無常 |
| 207(定) | 「復次,有二種如實智。一者、如理作意所發,二者、三摩地所發」〔T30n1579 0809b08〕;「依定所發如實智者」〔T30n1579 0809b21〕 | — | 如實(經「三摩提」論「三摩地」) |
| 208 | 本經未見本母直釋;論「謂未來世諸可愛事,名所追求。若過去世諸可愛事,名所尋思」〔T30n1579 0809c23〕有過去·未來之詞,在論之次屬經210·211 之段 | — | — |
| 209(殊勝) | 「於六觸處,以其五轉如實了知,心正離欲,證得解脫」〔T30n1579 0809b29〕;「猶如地空,相去極遠」〔T30n1579 0809c02〕;「於六觸處能斷、能知,心得離欲及證解脫」〔T30n1579 0809c04〕 | — | 六觸·如實·離欲·解脫;地·空;斷·知 |
| 210(障) | 「能正顯說超諸苦樂」〔T30n1579 0809c13〕;「或一向樂、或一向苦、或雜苦樂」〔T30n1579 0809c20〕 | — | 一向·苦·樂 |
| 211(障·學等) | 「先所受用過去諸欲,於遠離處,由尋思門令心飄蕩」〔T30n1579 0810a06〕;「應知於彼六處寂滅有增上慢、無增上慢」〔T30n1579 0810c06〕;「亦不能離諸境界想」〔T30n1579 0810c10〕 | — | 過去·欲;六處·滅;離·想 |
| 212(學等) | 「二、阿羅漢,已得無學心解脫意」〔T30n1579 0810b15〕;「若有修行不放逸者,一切皆為證得解脫」〔T30n1579 0810b23〕;「一、由諸根所集成故,資糧圓滿;二、由習近隨順如法諸臥具故,心得安住;三、由依止親近善士」〔T30n1579 0810c01〕 | — | 阿羅漢;不放逸;諸根·隨順·親近善(經「善友」論「善士」) |
| 213(著) | 「謂諸異生,於二緣識及能依受,不能了知無我性故」〔T30n1579 0810c16〕;「能生一切惡不善法」〔T30n1579 0810c21〕 | — | 二·識·受;惡不善法 |
| 214(無我) | 「除識自性、識諸因緣、識諸助伴,其餘所有不可得故;又識自性是無常故」〔T30n1579 0810c28〕 | — | 識·因緣·無常 |
| 215(聖道) | 「名為現見」〔T30n1579 0811a05〕;「名無熾然」〔T30n1579 0811a06〕;「名唯此見」〔T30n1579 0811a09〕 | — | 現見;熾然;此見(餘三名詞異,見目三) |
| 216(二海) | 「復次,海有二種。一者、水海,二、生死海」〔T30n1579 0811a13〕;「諸天世間亦常淪沒」〔T30n1579 0811a22〕;「唯由身故,於中淪沒;不由語故、不由意故、不由貪故、不由瞋故、不由癡故、不由生等眾苦法故」〔T30n1579 0811a22〕 | — | 海;天·世間;身·意;貪·癡;生(經「口」論「語」,經「恚」論「瞋」) |
| 217(二海) | 「於內各別六處大海未能超渡」〔T30n1579 0811b14〕;「又彼於其六處大海速能超渡」〔T30n1579 0811b22〕 | — | 大海(經「度」論「超渡」) |
| 218(道不同分) | 「若趣苦集行,若趣苦滅行,是名自性不同分」〔T30n1579 0811c02〕 | — | 苦集·苦滅(經「道跡」論「行」) |
| 219(道不同分) | 「或有有為共相行轉,或有有為、無為共相行轉」〔T30n1579 0811c05〕;「道果涅槃常無我故」〔T30n1579 0811c08〕 | — | 涅槃·道 |
| 220(道不同分) | 「若諸有為共相行相,彼望道果名不同分」〔T30n1579 0811c06〕 | — | 道(經「似趣」論「不同分」,詞異) |
| 221(師) | 「謂趣諸取行,趣諸取盡行,若一切法遍知、永斷、作苦邊際」〔T30n1579 0811c11〕 | — | 趣·取 |
| 222(師) | 同上 | — | 一切·知 |
| 223(師) | 同上 | — | 知·苦邊(經「究竟苦邊」論「作苦邊際」) |
| 224(師) | 同上 | — | 一切·斷 |
| 225(師) | 同上 | — | 知·斷·苦邊 |
| 226 | 本經未見本母直釋;論「不依四相薩迦耶見」〔T30n1579 0811c13〕「能害四種行相憍慢」〔T30n1579 0811c14〕,與經之「計」非逐字同詞 | — | — |
| 227(師) | 「如生等病,眼等處癰、貪等毒箭,當知亦爾」〔T30n1579 0811c23〕 | — | 病·癰·眼(經「刺」論「箭」) |
| 228(師) | 「於現法中後有種子或增、或減」〔T30n1579 0811c26〕;「或有集起、或滅沒故」〔T30n1579 0811c28〕 | — | 增·減;集·滅 |
| 229(師) | 「一切世間及出世間所有法教如實建立」〔T30n1579 0811c28〕 | — | 出世間 |
②SN 座標(逐經·唯錄大正注原文):
| 經 | 大正注逐字 | 錨 |
|---|---|---|
| 188 | 「(188)S. 35. 155-156. Nandikkhaya.」 | 0049b07 |
| 189 | 「S. 35. 157-158. Nandikkhaya.」 | 0049b17 |
| 190·191 | 「(190-191)S. 35. 26-27. Parijānāna.」 | 0049b26 |
| 192 | 「S. 35. 21. Uppāda.」 | 0049c13 |
| 193 | 「S. 35. 22. Uppāda.」 | 0049c21 |
| 194 | 「S. 35. 19-20. Abhinandena.」 | 0050a01 |
| 195 | 「(195)S. 35. 1-12. Anicca, Dukkha, Anattā.」 | 0050a11 |
| 196 | 「(196)S. 35. 33-50.」 | 0050a24 |
| 197 | 「(197)S. 35. 28. Āditta.」 | 0050b14 |
| 198 | 「S. 18. 21. Anusaya.」 | 0050c07 |
| 199 | 「S. 18. 22. Apagata.」 | 0050c27 |
| 200 | 「cf. S. 35. 121. Rāhula.」 | 0051a15 |
| 201 | 「cf. S. 35. 53-59. Avijjā, Anusayā, Āsavā.」 | 0051c11 |
| 202 | 「S. 35. 166. Attano.」 | 0051c29 |
| 203 | 大正注未記 | — |
| 204 | 大正注未記 | — |
| 205 | 大正注未記 | — |
| 206 | 「S. 35. 160. Jīvakambavana, 100. Paṭisallāna.」 | 0052b20 |
| 207 | 「S. 35. 159. Jivakambavana, 99. Samādhi.」 | 0052b29 |
| 208 | 「S. 35. 10. Aniccam bāhiraṃ, & 11-12. Dukkham-Anattā.」 | 0052c07 |
| 209 | 「S. 35, 71-73. Chaphassayatanikā.」 | 0052c17 |
| 210 | 「S. 35. 135. Saṅgayha.」 | 0053a11 |
| 211 | 「S. 35. 117. Lokakāmaguṇa.」 | 0053a26 |
| 212 | 「S. 35. 134. Devadhakhana.」 | 0053c07 |
| 213 | 「S. 35. 92. 93. Dvayaṃ.」 | 0054a01 |
| 214 | 「S. 35. 93. Dvayaṃ.」 | 0054a22 |
| 215 | 「S. 35. 88.(2-5) Puṇṇa.」 | 0054b02 |
| 216 | 「S. 35. 188. Samudda.」 | 0054b22 |
| 217 | 「S. 35. 187. Samudda.」 | 0054c05 |
| 218 | 「S. 35. 106. Dukkha.」 | 0054c19 |
| 219 | 「S. 35. 146. Sappāya.」 | 0055a03 |
| 220 | 「S. 35. 147-149. Sappāya.」 | 0055a10 |
| 221 | 大正注未記 | — |
| 222 | 「S. 35. 26-27. Parijāna.」 | 0055a27 |
| 223 | 「S. 35. 26-27. Parijāna.」 | 0055b06 |
| 224 | 「S. 35. 24-25. Pahāna.」 | 0055b15 |
| 225 | 「S. 35. 24-25. Pahāna.」 | 0055b22 |
| 226 | 「S. 35. 90-91. Eja.」 | 0055c01 |
| 227 | 「S. 35. 90-91. Eja.」 | 0055c13 |
| 228 | 大正注未記 | — |
| 229 | 「S. 35. 56-57. Āsavā.」 | 0056a08 |
大正注三十六條,四十二經中三十七經有座標(經190·191 同注一條),經203·204·205·221·228 五經未記;經198·199 之注作「S. 18.」,餘作「S. 35.」;經200·201 之注冠「cf.」;經213·214 同出「Dvayaṃ」,經222·223、經224·225、經226·227 各二經同注一號段。照錄大正注,不另擬。
大正注於經中名目另有對音之注,逐字錄之以備檢:「伽…沙 Gayāsīsa.」(0050b14;今行校本作「迦闍尸利沙 Gayāsīsa.」);「富留那 Puṇṇa.」(0054b03)。
③別譯異文:別譯未見對照經(見目二)。
Placement of the passage as a whole. This unit is the whole of Fascicle 8 of the Saṃyukta Āgama: the fascicle title 「雜阿含經卷第八」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 8”; the translator’s attribution 「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」—“translated by Guṇabhadra, Tripiṭaka master from India, in the Song”; forty-two discourses (discourse numbers 188 to 229); one verse in Discourse 217; no summary verse; and the closing title at the end of the fascicle, 「雜阿含經卷第八」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 8.” The whole fascicle comes to nine thousand one hundred and sixty-two Chinese characters. There are five dwelling places: Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park (Discourses 188–196, 200–202, and 212–229; Discourse 216 reads 「佛在」—“the Buddha was at”); the Gayāśīrṣa shrine (Discourse 197); Rājagṛha, on Vulture Peak (Discourse 198); Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove (Discourse 199); and Vaiśālī, in the Mango Grove of Jīvaka Kumāra the Physician (Discourses 203–211; Discourse 206 reads 「毘舍離城」—“the city of Vaiśālī”). The speaker is in every case the World-Honored One; Discourse 197 is a narration of the three displays, and its display of instruction introduces the Buddha’s words with 「如世尊說」—“as the World-Honored One said”; the latter part of Discourse 211 is the discussion of the many bhikṣus and the venerable Ānanda’s full explanation, and 「當覺六入處」—“be mindful of the six sense bases” is the Buddha’s word. The mirror against which it is set is the selection on the sense bases in the Topics of the Sūtras of the Compendium of Topics of the Yogācārabhūmi (fascicles eighty-nine to ninety of the treatise). The Taishō collation notes give sixty variant readings (fourteen of them rows of revision by the current collated text), given in the ninth topic; the Taishō notes record thirty-six SN coordinates, given in the tenth topic.
I. Doctrinal-Outline Placement
The place of Fascicle 8—the head of the fascicle in the base text:
「雜阿含經卷第八」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 8”〔T02 0049b04〕 「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」—“translated by Guṇabhadra, Tripiṭaka master from India, in the Song”〔T02 0049b06〕
The closing title at the end of the fascicle likewise reads 「雜阿含經卷第八」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 8”〔T02 0056a18〕. The sequence of discourses begins at (188): 「佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」—“the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park”〔T02 0049b07〕. This fascicle is the first fascicle of the Connected Discourses on the Six Sense Bases.
Dwelling places (all verbatim from the base text):
- Śrāvastī—「佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」—“the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park”〔T02 0049b07〕: Discourses 188–196, 200–202, 212–215, and 217–229; Discourse 216 reads 「佛在舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」—“the Buddha was at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park”〔T02 0054b22〕.
- 「佛住迦闍尸利沙支提」—“the Buddha was staying at the Gayāśīrṣa shrine”〔T02 0050b14〕: Discourse 197, the assembly being the thousand bhikṣus who 「皆是舊縈髮婆羅門」—“were all former matted-hair brahmins”〔T02 0050b15〕.
- 「佛住王舍城耆闍崛山」—“the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, on Vulture Peak”〔T02 0050c07〕: Discourse 198.
- 「佛住王舍城迦蘭陀竹園」—“the Buddha was staying at Rājagṛha, in the Kalandaka Bamboo Grove”〔T02 0050c27〕: Discourse 199.
- 「佛住毘舍離耆婆拘摩羅藥師菴羅園」—“the Buddha was staying at Vaiśālī, in the Mango Grove of Jīvaka Kumāra the Physician”〔T02 0052a10〕: Discourses 203–205 and 207–211; Discourse 206 reads 「佛住毘舍離城耆婆拘摩羅藥師菴羅園」—“the Buddha was staying at the city of Vaiśālī, in the Mango Grove of Jīvaka Kumāra the Physician”〔T02 0052b20〕.
The types of the forty-two discourses, and what is asked and what is said (the types follow the discourses’ own 「問」—“asked,” 「答」—“answered,” 「告」—“said to,” and 「白」—“said to [a superior]”; what is asked and what is said are all verbatim from the base text):
| Discourse | Anchor | Type | What is asked · what is said (verbatim) |
|---|---|---|---|
| 188 | 〔T02 0049b07〕 | The World-Honored One says to the bhikṣus (direct teaching) | 「當正觀察眼無常。如是觀者,是名正見」—“You should contemplate the eye rightly as impermanent. One who contemplates in this way is called one of right view”〔T02 0049b08〕 |
| 189 | 〔T02 0049b17〕 | As above | 「於眼當正思惟、觀察無常」—“You should reflect rightly on the eye and contemplate it as impermanent”〔T02 0049b18〕 |
| 190 | 〔T02 0049b26〕 | As above | 「若於眼不識、不知、不斷、不離欲者,不堪任正盡苦」—“One who does not know the eye, does not understand it, does not cut it off, and is not free from desire for it is not able to rightly end suffering”〔T02 0049b27〕 |
| 191 | 〔T02 0049c04〕 | As above | 「不堪任越生、老、病、死苦」—“is not able to cross beyond the suffering of birth, old age, sickness, and death”〔T02 0049c06〕 |
| 192 | 〔T02 0049c13〕 | As above | 「若於眼不離欲,心不解脫者,不堪任正盡苦」—“One who is not free from desire for the eye, whose mind is not liberated, is not able to rightly end suffering”〔T02 0049c14〕 |
| 193 | 〔T02 0049c21〕 | As above | 「若於眼、色不離欲,心不解脫者」—“One who is not free from desire for the eye and forms, whose mind is not liberated”〔T02 0049c22〕 |
| 194 | 〔T02 0050a01〕 | As above | 「若於眼生喜者,則於苦生喜」—“One who delights in the eye delights in suffering”〔T02 0050a02〕 |
| 195 | 〔T02 0050a11〕 | As above | 「一切無常。云何一切無常?」—“All is impermanent. How is all impermanent?”〔T02 0050a12〕 |
| 196 | 〔T02 0050a24〕 | As above | 「我說彼解脫生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦」—“I say that he is liberated from birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress, and suffering”〔T02 0050b04〕 |
| 197 | 〔T02 0050b14〕 | Narration of the three displays → the display of instruction cites the World-Honored One’s words | 「神足變化示現、他心示現、教誡示現」—“the display of supernormal power and transformation, the display of others’ minds, and the display of instruction”〔T02 0050b17〕; 「諸比丘!一切燒然」—“Bhikṣus! All is burning”〔T02 0050b27〕 |
| 198 | 〔T02 0050c07〕 | Rāhula asks → the World-Honored One answers | 「云何知、云何見我內識身及外一切相,令我、我所、我慢使繫著不生?」—“How must one know, how must one see this conscious body within and all external signs, so that I, mine, and the fetter of conceit that binds do not arise?”〔T02 0050c09〕; 「是名斷愛,轉結,正無間等,究竟苦邊」—“this is called having cut off craving, turned away the bonds, rightly attained unbroken comprehension, and reached the utter end of suffering”〔T02 0050c18〕 |
| 199 | 〔T02 0050c27〕 | The World-Honored One asks → Rāhula requests → the World-Honored One answers | 「云何知、云何見,於此識身及外一切相,無有我、我所、我慢使」—“How must one know, how must one see, so that with regard to this conscious body and all external signs there is no I, no mine, and no fetter of conceit”〔T02 0050c28〕; 「如是比丘越於二,離諸相,寂滅解脫」—“Such a bhikṣu goes beyond the two, leaves all signs, and is liberated in quiescence”〔T02 0051a09〕 |
| 200 | 〔T02 0051a15〕 | Rāhula requests → the World-Honored One asks three times and Rāhula answers three times → Rāhula reflects → the World-Honored One teaches impermanence | 「汝以授人五受陰未?」—“Have you yet taught others the five aggregates of clinging?”〔T02 0051a24〕; 「汝為人說六入處未?」—“Have you taught others the six sense bases?”〔T02 0051b04〕; 「汝已為人說尼陀那法未?」—“Have you yet taught others the nidāna teaching?”〔T02 0051b13〕; 「此諸法一切皆順趣涅槃、流注涅槃、後住涅槃」—“These dharmas all tend toward nirvāṇa, flow into nirvāṇa, and come to rest in nirvāṇa”〔T02 0051b23〕 |
| 201 | 〔T02 0051c11〕 | A certain bhikṣu asks → the World-Honored One answers; a question and answer on the difference | 「云何知、云何見,次第疾得漏盡?」—“How must one know, how must one see, to swiftly attain the exhaustion of the outflows in due order?”〔T02 0051c13〕; 「次第無明斷,明生」—“one cuts off ignorance in due order, and knowledge arises”〔T02 0051c27〕 |
| 202 | 〔T02 0051c29〕 | A certain bhikṣu asks → the World-Honored One answers | 「云何知、云何見,次第我見斷,無我見生?」—“How must one know, how must one see, to cut off the view of self in due order and give rise to the view of not self?”〔T02 0052a02〕 |
| 203 | 〔T02 0052a10〕 | The World-Honored One speaks → the bhikṣus request → the World-Honored One teaches → a certain bhikṣu asks → the World-Honored One answers | 「若有比丘能斷一法者,則得正智」—“If there is a bhikṣu who can cut off one thing, he attains right knowledge”〔T02 0052a11〕; 「所謂無明,離欲明生」—“It is ignorance: when one is free from desire for it, knowledge arises”〔T02 0052a17〕 |
| 204 | 〔T02 0052a27〕 | The World-Honored One says to Ānanda | 「於眼當如實知、如實見」—“The eye you should know as it really is and see as it really is”〔T02 0052a28〕 |
| 205 | 〔T02 0052b09〕 | Having spoken the udāna verses, the World-Honored One → says to Ānanda | 「說一切優陀那偈已」—“having finished speaking all the udāna verses”〔T02 0052b10〕; 「眼無常、苦、變易、異分法」—“The eye is a thing that is impermanent, suffering, changing, of a differing nature”〔T02 0052b11〕 |
| 206 | 〔T02 0052b20〕 | The World-Honored One says to the bhikṣus (direct teaching) | 「當勤方便禪思,內寂其心」—“Strive with skilful means in meditative reflection, inwardly stilling the mind”〔T02 0052b21〕 |
| 207 | 〔T02 0052b29〕 | As above | 「當修無量三摩提,精勤繫念」—“You should cultivate the measureless samādhi, diligently binding mindfulness”〔T02 0052c01〕 |
| 208 | 〔T02 0052c07〕 | As above | 「過去、未來眼無常,況現在眼」—“The past and future eye is impermanent—how much more the present eye”〔T02 0052c08〕 |
| 209 | 〔T02 0052c17〕 | The World-Honored One speaks → a certain bhikṣu declares himself → the World-Honored One asks and the bhikṣu answers (twice) | 「有六觸入處」—“There are six sense bases of contact”〔T02 0052c18〕; 「汝見眼觸入處是我、異我、相在不?」—“Do you see the sense base of eye-contact as self, as other than self, as within one another?”〔T02 0052c25〕 |
| 210 | 〔T02 0053a11〕 | The World-Honored One says to the bhikṣus (direct teaching) | 「莫樂莫苦」—“Do not rejoice, and do not grieve”〔T02 0053a12〕; 「有六觸入處地獄」—“There is the hell of the six sense bases of contact”〔T02 0053a13〕 |
| 211 | 〔T02 0053a26〕 | The World-Honored One speaks → enters his room and sits in meditation → the many bhikṣus discuss → they go to Ānanda → Ānanda explains at length | 「我昔未成正覺時」—“Formerly, when I had not yet attained perfect awakening”〔T02 0053a27〕; 「當覺六入處」—“Be mindful of the six sense bases”〔T02 0053b14〕; 「世尊略說者,即是滅六入處有餘之說」—“What the World-Honored One taught in brief is a teaching with a remainder, on the cessation of the six sense bases”〔T02 0053c02〕 |
| 212 | 〔T02 0053c07〕 | The World-Honored One says to the bhikṣus (direct teaching) | 「我不為一切比丘說不放逸行,亦非不為一切比丘說不放逸行」—“I do not teach heedful conduct for all bhikṣus, nor do I not teach heedful conduct for all bhikṣus”〔T02 0053c08〕 |
| 213 | 〔T02 0054a01〕 | As above | 「當為汝等演說二法」—“I will expound the two things for you”〔T02 0054a02〕; 「眼、色為二」—“The eye and forms are the two”〔T02 0054a03〕 |
| 214 | 〔T02 0054a22〕 | As above | 「有二因緣生識」—“There are two kinds of cause and condition from which consciousness arises”〔T02 0054a23〕 |
| 215 | 〔T02 0054b02〕 | Pūrṇa asks → the World-Honored One answers | 「世尊說現法、說滅熾然、說不待時、說正向、說即此見、說緣自覺」—“The World-Honored One speaks of ‘directly visible,’ speaks of ‘quenching the burning,’ speaks of ‘not dependent on time,’ speaks of ‘rightly directed,’ speaks of ‘to be seen right here,’ speaks of ‘realized for oneself’”〔T02 0054b04〕 |
| 216 | 〔T02 0054b22〕 | The World-Honored One says to the bhikṣus (direct teaching) | 「言大海者,愚夫所說,非聖所說,此大小水耳」—“What is called the great ocean is what fools call it, not what the noble ones call it; that is only great and small waters”〔T02 0054b23〕 |
| 217 | 〔T02 0054c05〕 | The World-Honored One says to the bhikṣus → verse | 「眼是人大海,彼色為濤波」—“The eye is a person’s great ocean, and forms are its surging waves”〔T02 0054c07〕 |
| 218 | 〔T02 0054c19〕 | The World-Honored One says to the bhikṣus (direct teaching) | 「我今當為汝等說苦集道跡、苦滅道跡」—“I will now teach you the path leading to the arising of suffering and the path leading to the cessation of suffering”〔T02 0054c20〕 |
| 219 | 〔T02 0055a03〕 | As above | 「我今當說涅槃道跡」—“I will now teach the path leading to nirvāṇa”〔T02 0055a04〕 |
| 220 | 〔T02 0055a10〕 | As above | 「有似趣涅槃道跡」—“There is a path that resembles the one leading to nirvāṇa”〔T02 0055a11〕 |
| 221 | 〔T02 0055a17〕 | As above | 「有趣一切取道跡」—“There is a path leading to all clinging”〔T02 0055a18〕 |
| 222 | 〔T02 0055a27〕 | As above | 「當知一切知法、一切識法」—“You should know all things to be known, all things to be cognized”〔T02 0055a28〕 |
| 223 | 〔T02 0055b06〕 | As above | 「我不說一法不知、不識而得究竟苦邊」—“I do not say that one reaches the utter end of suffering without knowing and cognizing even one thing”〔T02 0055b07〕 |
| 224 | 〔T02 0055b15〕 | As above | 「一切欲法應當斷」—“All things of desire are to be cut off”〔T02 0055b16〕 |
| 225 | 〔T02 0055b22〕 | As above | 「我不說一法不知、不斷而究竟苦邊」—“I do not say that one reaches the utter end of suffering without knowing and cutting off even one thing”〔T02 0055b23〕 |
| 226 | 〔T02 0055c01〕 | As above | 「我今當說斷一切計」—“I will now teach the cutting off of all reckoning”〔T02 0055c02〕 |
| 227 | 〔T02 0055c13〕 | As above | 「計者是病,計者是癰,計者是刺」—“Reckoning is a disease, reckoning is a boil, reckoning is a thorn”〔T02 0055c14〕 |
| 228 | 〔T02 0055c26〕 | As above | 「我今當說增長法、損減法」—“I will now teach the teaching on increase and the teaching on decrease”〔T02 0055c27〕 |
| 229 | 〔T02 0056a08〕 | As above | 「我今當說有漏、無漏法」—“I will now teach things with outflows and things without outflows”〔T02 0056a09〕 |
Drawing out the groups of discourses (only the order of the base text is listed; no doctrinal outline is set up):
- Discourses 188–194—right contemplation of the eye as impermanent; right reflection on the eye, knowing and understanding it, freedom from desire for it, not delighting in it.
- Discourses 195–196—all is impermanent.
- Discourse 197—the thousand bhikṣus, the three displays, all is burning.
- Discourses 198–200—the three discourses with Rāhula.
- Discourses 201–202—the exhaustion of the outflows in due order; the view of self cut off in due order.
- Discourse 203—able to cut off one thing.
- Discourses 204–205—the two discourses addressed to the venerable Ānanda.
- Discourses 206–208—meditative reflection, samādhi, the past and future eye.
- Discourses 209–210—the six sense bases of contact.
- Discourse 211—be mindful of the six sense bases; Ānanda’s full explanation.
- Discourse 212—heedful conduct.
- Discourses 213–214—the two things; consciousness arising from two causes and conditions.
- Discourse 215—Pūrṇa asks about the directly visible.
- Discourses 216–217—the ocean and the surging waves (Discourse 217 has a verse).
- Discourses 218–221—the paths leading to the arising and the cessation of suffering, the path leading to nirvāṇa, the path that resembles the one leading to nirvāṇa, the path leading to all clinging.
- Discourses 222–225—things to be known and to be cognized, things of desire, the utter end of suffering.
- Discourses 226–227—not reckoning.
- Discourses 228–229—increase and decrease; with outflows and without outflows.
The speakers—in Discourses 188–196, 198–210, and 212–229 the speaker is in every case the World-Honored One. Discourse 197 is the compilers’ narration: the three displays are narrated in order, and the display of instruction introduces the Buddha’s words with 「教誡示現者,如世尊說」—“The display of instruction is as the World-Honored One said”〔T02 0050b26〕; from 「諸比丘!一切燒然」—“Bhikṣus! All is burning”〔T02 0050b27〕 on, the words are the Buddha’s; 「不起諸漏,心得解脫」—“gave rise to no outflows, and their minds were liberated”〔T02 0050c05〕 at the end of the discourse is said of the thousand bhikṣus. In Discourse 198 Rāhula asks first, and the World-Honored One begins his answer with 「能問如來甚深之義」—“You are able to ask the Tathāgata about this most profound meaning”〔T02 0050c11〕; in Discourse 199 the World-Honored One asks first, 「爾時,世尊告羅睺羅」—“At that time the World-Honored One said to Rāhula”〔T02 0050c28〕, and Rāhula requests the teaching with 「世尊是法根、法眼、法依」—“The World-Honored One is the root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma”〔T02 0051a01〕; in Discourse 200 the World-Honored One asks three times and Rāhula answers three times, of the kind of 「未也。世尊」—“Not yet, World-Honored One!”〔T02 0051a25〕; in Discourse 209 the World-Honored One asks, and the bhikṣu answers 「不也,世尊」—“No, World-Honored One!”〔T02 0052c26〕〔T02 0053a03〕 twice. The first part of Discourse 211 is the Buddha’s words; at 「當覺六入處」—“Be mindful of the six sense bases”〔T02 0053b14〕 he enters his room and sits in meditation; what follows, from 「作此論議」—“held this discussion”〔T02 0053b15〕 on, is the words of the many bhikṣus; 「唯有尊者阿難,常侍世尊」—“Only the venerable Ānanda constantly attends on the World-Honored One”〔T02 0053b21〕 is the thought of the many bhikṣus; and 「世尊略說者,即是滅六入處有餘之說」—“What the World-Honored One taught in brief is a teaching with a remainder, on the cessation of the six sense bases”〔T02 0053c02〕 is Ānanda’s teaching—none of these are the Buddha’s words; the discourse ends with 「尊者阿難說此義已」—“When the venerable Ānanda had spoken this meaning”〔T02 0053c05〕. In Discourse 215 Pūrṇa asks. At the ends of Discourses 201 and 202 that bhikṣu 「歡喜作禮而去」—“rejoiced, paid homage, and departed”〔T02 0051c20〕, and the like; at the end of Discourse 198, 「尊者羅睺羅聞佛所說」—“the venerable Rāhula, having heard what the Buddha said”〔T02 0050c19〕; at the end of Discourse 205, 「尊者阿難聞佛所說」—“the venerable Ānanda, having heard what the Buddha said”〔T02 0052b18〕; at the end of Discourse 215, 「富留那比丘聞佛所說」—“the bhikṣu Pūrṇa, having heard what the Buddha said”〔T02 0054b20〕.
One verse—in Discourse 217 the World-Honored One proclaims it again in verse: the introducing phrase is 「爾時,世尊以偈頌曰」—“Then the World-Honored One spoke in verse”〔T02 0054c12〕; the verse has eight phrases, beginning with 「大海巨濤波,惡蟲羅剎怖」—“The great ocean has huge surging waves, and the terror of fierce creatures and rākṣasas”〔T02 0054c14〕 and ending with 「永之般涅槃,不復還放逸」—“one goes forever to final nirvāṇa, and does not return to heedlessness”〔T02 0054c17〕. Discourse 205 has the words 「說一切優陀那偈已」—“having finished speaking all the udāna verses”〔T02 0052b10〕, but the base text does not record the verses (seventh topic). This fascicle has no summary verse.
The abbreviating phrases (the base text passes over discourses of the same pattern, or text within the same discourse; the plain rendering gives this briefly in the words of the base text and does not supply what is passed over; what each points to is based only on the discourses of this fascicle):
| Discourse | Abbreviated passage (verbatim) | Anchor | What it points to |
|---|---|---|---|
| 188 | 「如無常,如是苦、空、非我,亦如是說」—“As it is taught of impermanence, so it is likewise taught of suffering, emptiness, and not self” | 〔T02 0049b16〕 | The pattern of this discourse, with suffering, emptiness, and not self in place of impermanence |
| 195 | 「如無常經,如是苦、空、無我,亦如是說」—“As with the discourse on impermanence, so it is likewise taught of suffering, emptiness, and not self” | 〔T02 0050a23〕 | The pattern of this discourse, with suffering, emptiness, and not self in place of impermanence |
| 196 | 「如說一切無常,如是一切苦、一切空、一切非我、一切虛業法」—“As it is taught that all is impermanent, so it is taught that all is suffering, all is empty, all is not self, all is a thing of empty deeds”〔T02 0050b07〕 … 「一切魔、一切魔勢、一切魔器、一切然、一切熾然、一切燒,皆如上二經廣說」—“all is Māra, all is Māra’s power, all is Māra’s instrument, all is alight, all is ablaze, all is burning—all taught at length as in the two discourses above” | 〔T02 0050b11〕 | 「上二經」—“the two discourses above” = the pattern of Discourses 195 and 196, with all is suffering up to all is burning in place of all is impermanent |
| 198 | 「如內入處,如是外入處」—“As it is taught of the internal sense bases, so of the external sense bases”〔T02 0050c21〕 … 「眼觸生愛,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸生愛,亦如上說」—“the craving born of eye-contact and the craving born of ear-, nose-, tongue-, body-, and mind-contact—these too are taught as above” | 〔T02 0050c25〕 | The pattern of this discourse, extended to the external sense bases, the six consciousnesses, the six contacts, and the feeling, perception, volition, and craving born of the six contacts |
| 199 | 「如內入,如是外入,乃至意觸因緣生受,亦如是廣說」—“As it is taught of the internal, so of the external, and so on up to the feeling arisen with mind-contact as condition—all of these too are taught at length in the same way” | 〔T02 0051a13〕 | The pattern of this discourse, extended to the external sense bases and so on up to the feeling arisen with mind-contact as condition |
| 200 | 「解脫智未熟……廣說乃至告羅睺羅言」—“the knowledge of liberation was not yet ripe … taught at length in this way, up to where he said to Rāhula” | 〔T02 0051b20〕 | The request and the questions and answers earlier in this discourse |
| 200 | 「如上無常廣說」—“taught at length as the teaching on impermanence above” | 〔T02 0051c03〕 | The pattern of Discourse 195 (the teaching 「一切無常」—“all is impermanent”) |
| 201 | 「如是,比丘所說經。若差別者」—“Such is the discourse spoken with the bhikṣu. As for the difference in it” | 〔T02 0051c21〕 | The second round of question and answer in the same discourse, differing in what is asked; the plain rendering keeps it in the same segment |
| 207 | 「如是廣說,乃至」—“taught at length in this way, up to” | 〔T02 0052c04〕 | The pattern of Discourse 206 |
| 208 | 「如無常,苦、空、無我,亦如是說。如內入處四經,如是外入處色、聲、香、味、觸、法四經,內外入處四經,亦如是說」—“As it is taught of impermanence, so it is likewise taught of suffering, emptiness, and not self. As with the four discourses on the internal sense bases, so the four discourses on the external sense bases—forms, sounds, odours, tastes, tangibles, and mental objects—and the four discourses on the internal and external sense bases are likewise taught” | 〔T02 0052c14〕 | The pattern of this discourse, with suffering, emptiness, and not self in place of impermanence, extended to the external sense bases and to the internal and external sense bases |
| 213 | 「廣說如上」—“taught at length as above” | 〔T02 0054a14〕 | The first half of the same discourse (the passage on the eye) |
| 214 | 「如是廣說,乃至」—“taught at length in this way, up to” | 〔T02 0054a25〕 | The pattern of Discourse 213 |
| 216 | 「如身、口、意業,如是貪、恚、癡,老、病、死,亦如是說。如五根三經,六根三經,亦如是說」—“As it is taught of the deeds of body, speech, and mind, so it is likewise taught of greed, hatred, and delusion, and of old age, sickness, and death. As with the three discourses on the five faculties, so the three discourses on the six faculties are likewise taught” | 〔T02 0054c03〕 | The first sentence is the pattern of this discourse, with greed, hatred, and delusion and with old age, sickness, and death in place of the deeds of body, speech, and mind; the discourses pointed to by 「五根三經」—“the three discourses on the five faculties” and 「六根三經」—“the three discourses on the six faculties” are not in this fascicle, and this is recorded without explanation |
| 226 | 「如上所說,眼等不計,一切事不計亦如是」—“As with the not reckoning of the eye and the rest taught above, so it is likewise with the not reckoning of all matters” | 〔T02 0055c12〕 | The pattern of this discourse, extended to the remaining matters |
| 227 | 「如眼等所說,餘一一事亦如是」—“As it is taught of the eye and the rest, so it is likewise with each of the remaining matters” | 〔T02 0055c25〕 | The pattern of this discourse, extended to the remaining matters |
| 228 | 「廣說乃至」—“taught at length … up to” | 〔T02 0055c29〕〔T02 0056a03〕 | The pattern of Discourse 218 (the dependent sequence of the paths leading to the arising and to the cessation of suffering) |
| 228 | 「如增長、損減,如是起法、處變易法、集法、滅法,亦如上說」—“As it is taught of increase and decrease, so it is likewise taught, as above, of things that arise, things that change in their base, things of arising, and things of cessation” | 〔T02 0056a06〕 | The pattern of this discourse; the discourses pointed to by things that arise, things that change in their base, things of arising, and things of cessation are not in this fascicle, and this is recorded without explanation |
The Compendium of Topics’ own uddānas—the passage of the treatise that selects and gathers the discourses of this fascicle begins at 「處擇攝,我今當說」—“The selection and gathering on the sense bases I will now explain”〔T30n1579 0800c07〕, and its general uddāna reads 「初安立等、智、同等、最後當知離欲等」—“First, setting forth and the rest; knowledge; the same and the rest; last, it should be known, freedom from desire and the rest”〔T30n1579 0800c09〕; beneath it three particular uddānas are set up (recorded verbatim; the order of this fascicle is not changed on their basis, nor is an outline of this fascicle set up on their basis):
「安立、與差別、愚、不愚、教授、」—“Setting forth, and distinctions, the foolish, the not foolish, instruction,”〔T30n1579 0800c11〕 「解脫、煩惱、業、皆廣說應知」—“liberation, defilements, karma—all should be known as taught at length”〔T30n1579 0800c12〕
「五二、與十三、四業為最後」—“Five and two, and thirteen, with four on karma as the last”〔T30n1579 0807b22〕
「無智、智、與定,殊勝、障、學等、」—“Not knowing, knowledge, and concentration; the excellent, obstruction, training and the rest,”〔T30n1579 0809a28〕 「著、無我、聖道、二海不同分」—“attachment, not self, the noble path, the two oceans, dissimilarity”〔T30n1579 0809a29〕
「道、師不同分、王國、二世間、」—“dissimilarity of path and of teacher, the royal realm, the two worlds,”〔T30n1579 0811b28〕
From 「王國」—“the royal realm” on in the last of these, the treatise text shares no words with the discourses of this fascicle, and it is not listed. The names of the uddāna items appended beneath the headings of the third topic, the fourth topic, and part ① of the tenth topic are all readings.
II. Collation with the Alternate Translations
For the forty-two discourses of this fascicle, the Alternate Translation of the Saṃyukta Āgama (Taishō vol. 2, no. 100) has no parallel discourse found—among the Taishō notes to this fascicle, not one marks a discourse number of the Alternate Translation; the Taishō collation notes mark no parallel in the Alternate Translation. The Taishō notes to Discourses 200 and 201 are headed with 「cf.」; both are recorded as they stand in part ② of the tenth topic, and no further parallel is proposed. No parallel is constructed here.
III. Scriptural and Treatise Grounding (the “eye”)
The Saṃyukta Āgama is what the Buddha and his disciples spoke, and its ground is the sūtra itself; the treatise stands to the sūtra as a selection and gathering, not as its ground. Listed below, in the order of the discourses of this fascicle, are the passages of the treatise text in the Compendium of Topics that share the same words, verbatim, with the text of the discourses of this fascicle (the names of the treatise’s uddāna items are appended beneath each heading, as readings; see the first topic); where the words differ this is marked, and the sūtra is not changed by the treatise, nor the treatise by the sūtra.
The six supports · the three feelings (Discourses 188–196 · setting forth)
- Sūtra: 「若眼觸因緣生受,苦覺、樂覺、不苦不樂覺」—“the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant”〔T02 0050a13〕
- Treatise: 「由五種相,當知安立諸受差別」—“By five aspects, it should be known, the distinctions of feelings are set forth”〔T30n1579 0800c13〕; 「自性故者,謂有三受。一、苦,二、樂,三、不苦不樂」—“As to their own nature: there are three feelings—first, painful; second, pleasant; third, neither painful nor pleasant”〔T30n1579 0800c14〕; 「所依故者,謂有六種,即眼、耳、鼻、舌、身與意」—“As to their supports: there are six kinds, namely the eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind”〔T30n1579 0800c16〕
The shared words are 「苦」—“painful,” 「樂」—“pleasant,” and 「不苦不樂」—“neither painful nor pleasant,” and the six—eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind—in the same order as well; where the sūtra has 「苦覺、樂覺」—“painful, pleasant,” the treatise has 「三受」—“three feelings.”
All is impermanent (Discourses 195–196 · setting forth)
- Sūtra: 「一切無常。云何一切無常?」—“All is impermanent. How is all impermanent?”〔T02 0050a12〕
- Treatise: 「如說一切皆無常者,當知此依少分一切;唯一切行,非無為故」—“Where it is said that all is impermanent, it should be known that this refers to ‘all’ in part: only all formations, for it does not extend to the unconditioned”〔T30n1579 0801a05〕; 「言一切法皆無我者,當知此依一切一切」—“Where it is said that all dharmas are not self, it should be known that this refers to ‘all’ in its entirety”〔T30n1579 0801a06〕
The shared words are 「一切」—“all” and 「無常」—“impermanent”; the abbreviated passage of Discourse 196 has the list 「一切非我」—“all is not self”〔T02 0050b07〕, where the treatise has 「一切法皆無我」—“all dharmas are not self.”
Birth, old age, sickness, and death (Discourses 191 and 193 · the foolish)
- Sūtra: 「不堪任越生、老、病、死苦」—“is not able to cross beyond the suffering of birth, old age, sickness, and death”〔T02 0049c06〕
- Treatise: 「謂於五相受安立中,不能覺了是無常等」—“that is, within the setting forth of feelings by five aspects, one is unable to awaken fully to their being impermanent and the rest”〔T30n1579 0801a11〕; 「當知即是於生老病及死法性不能覺了」—“it should be known that this is being unable to awaken fully to the nature of birth, old age, sickness, and death”〔T30n1579 0801a13〕
The shared words are 「生」—“birth,” 「老」—“old age,” 「病」—“sickness,” and 「死」—“death”; where the sūtra has 「不識、不知」—“does not know, does not understand,” the treatise has 「不能覺了」—“unable to awaken fully”; the words differ.
The three displays (Discourse 197 · instruction)
- Sūtra: 「神足變化示現、他心示現、教誡示現」—“the display of supernormal power and transformation, the display of others’ minds, and the display of instruction”〔T02 0050b17〕
- Treatise: 「諸佛世尊、佛聖弟子,由三種相,能正教授諸弟子眾」—“The Buddhas, the World-Honored Ones, and the Buddha’s noble disciples are able, by three aspects, rightly to instruct the assembly of disciples”〔T30n1579 0801a26〕; 「如是教授,如其次第,當知即是三種神變」—“Such instruction, in its order, it should be known, is the three kinds of miraculous transformation”〔T30n1579 0801a29〕
The sūtra has 「示現」—“display,” the treatise 「神變」—“miraculous transformation”; the shared words are 「三種」—“three kinds” and 「教」—“instruct.”
The eight kinds of distinction (Discourses 198–199 · distinctions)
- Sūtra: 「如內入處,如是外入處」—“As it is taught of the internal sense bases, so of the external sense bases”〔T02 0050c21〕; 「眼觸生愛,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸生愛,亦如上說」—“the craving born of eye-contact and the craving born of ear-, nose-, tongue-, body-, and mind-contact—these too are taught as above”〔T02 0050c25〕
- Treatise: 「一、內處差別,二、外處差別,三、六識身差別,四、六觸身差別,五、六受身差別,六、六想身差別,七、六思身差別,八、六愛身差別」—“first, the distinctions of the internal bases; second, the distinctions of the external bases; third, the distinctions of the six classes of consciousness; fourth, the distinctions of the six classes of contact; fifth, the distinctions of the six classes of feeling; sixth, the distinctions of the six classes of perception; seventh, the distinctions of the six classes of volition; eighth, the distinctions of the six classes of craving”〔T30n1579 0800c21〕
The order of the abbreviated passage of Discourse 198—internal sense bases, external sense bases, consciousness, contact, feeling born of contact, perception born of contact, volition born of contact, craving born of contact—is the same as the order of the treatise’s eight kinds of distinction; the sūtra has 「入處」—“sense bases,” the treatise 「處」—“bases.”
The wisdom of liberation (Discourse 200 · liberation)
- Sūtra: 「解脫慧未熟,未堪任受增上法」—“the wisdom of liberation was not yet ripe, and he was not yet able to receive the higher teaching”〔T02 0051a23〕
- Treatise: 「復次,由二種相,應求能成就解脫妙慧」—“Further, by two aspects one should seek the sublime wisdom that can accomplish liberation”〔T30n1579 0801b02〕
The shared words are 「解脫」—“liberation” and 「慧」—“wisdom”; the sūtra elsewhere has 「解脫智」—“the knowledge of liberation”〔T02 0051b03〕, a name not found in the treatise.
The bonds and bindings (Discourse 201 · defilements)
- Sūtra: 「斷一切縛、斷一切使、斷一切上煩惱、斷一切結、斷諸流、斷諸軛、斷諸取、斷諸觸、斷諸蓋、斷諸纏、斷諸垢、斷諸愛、斷諸意、斷邪見生正見、斷無明生明」—“to cut off all bindings, cut off all fetters, cut off all upper defilements, cut off all bonds, cut off the floods, cut off the yokes, cut off the clingings, cut off the contacts, cut off the hindrances, cut off the entanglements, cut off the stains, cut off the cravings, cut off the intentions, to cut off wrong view and give rise to right view, to cut off ignorance and give rise to knowledge”〔T02 0051c22〕
- Treatise: 「諸欲界繫一切煩惱,唯除無明,說名欲漏」—“All the defilements bound to the desire realm, ignorance alone excepted, are called the outflow of sensual desire”〔T30n1579 0802a13〕; 「當知建立九結差別」—“it should be known that the distinctions of the nine bonds are set up”〔T30n1579 0802a20〕; 「由為貪縛所纏縛故」—“because one is entangled and bound by the binding of greed”〔T30n1579 0802b04〕; 「說名隨眠」—“are called latent tendencies”〔T30n1579 0802b09〕; 「隨煩惱者」—“As for the secondary defilements”〔T30n1579 0802b17〕; 「一切煩惱皆有其纏」—“all defilements have their entanglements”〔T30n1579 0803b03〕; 「名欲暴流」—“is called the torrent of sensual desire”〔T30n1579 0803b13〕; 「說名為軛」—“is called a yoke”〔T30n1579 0803b21〕; 「依於二品建立四取」—“on the basis of two classes the four kinds of clinging are set up”〔T30n1579 0803b22〕; 「建立五蓋差別」—“the distinctions of the five hindrances are set up”〔T30n1579 0803c25〕; 「名為貪垢」—“is called the stain of greed”〔T30n1579 0804a07〕
The shared words are 「漏」—“outflow,” 「結」—“bonds,” 「縛」—“binding,” 「纏」—“entanglement,” 「軛」—“yoke,” 「取」—“clinging,” 「蓋」—“hindrance,” and 「垢」—“stain”; where the sūtra has 「使」—“fetters,” the treatise has 「隨眠」—“latent tendencies”; where the sūtra has 「上煩惱」—“upper defilements,” the treatise has 「隨煩惱」—“secondary defilements”; where the sūtra has 「流」—“floods,” the treatise has 「暴流」—“torrents”; the words differ. The treatise’s order is outflows, bonds, bindings, latent tendencies, secondary defilements, entanglements, torrents, yokes, clingings, ties, hindrances, stains; the sūtra’s order is bonds, bindings, fetters, upper defilements, bonds, floods, yokes, clingings, contacts, hindrances, entanglements, stains, cravings, intentions. Between clinging and hindrance the treatise has 「四繫」—“the four ties,” and in the same place the sūtra has 「觸」—“contacts”; this is recorded, without adjudication.
Wrong view · ignorance · the view of self (Discourses 201–203 · defilements · not knowing)
- Sūtra: 「次第無明斷,明生」—“one cuts off ignorance in due order, and knowledge arises”〔T02 0051c27〕; 「云何知、云何見,次第我見斷,無我見生?」—“How must one know, how must one see, to cut off the view of self in due order and give rise to the view of not self?”〔T02 0052a02〕; 「若有比丘能斷一法者,則得正智」—“If there is a bhikṣu who can cut off one thing, he attains right knowledge”〔T02 0052a11〕
- Treatise: 「斷滅邪見,生起正見」—“cuts off wrong view and gives rise to right view”〔T30n1579 0807a26〕; 「修斷無明皆悉滅盡,又能生起諸無學明」—“the ignorance to be cut off by cultivation is wholly extinguished, and one can further give rise to the knowledges of the one beyond training”〔T30n1579 0807b04〕; 「彼於無我生信解故,能斷我見」—“because he gives rise to faith and understanding with regard to not self, he can cut off the view of self”〔T30n1579 0807b07〕; 「乃得名為生無我見」—“only then can it be called giving rise to the view of not self”〔T30n1579 0807b10〕; 「若諸邪見、若諸我見、若即無明」—“whether wrong views, or views of self, or ignorance itself”〔T30n1579 0809b01〕; 「若能斷此無義根本一切眾中,能起一切雜染一法,當知彼能正記所解」—“If one can cut off this one thing, the root of what is without benefit, which among all the hosts can give rise to all defilement, it should be known that he can rightly declare what he has understood”〔T30n1579 0809b02〕
The shared words are 「邪見」—“wrong view,” 「正見」—“right view,” 「無明」—“ignorance,” 「明」—“knowledge,” 「我見」—“the view of self,” 「無我見」—“the view of not self,” 「斷」—“cut off,” and 「一法」—“one thing”; in their order, cutting off first and arising after, the sūtra and the treatise agree. Where the sūtra has 「能自記說」—“can declare of oneself,” the treatise has 「正記所解」—“rightly declare what he has understood.”
The two kinds of knowledge as it really is (Discourses 204–207 · knowledge · concentration)
- Sūtra: 「於眼當如實知、如實見」—“The eye you should know as it really is and see as it really is”〔T02 0052a28〕; 「眼無常、苦、變易、異分法」—“The eye is a thing that is impermanent, suffering, changing, of a differing nature”〔T02 0052b11〕; 「此諸法無常、有為,亦如是如實知顯現」—“These things are impermanent and conditioned, and this too becomes manifest in this way to knowledge as it really is”〔T02 0052b26〕; 「當修無量三摩提,精勤繫念」—“You should cultivate the measureless samādhi, diligently binding mindfulness”〔T02 0052c01〕
- Treatise: 「復次,有二種如實智。一者、如理作意所發,二者、三摩地所發」—“Further, there are two kinds of knowledge as it really is: first, that produced by proper attention; second, that produced by samādhi”〔T30n1579 0809b08〕; 「謂苦樂位諸無常性,苦分位中有自性苦性,樂分位中有變壞法性」—“namely, the impermanence of the states of pain and pleasure: in the painful state there is suffering by its own nature, and in the pleasant state there is the nature of a thing that changes and breaks up”〔T30n1579 0809b14〕; 「謂樂分位與苦分位有別異性」—“namely, the pleasant state and the painful state are of a differing nature”〔T30n1579 0809b16〕; 「依定所發如實智者」—“As for the knowledge as it really is produced on the basis of concentration”〔T30n1579 0809b21〕; 「又無常性是一切行共相」—“Further, impermanence is the common mark of all formations”〔T30n1579 0809b24〕; 「當知如實能正顯了彼法二相」—“it should be known that one can, as it really is, rightly make manifest the two marks of those things”〔T30n1579 0809b25〕
The shared words are 「如實」—“as it really is,” 「無常」—“impermanent,” 「苦」—“suffering,” and 「顯」—“manifest”; where the sūtra has 「變易」—“changing,” the treatise has 「變壞」—“changes and breaks up”; where the sūtra has 「異分」—“of a differing nature,” the treatise has 「別異」—“differing”; where the sūtra has 「三摩提」—“samādhi,” the treatise has 「三摩地」—“samādhi” in another transcription; the words differ.
The six bases of contact · the earth and the sky (Discourse 209 · the excellent)
- Sūtra: 「於此六觸入處集、滅、味、患、離不如實知」—“do not know as it really is the arising, the cessation, the gratification, the danger, and the escape of these six sense bases of contact”〔T02 0052c20〕; 「去我法、律遠,如虛空與地」—“far from my Dharma and Discipline, as the sky is from the earth”〔T02 0052c21〕; 「已斷、已知,斷其根本,如截多羅樹頭」—“having been cut off and fully known, its root cut off, like a palmyra tree cut off at the crown”〔T02 0053a01〕
- Treatise: 「於六觸處,以其五轉如實了知,心正離欲,證得解脫」—“with regard to the six bases of contact, one knows fully as it really is by their five turnings, the mind is rightly free from desire, and one realizes liberation”〔T30n1579 0809b29〕; 「猶如地空,相去極遠」—“like the earth and the sky, very far apart from each other”〔T30n1579 0809c02〕; 「於六觸處能斷、能知,心得離欲及證解脫」—“with regard to the six bases of contact one can cut off and can know, the mind becomes free from desire, and one realizes liberation”〔T30n1579 0809c04〕
The shared words are 「六觸」—“six … contact,” 「如實」—“as it really is,” 「離欲」—“free from desire,” 「解脫」—“liberation,” 「地」—“earth,” 「空」—“sky,” 「斷」—“cut off,” and 「知」—“know”; the five of the sūtra—arising, cessation, gratification, danger, and escape—the treatise calls 「五轉」—“the five turnings.”
Wholly painful, wholly pleasant (Discourse 210 · obstruction)
- Sūtra: 「一向受憂苦」—“they undergo sorrow and suffering wholly”〔T02 0053a16〕; 「一向長受喜樂」—“they wholly and for long undergo joy and happiness”〔T02 0053a22〕
- Treatise: 「能正顯說超諸苦樂」—“can rightly reveal and teach the going beyond all pain and pleasure”〔T30n1579 0809c13〕; 「或一向樂、或一向苦、或雜苦樂」—“either wholly pleasant, or wholly painful, or pain and pleasure mixed”〔T30n1579 0809c20〕; 「謂未來世諸可愛事,名所追求。若過去世諸可愛事,名所尋思」—“namely, the lovely things of the future world are called what is pursued; the lovely things of the past world are called what is thought over”〔T30n1579 0809c23〕
The shared words are 「一向」—“wholly,” 「苦」—“painful,” 「樂」—“pleasant,” and 「可愛」—“lovely.”
Past sense pleasures (Discourse 211 · obstruction)
- Sūtra: 「自心多逐過去五欲功德,少逐現在五欲功德,逐未來世轉復微少」—“my own mind mostly pursued the five strands of sense pleasure of the past, little pursued the five strands of sense pleasure of the present, and pursued those of the future world still less”〔T02 0053a29〕; 「若眼滅,色想則離」—“if the eye ceases, the perception of forms departs”〔T02 0053b13〕
- Treatise: 「先所受用過去諸欲,於遠離處,由尋思門令心飄蕩」—“the past sense pleasures formerly enjoyed, in a secluded place, through the door of thought, set the mind adrift”〔T30n1579 0810a06〕; 「應知於彼六處寂滅有增上慢、無增上慢」—“it should be known that with regard to the stilling of those six bases there is conceit of attainment, and there is no conceit of attainment”〔T30n1579 0810c06〕; 「亦不能離諸境界想」—“nor can one leave the perceptions of objects”〔T30n1579 0810c10〕
The shared words are 「過去」—“past,” 「欲」—“sense pleasure,” 「六處」—“six bases,” 「滅」—“cease,” 「離」—“depart,” and 「想」—“perception”; the treatise’s passage on 「六處寂滅」—“the stilling of the six bases” belongs, in the treatise’s order, to training and the rest; this is recorded.
Heedfulness (Discourse 212 · training and the rest)
- Sūtra: 「我不為一切比丘說不放逸行,亦非不為一切比丘說不放逸行」—“I do not teach heedful conduct for all bhikṣus, nor do I not teach heedful conduct for all bhikṣus”〔T02 0053c08〕; 「若比丘得阿羅漢,盡諸有漏」—“If a bhikṣu has attained arhatship, exhausted the outflows”〔T02 0053c11〕; 「以彼比丘習學諸根,心樂隨順資生之具,親近善友」—“Because those bhikṣus train the faculties, their minds delight in what accords with the requisites of life, and they draw near to good friends”〔T02 0053c19〕
- Treatise: 「略有二種補特伽羅。一、已得意,二、未得意」—“In brief there are two kinds of persons: first, those who have attained their intent; second, those who have not attained their intent”〔T30n1579 0810b13〕; 「二、阿羅漢,已得無學心解脫意」—“second, the arhat, who has attained the intent of the liberation of mind of one beyond training”〔T30n1579 0810b15〕; 「若有修行不放逸者,一切皆為證得解脫」—“whoever practises heedfulness does so wholly for the sake of realizing liberation”〔T30n1579 0810b23〕; 「一、由諸根所集成故,資糧圓滿;二、由習近隨順如法諸臥具故,心得安住;三、由依止親近善士」—“first, because the faculties are gathered and accomplished, the provisions are complete; second, because one practises with and draws near to bedding and seats that accord with the Dharma, the mind comes to abide at peace; third, because one relies on and draws near to good persons”〔T30n1579 0810c01〕
The shared words are 「不放逸」—“heedfulness,” 「阿羅漢」—“arhat,” 「諸根」—“the faculties,” 「隨順」—“accord with,” and 「親近善」—“draw near to the good”; where the sūtra has 「資生之具」—“the requisites of life,” the treatise has 「諸臥具」—“bedding and seats”; where the sūtra has 「善友」—“good friends,” the treatise has 「善士」—“good persons”; where the sūtra has 「學地」—“the stage of training,” the treatise has 「有學」—“one in training”; the words differ.
Consciousness from two conditions (Discourse 213 · attachment)
- Sūtra: 「當為汝等演說二法」—“I will expound the two things for you”〔T02 0054a02〕; 「亦種殖增長諸惡不善法」—“and also plants and increases evil and unwholesome things”〔T02 0054a12〕
- Treatise: 「謂諸異生,於二緣識及能依受,不能了知無我性故」—“namely, because ordinary persons cannot fully know the nature of not self in the consciousness that has two conditions and in the feeling that depends on it”〔T30n1579 0810c16〕; 「能生一切惡不善法」—“can give rise to all evil and unwholesome things”〔T30n1579 0810c21〕
The shared words are 「二」—“two,” 「識」—“consciousness,” 「受」—“feeling,” and 「惡不善法」—“evil and unwholesome things.”
The impermanence of consciousness (Discourse 214 · not self)
- Sūtra: 「有二因緣生識」—“There are two kinds of cause and condition from which consciousness arises”〔T02 0054a23〕; 「彼無常、有為、心緣生」—“that is impermanent, conditioned, arisen from the mind as condition”〔T02 0054a26〕
- Treatise: 「除識自性、識諸因緣、識諸助伴,其餘所有不可得故;又識自性是無常故」—“because, apart from the own nature of consciousness, the causes and conditions of consciousness, and the companions of consciousness, nothing else whatever can be found; and because the own nature of consciousness is impermanent”〔T30n1579 0810c28〕
The shared words are 「識」—“consciousness,” 「因緣」—“cause and condition,” and 「無常」—“impermanent.”
The five aspects of the noble path (Discourse 215 · the noble path)
- Sūtra: 「世尊說現法、說滅熾然、說不待時、說正向、說即此見、說緣自覺」—“The World-Honored One speaks of ‘directly visible,’ speaks of ‘quenching the burning,’ speaks of ‘not dependent on time,’ speaks of ‘rightly directed,’ speaks of ‘to be seen right here,’ speaks of ‘realized for oneself’”〔T02 0054b04〕; 「是名現見法」—“this is called the Dharma directly seen”〔T02 0054b12〕
- Treatise: 「由五種相,當知八聖支道法最勝無罪」—“By five aspects, it should be known, the Dharma of the path of eight noble factors is supreme and without fault”〔T30n1579 0811a04〕; 「名為現見」—“it is called directly seen”〔T30n1579 0811a05〕; 「名無熾然」—“it is called without burning”〔T30n1579 0811a06〕; 「名為應時」—“it is called timely”〔T30n1579 0811a08〕; 「名為引導」—“it is called leading onward”〔T30n1579 0811a08〕; 「名唯此見」—“it is called seen only here”〔T30n1579 0811a09〕; 「名內所證」—“it is called realized within”〔T30n1579 0811a11〕
The shared words are 「現見」—“directly seen,” 「熾然」—“burning,” and 「此見」—“seen here”; where the sūtra has 「不待時」—“not dependent on time,” the treatise has 「應時」—“timely”; where the sūtra has 「正向」—“rightly directed,” the treatise has 「引導」—“leading onward”; where the sūtra has 「緣自覺」—“realized for oneself,” the treatise has 「內所證」—“realized within”; the words differ. The sūtra lists six names; the treatise speaks of five aspects and lists six names; this is recorded, without adjudication.
The two oceans (Discourses 216–217 · the two oceans, dissimilarity)
- Sūtra: 「言大海者,愚夫所說,非聖所說,此大小水耳」—“What is called the great ocean is what fools call it, not what the noble ones call it; that is only great and small waters”〔T02 0054b23〕; 「貪樂身、口、意業,是名為海」—“greedily delights in the deeds of body, speech, and mind—this is called the ocean”〔T02 0054b25〕; 「一切世間阿修羅眾,乃至天、人,悉於其中貪樂沈沒」—“All the world, the hosts of asuras, and so on up to gods and humans, all greedily delight in it and sink”〔T02 0054b26〕; 「眼是人大海,彼色為濤波」—“The eye is a person’s great ocean, and forms are its surging waves”〔T02 0054c07〕
- Treatise: 「復次,海有二種。一者、水海,二、生死海」—“Further, there are two kinds of ocean: first, the ocean of water; second, the ocean of birth and death”〔T30n1579 0811a13〕; 「諸天世間亦常淪沒」—“the world of the gods too is constantly submerged”〔T30n1579 0811a22〕; 「唯由身故,於中淪沒;不由語故、不由意故、不由貪故、不由瞋故、不由癡故、不由生等眾苦法故」—“it is only by the body that one is submerged in it—not by speech, not by mind, not by greed, not by hatred, not by delusion, not by birth and the other things of suffering”〔T30n1579 0811a22〕; 「於內各別六處大海未能超渡」—“has not yet been able to cross over the great ocean of the six bases, each within”〔T30n1579 0811b14〕; 「又彼於其六處大海速能超渡」—“and he can swiftly cross over that great ocean of the six bases”〔T30n1579 0811b22〕
The shared words are 「海」—“ocean,” 「大海」—“great ocean,” 「天」—“gods,” 「世間」—“world,” 「身」—“body,” 「意」—“mind,” 「貪」—“greed,” 「癡」—“delusion,” and 「生」—“birth”; where the sūtra has 「口」—“speech,” the treatise has 「語」—“speech”; where the sūtra has 「恚」—“hatred,” the treatise has 「瞋」—“hatred”; where the sūtra has 「沈沒」—“sink,” the treatise has 「淪沒」—“be submerged”; where the sūtra has 「度」—“get across,” the treatise has 「超渡」—“cross over”; the words differ.
The dissimilarity of paths (Discourses 218–220 · dissimilarity of the path)
- Sūtra: 「我今當為汝等說苦集道跡、苦滅道跡」—“I will now teach you the path leading to the arising of suffering and the path leading to the cessation of suffering”〔T02 0054c20〕; 「我今當說涅槃道跡」—“I will now teach the path leading to nirvāṇa”〔T02 0055a04〕; 「有似趣涅槃道跡」—“There is a path that resembles the one leading to nirvāṇa”〔T02 0055a11〕
- Treatise: 「若趣苦集行,若趣苦滅行,是名自性不同分」—“The practice leading to the arising of suffering and the practice leading to the cessation of suffering—this is called dissimilarity in own nature”〔T30n1579 0811c02〕; 「或有有為共相行轉,或有有為、無為共相行轉」—“some proceed under the aspect of the common mark of the conditioned; some proceed under the aspect of the common mark of the conditioned and the unconditioned”〔T30n1579 0811c05〕; 「若諸有為共相行相,彼望道果名不同分」—“the aspects of the common mark of the conditioned, set against the fruit of the path, are called dissimilar”〔T30n1579 0811c06〕; 「道果涅槃常無我故」—“because nirvāṇa, the fruit of the path, is permanent and not self”〔T30n1579 0811c08〕
The shared words are 「苦集」—“the arising of suffering,” 「苦滅」—“the cessation of suffering,” 「趣」—“leading to,” 「涅槃」—“nirvāṇa,” and 「道」—“path”; where the sūtra has 「道跡」—“the path leading to,” the treatise has 「行」—“practice.” Discourse 219 contemplates the eye as impermanent; Discourse 220 contemplates the eye as not self, and 「彼亦觀察無常」—“these too one contemplates as impermanent”〔T02 0055a14〕; the treatise divides the two aspects by 「有為共相」—“the common mark of the conditioned” and 「有為、無為共相」—“the common mark of the conditioned and the unconditioned”; this is recorded, without adjudication.
The teacher’s provisional phrases (Discourses 221–229 · the teacher)
- Sūtra: 「有趣一切取道跡」—“There is a path leading to all clinging”〔T02 0055a18〕; 「云何斷一切取道跡?」—“What is the path that cuts off all clinging?”〔T02 0055a22〕; 「當知一切知法、一切識法」—“You should know all things to be known, all things to be cognized”〔T02 0055a28〕; 「一切欲法應當斷」—“All things of desire are to be cut off”〔T02 0055b16〕; 「我不說一法不知、不斷而究竟苦邊」—“I do not say that one reaches the utter end of suffering without knowing and cutting off even one thing”〔T02 0055b23〕; 「計者是病,計者是癰,計者是刺」—“Reckoning is a disease, reckoning is a boil, reckoning is a thorn”〔T02 0055c14〕; 「我今當說增長法、損減法」—“I will now teach the teaching on increase and the teaching on decrease”〔T02 0055c27〕; 「謂出世間意」—“namely, the supramundane mind”〔T02 0056a14〕
- Treatise: 「謂趣諸取行,趣諸取盡行,若一切法遍知、永斷、作苦邊際」—“namely, the practice leading to the clingings, the practice leading to the exhaustion of the clingings, and the full knowledge of all dharmas, cutting them off forever, and making an end of suffering”〔T30n1579 0811c11〕; 「不依四相薩迦耶見」—“not relying on the view of the existing body in its four aspects”〔T30n1579 0811c13〕; 「如生等病,眼等處癰、貪等毒箭,當知亦爾」—“so too, it should be known, are birth and the rest as diseases, the bases of the eye and the rest as boils, and greed and the rest as poisoned arrows”〔T30n1579 0811c23〕; 「於現法中後有種子或增、或減」—“in the present life the seeds of later existence either increase or decrease”〔T30n1579 0811c26〕; 「或有集起、或滅沒故」—“because there is either arising or passing away”〔T30n1579 0811c28〕; 「一切世間及出世間所有法教如實建立」—“all the teachings of the Dharma, worldly and supramundane, are set up as they really are”〔T30n1579 0811c28〕
The shared words are 「趣」—“leading to,” 「取」—“clinging,” 「一切」—“all,” 「知」—“know,” 「斷」—“cut off,” 「苦邊」—“end of suffering,” 「病」—“disease,” 「癰」—“boil,” 「眼」—“eye,” 「增」—“increase,” 「減」—“decrease,” 「集」—“arising,” 「滅」—“cessation,” and 「出世間」—“supramundane”; where the sūtra has 「道跡」—“the path leading to,” the treatise has 「行」—“practice”; where the sūtra has 「刺」—“thorn,” the treatise has 「箭」—“arrow”; the words differ. The 「計」—“reckoning” of Discourse 226 the treatise gives as 「薩迦耶見」—“the view of the existing body” and 「憍慢」—“arrogance”; these are not the same words, verbatim.
IV. Essentials of the Commentary on This Passage
This fascicle has no old line-by-line commentary. The selection on the sense bases in the Compendium of Topics is the treatise’s mātṛkā; its passages proceed in the order of the uddānas it sets up (first topic). Below, in the treatise’s order, are listed its passages that share words with the text of the discourses of this fascicle (verbatim, with anchors), with the discourses that share the words noted. Passages of the treatise that share no words with the discourses of this fascicle are not listed.
1. Setting forth—the setting forth of feelings by five aspects (shares with Discourses 188–196 the words 「眼」—“eye,” 「耳」—“ear,” 「鼻」—“nose,” 「舌」—“tongue,” 「身」—“body,” 「意」—“mind,” 「苦」—“painful,” 「樂」—“pleasant,” and 「不苦不樂」—“neither painful nor pleasant”)
「由五種相,當知安立諸受差別」—“By five aspects, it should be known, the distinctions of feelings are set forth”〔T30n1579 0800c13〕 「自性故者,謂有三受。一、苦,二、樂,三、不苦不樂」—“As to their own nature: there are three feelings—first, painful; second, pleasant; third, neither painful nor pleasant”〔T30n1579 0800c14〕 「所依故者,謂有六種,即眼、耳、鼻、舌、身與意」—“As to their supports: there are six kinds, namely the eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind”〔T30n1579 0800c16〕
2. Distinctions—the eight kinds of distinction (shares with Discourses 198–199 the words 「內」—“internal,” 「外」—“external,” 「識」—“consciousness,” 「觸」—“contact,” 「受」—“feeling,” 「想」—“perception,” 「思」—“volition,” and 「愛」—“craving”)
「一、內處差別,二、外處差別,三、六識身差別,四、六觸身差別,五、六受身差別,六、六想身差別,七、六思身差別,八、六愛身差別」—“first, the distinctions of the internal bases; second, the distinctions of the external bases; third, the distinctions of the six classes of consciousness; fourth, the distinctions of the six classes of contact; fifth, the distinctions of the six classes of feeling; sixth, the distinctions of the six classes of perception; seventh, the distinctions of the six classes of volition; eighth, the distinctions of the six classes of craving”〔T30n1579 0800c21〕
3. The two kinds of ‘all’ (shares with Discourses 195–196 the words 「一切」—“all” and 「無常」—“impermanent”)
「如說一切皆無常者,當知此依少分一切;唯一切行,非無為故」—“Where it is said that all is impermanent, it should be known that this refers to ‘all’ in part: only all formations, for it does not extend to the unconditioned”〔T30n1579 0801a05〕 「言一切法皆無我者,當知此依一切一切」—“Where it is said that all dharmas are not self, it should be known that this refers to ‘all’ in its entirety”〔T30n1579 0801a06〕
4. The foolish—three aspects of foolishness (shares with Discourses 190–193 the words 「生」—“birth,” 「老」—“old age,” 「病」—“sickness,” and 「死」—“death”)
「謂於五相受安立中,不能覺了是無常等」—“that is, within the setting forth of feelings by five aspects, one is unable to awaken fully to their being impermanent and the rest”〔T30n1579 0801a11〕 「當知即是於生老病及死法性不能覺了」—“it should be known that this is being unable to awaken fully to the nature of birth, old age, sickness, and death”〔T30n1579 0801a13〕
5. The not foolish—the four kinds of Māra (shares with the abbreviated passage of Discourse 196 the word 「魔」—“Māra”)
「不愚礙者,由四種魔」—“As for being not foolish with regard to hindrance: it is by way of the four kinds of Māra”〔T30n1579 0801a20〕
6. Instruction—the three kinds of miraculous transformation (shares with Discourse 197 the words 「三種」—“three kinds” and 「教」—“instruct”)
「諸佛世尊、佛聖弟子,由三種相,能正教授諸弟子眾」—“The Buddhas, the World-Honored Ones, and the Buddha’s noble disciples are able, by three aspects, rightly to instruct the assembly of disciples”〔T30n1579 0801a26〕 「如是教授,如其次第,當知即是三種神變」—“Such instruction, in its order, it should be known, is the three kinds of miraculous transformation”〔T30n1579 0801a29〕
7. Liberation—the sublime wisdom of liberation (shares with Discourse 200 the words 「解脫」—“liberation” and 「慧」—“wisdom”)
「復次,由二種相,應求能成就解脫妙慧」—“Further, by two aspects one should seek the sublime wisdom that can accomplish liberation”〔T30n1579 0801b02〕
8. Defilements—outflows · bonds · bindings · latent tendencies · entanglements · torrents · yokes · clingings · hindrances · stains · burning harm (shares with Discourse 201 the words 「漏」—“outflow,” 「結」—“bonds,” 「縛」—“binding,” 「纏」—“entanglement,” 「軛」—“yoke,” 「取」—“clinging,” 「蓋」—“hindrance,” and 「垢」—“stain”; shares with Discourse 197 the word 「燒」—“burning”)
「諸欲界繫一切煩惱,唯除無明,說名欲漏」—“All the defilements bound to the desire realm, ignorance alone excepted, are called the outflow of sensual desire”〔T30n1579 0802a13〕 「當知建立九結差別」—“it should be known that the distinctions of the nine bonds are set up”〔T30n1579 0802a20〕 「由為貪縛所纏縛故」—“because one is entangled and bound by the binding of greed”〔T30n1579 0802b04〕 「一切煩惱皆有其纏」—“all defilements have their entanglements”〔T30n1579 0803b03〕 「說名為軛」—“is called a yoke”〔T30n1579 0803b21〕 「依於二品建立四取」—“on the basis of two classes the four kinds of clinging are set up”〔T30n1579 0803b22〕 「建立五蓋差別」—“the distinctions of the five hindrances are set up”〔T30n1579 0803c25〕 「名為貪垢」—“is called the stain of greed”〔T30n1579 0804a07〕 「燒惱身心,極為衰損,說名燒害」—“burning and afflicting body and mind and gravely harming them—this is called burning harm”〔T30n1579 0804a11〕
9. The three kinds of persons—cutting off wrong view · cutting off ignorance · cutting off the view of self (shares with Discourses 201 and 202 the words 「邪見」—“wrong view,” 「正見」—“right view,” 「無明」—“ignorance,” 「明」—“knowledge,” 「我見」—“the view of self,” and 「無我見」—“the view of not self”)
「斷滅邪見,生起正見」—“cuts off wrong view and gives rise to right view”〔T30n1579 0807a26〕 「修斷無明皆悉滅盡,又能生起諸無學明」—“the ignorance to be cut off by cultivation is wholly extinguished, and one can further give rise to the knowledges of the one beyond training”〔T30n1579 0807b04〕 「彼於無我生信解故,能斷我見」—“because he gives rise to faith and understanding with regard to not self, he can cut off the view of self”〔T30n1579 0807b07〕 「乃得名為生無我見」—“only then can it be called giving rise to the view of not self”〔T30n1579 0807b10〕
At the head of fascicle ninety the treatise sets up the uddāna 「五二、與十三、四業為最後」—“Five and two, and thirteen, with four on karma as the last”〔T30n1579 0807b22〕; the passages on karma beneath it share no words with the discourses of this fascicle, and are not listed.
10. Not knowing—one thing (shares with Discourse 203 the words 「無明」—“ignorance,” 「斷」—“cut off,” and 「一法」—“one thing”)
「若諸邪見、若諸我見、若即無明」—“whether wrong views, or views of self, or ignorance itself”〔T30n1579 0809b01〕 「若能斷此無義根本一切眾中,能起一切雜染一法,當知彼能正記所解」—“If one can cut off this one thing, the root of what is without benefit, which among all the hosts can give rise to all defilement, it should be known that he can rightly declare what he has understood”〔T30n1579 0809b02〕
11. Knowledge · concentration—the two kinds of knowledge as it really is (shares with Discourses 204–207 the words 「如實」—“as it really is,” 「無常」—“impermanent,” 「苦」—“suffering,” and 「顯」—“manifest”)
「復次,有二種如實智。一者、如理作意所發,二者、三摩地所發」—“Further, there are two kinds of knowledge as it really is: first, that produced by proper attention; second, that produced by samādhi”〔T30n1579 0809b08〕 「謂苦樂位諸無常性,苦分位中有自性苦性,樂分位中有變壞法性」—“namely, the impermanence of the states of pain and pleasure: in the painful state there is suffering by its own nature, and in the pleasant state there is the nature of a thing that changes and breaks up”〔T30n1579 0809b14〕 「謂樂分位與苦分位有別異性」—“namely, the pleasant state and the painful state are of a differing nature”〔T30n1579 0809b16〕 「依定所發如實智者」—“As for the knowledge as it really is produced on the basis of concentration”〔T30n1579 0809b21〕 「又無常性是一切行共相」—“Further, impermanence is the common mark of all formations”〔T30n1579 0809b24〕 「當知如實能正顯了彼法二相」—“it should be known that one can, as it really is, rightly make manifest the two marks of those things”〔T30n1579 0809b25〕
12. The excellent—the difference between those who abide in the inner Dharma and the outsiders (shares with Discourse 209 the words 「六觸」—“six … contact,” 「如實」—“as it really is,” 「地」—“earth,” 「空」—“sky,” 「斷」—“cut off,” 「知」—“know,” 「離欲」—“free from desire,” and 「解脫」—“liberation”)
「於六觸處,以其五轉如實了知,心正離欲,證得解脫」—“with regard to the six bases of contact, one knows fully as it really is by their five turnings, the mind is rightly free from desire, and one realizes liberation”〔T30n1579 0809b29〕 「猶如地空,相去極遠」—“like the earth and the sky, very far apart from each other”〔T30n1579 0809c02〕 「於六觸處能斷、能知,心得離欲及證解脫」—“with regard to the six bases of contact one can cut off and can know, the mind becomes free from desire, and one realizes liberation”〔T30n1579 0809c04〕
13. Obstruction—going beyond pain and pleasure · agreeable things · past sense pleasures (shares with Discourse 210 the words 「一向」—“wholly,” 「苦」—“painful,” 「樂」—“pleasant,” and 「可愛」—“lovely”; shares with Discourse 211 the words 「過去」—“past” and 「欲」—“sense pleasure”)
「能正顯說超諸苦樂」—“can rightly reveal and teach the going beyond all pain and pleasure”〔T30n1579 0809c13〕 「或一向樂、或一向苦、或雜苦樂」—“either wholly pleasant, or wholly painful, or pain and pleasure mixed”〔T30n1579 0809c20〕 「謂未來世諸可愛事,名所追求。若過去世諸可愛事,名所尋思」—“namely, the lovely things of the future world are called what is pursued; the lovely things of the past world are called what is thought over”〔T30n1579 0809c23〕 「先所受用過去諸欲,於遠離處,由尋思門令心飄蕩」—“the past sense pleasures formerly enjoyed, in a secluded place, through the door of thought, set the mind adrift”〔T30n1579 0810a06〕
14. Training and the rest—those who have attained their intent · those who have not · heedfulness · the stilling of the six bases (shares with Discourse 212 the words 「不放逸」—“heedfulness,” 「阿羅漢」—“arhat,” 「諸根」—“the faculties,” 「隨順」—“accord with,” and 「親近善」—“draw near to the good”; shares with Discourse 211 the words 「六處」—“six bases,” 「滅」—“cease,” 「離」—“depart,” and 「想」—“perception”)
「略有二種補特伽羅。一、已得意,二、未得意」—“In brief there are two kinds of persons: first, those who have attained their intent; second, those who have not attained their intent”〔T30n1579 0810b13〕 「二、阿羅漢,已得無學心解脫意」—“second, the arhat, who has attained the intent of the liberation of mind of one beyond training”〔T30n1579 0810b15〕 「若有修行不放逸者,一切皆為證得解脫」—“whoever practises heedfulness does so wholly for the sake of realizing liberation”〔T30n1579 0810b23〕 「一、由諸根所集成故,資糧圓滿;二、由習近隨順如法諸臥具故,心得安住;三、由依止親近善士」—“first, because the faculties are gathered and accomplished, the provisions are complete; second, because one practises with and draws near to bedding and seats that accord with the Dharma, the mind comes to abide at peace; third, because one relies on and draws near to good persons”〔T30n1579 0810c01〕 「應知於彼六處寂滅有增上慢、無增上慢」—“it should be known that with regard to the stilling of those six bases there is conceit of attainment, and there is no conceit of attainment”〔T30n1579 0810c06〕 「亦不能離諸境界想」—“nor can one leave the perceptions of objects”〔T30n1579 0810c10〕
15. Attachment—two kinds of attachment · two kinds of danger (shares with Discourse 213 the words 「二」—“two,” 「識」—“consciousness,” 「受」—“feeling,” and 「惡不善法」—“evil and unwholesome things”)
「謂諸異生,於二緣識及能依受,不能了知無我性故」—“namely, because ordinary persons cannot fully know the nature of not self in the consciousness that has two conditions and in the feeling that depends on it”〔T30n1579 0810c16〕 「能生一切惡不善法」—“can give rise to all evil and unwholesome things”〔T30n1579 0810c21〕
16. Not self—dharmas are not self by four causes and conditions (shares with Discourse 214 the words 「識」—“consciousness,” 「因緣」—“cause and condition,” and 「無常」—“impermanent”)
「除識自性、識諸因緣、識諸助伴,其餘所有不可得故;又識自性是無常故」—“because, apart from the own nature of consciousness, the causes and conditions of consciousness, and the companions of consciousness, nothing else whatever can be found; and because the own nature of consciousness is impermanent”〔T30n1579 0810c28〕
17. The noble path—the five aspects of the path of eight noble factors (shares with Discourse 215 the words 「現見」—“directly seen,” 「熾然」—“burning,” and 「此見」—“seen here”)
「由五種相,當知八聖支道法最勝無罪」—“By five aspects, it should be known, the Dharma of the path of eight noble factors is supreme and without fault”〔T30n1579 0811a04〕 「名為現見」—“it is called directly seen”〔T30n1579 0811a05〕 「名無熾然」—“it is called without burning”〔T30n1579 0811a06〕 「名為應時」—“it is called timely”〔T30n1579 0811a08〕 「名為引導」—“it is called leading onward”〔T30n1579 0811a08〕 「名唯此見」—“it is called seen only here”〔T30n1579 0811a09〕 「名內所證」—“it is called realized within”〔T30n1579 0811a11〕
18. The two oceans, dissimilarity—the ocean of water · the ocean of birth and death (shares with Discourses 216 and 217 the words 「海」—“ocean,” 「大海」—“great ocean,” 「天」—“gods,” 「身」—“body,” 「意」—“mind,” 「貪」—“greed,” 「癡」—“delusion,” and 「生」—“birth”; shares with Discourse 197 the word 「燒然」—“burning”)
「復次,海有二種。一者、水海,二、生死海」—“Further, there are two kinds of ocean: first, the ocean of water; second, the ocean of birth and death”〔T30n1579 0811a13〕 「諸天世間亦常淪沒」—“the world of the gods too is constantly submerged”〔T30n1579 0811a22〕 「唯由身故,於中淪沒;不由語故、不由意故、不由貪故、不由瞋故、不由癡故、不由生等眾苦法故」—“it is only by the body that one is submerged in it—not by speech, not by mind, not by greed, not by hatred, not by delusion, not by birth and the other things of suffering”〔T30n1579 0811a22〕 「煩惱燒然」—“burning with defilements”〔T30n1579 0811b03〕 「於內各別六處大海未能超渡」—“has not yet been able to cross over the great ocean of the six bases, each within”〔T30n1579 0811b14〕 「又彼於其六處大海速能超渡」—“and he can swiftly cross over that great ocean of the six bases”〔T30n1579 0811b22〕
19. Dissimilarity of the path—own nature · aspect (shares with Discourses 218–220 the words 「苦集」—“the arising of suffering,” 「苦滅」—“the cessation of suffering,” 「趣」—“leading to,” 「涅槃」—“nirvāṇa,” and 「道」—“path”)
「若趣苦集行,若趣苦滅行,是名自性不同分」—“The practice leading to the arising of suffering and the practice leading to the cessation of suffering—this is called dissimilarity in own nature”〔T30n1579 0811c02〕 「或有有為共相行轉,或有有為、無為共相行轉」—“some proceed under the aspect of the common mark of the conditioned; some proceed under the aspect of the common mark of the conditioned and the unconditioned”〔T30n1579 0811c05〕 「若諸有為共相行相,彼望道果名不同分」—“the aspects of the common mark of the conditioned, set against the fruit of the path, are called dissimilar”〔T30n1579 0811c06〕 「道果涅槃常無我故」—“because nirvāṇa, the fruit of the path, is permanent and not self”〔T30n1579 0811c08〕
20. Dissimilarity of the teacher—the five kinds of the teacher’s provisional phrases (shares with Discourses 221–229 the words 「趣」—“leading to,” 「取」—“clinging,” 「一切」—“all,” 「知」—“know,” 「斷」—“cut off,” 「苦邊」—“end of suffering,” 「病」—“disease,” 「癰」—“boil,” 「眼」—“eye,” 「增」—“increase,” 「減」—“decrease,” 「集」—“arising,” 「滅」—“cessation,” and 「出世間」—“supramundane”)
「謂趣諸取行,趣諸取盡行,若一切法遍知、永斷、作苦邊際」—“namely, the practice leading to the clingings, the practice leading to the exhaustion of the clingings, and the full knowledge of all dharmas, cutting them off forever, and making an end of suffering”〔T30n1579 0811c11〕 「不依四相薩迦耶見」—“not relying on the view of the existing body in its four aspects”〔T30n1579 0811c13〕 「能害四種行相憍慢」—“can destroy arrogance in its four kinds of aspect”〔T30n1579 0811c14〕 「如生等病,眼等處癰、貪等毒箭,當知亦爾」—“so too, it should be known, are birth and the rest as diseases, the bases of the eye and the rest as boils, and greed and the rest as poisoned arrows”〔T30n1579 0811c23〕 「於現法中後有種子或增、或減」—“in the present life the seeds of later existence either increase or decrease”〔T30n1579 0811c26〕 「或有集起、或滅沒故」—“because there is either arising or passing away”〔T30n1579 0811c28〕 「一切世間及出世間所有法教如實建立」—“all the teachings of the Dharma, worldly and supramundane, are set up as they really are”〔T30n1579 0811c28〕
V. Divergent Readings of the Commentators
This fascicle has no divergent readings of the ancient masters. The Saṃyukta Āgama has no old line-by-line commentary; the Compendium of Topics is the only mirror, the teaching of a single school, with nothing to set in separate columns.
VI. Terms (first occurrences — glosses drawn only from the Compendium of Topics, verbatim)
The terms already established in earlier fascicles are not repeated in this fascicle; among them, those that bear on the text of the discourses of this fascicle are: crossing beyond · able · the conscious body · the fetter of conceit · heedfulness · directly visible · rightly directed · the path leading to · things to be known · the utter end of suffering · Māra · cutting off craving (carried over from Fascicle 1); eye-consciousness · eye-contact · the six sense bases · the six sense bases of contact · all is impermanent · upper defilements · ablaze · realized for oneself · increase · with outflows · without outflows · instruction · the root of the Dharma · the exhaustion of the outflows (carried over from Fascicle 2); the meeting of the three · freedom from desire for ignorance · udāna · meditative reflection · with a remainder · the whole great mass of suffering · things of desire · right knowledge · the palmyra tree (carried over from Fascicle 3); boil · son of good family (carried over from Fascicle 5); burning · in due order · decrease (carried over from Fascicle 7); the five strands of sense pleasure · the great ocean · things to be cognized · not reckoning (carried over from Fascicle 10). Only the terms that first appear in this fascicle are listed below.
| Term | First occurrence in this fascicle (verbatim) | Anchor | The Compendium of Topics |
|---|---|---|---|
| The feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition (眼觸因緣生受) | 「若眼觸因緣生受,苦覺、樂覺、不苦不樂覺」—“the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant” | 〔T02 0050a13〕 | 「自性故者,謂有三受。一、苦,二、樂,三、不苦不樂」—“As to their own nature: there are three feelings—first, painful; second, pleasant; third, neither painful nor pleasant”〔T30n1579 0800c14〕; the name is not found in the treatise |
| Rightly ending suffering (正盡苦) | 「若於眼不識、不知、不斷、不離欲者,不堪任正盡苦」—“One who does not know the eye, does not understand it, does not cut it off, and is not free from desire for it is not able to rightly end suffering” | 〔T02 0049b27〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| A thing of empty deeds (虛業法) | 「一切虛業法」—“all is a thing of empty deeds” | 〔T02 0050b08〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| Display (supernormal power · others’ minds · instruction) (示現(神足·他心·教誡)) | 「神足變化示現、他心示現、教誡示現」—“the display of supernormal power and transformation, the display of others’ minds, and the display of instruction” | 〔T02 0050b17〕 | 「如是教授,如其次第,當知即是三種神變」—“Such instruction, in its order, it should be known, is the three kinds of miraculous transformation”〔T30n1579 0801a29〕; the treatise has 「神變」—“miraculous transformation” |
| Matted hair (縈髮) | 「皆是舊縈髮婆羅門」—“were all former matted-hair brahmins” | 〔T02 0050b15〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| Dwelling, having realized it with the body (身證住) | 「身證住」—“dwell, having realized it with the body” | 〔T02 0050b26〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| Internal sense bases · external sense bases (內入處·外入處) | 「如內入處,如是外入處」—“As it is taught of the internal sense bases, so of the external sense bases” | 〔T02 0050c21〕 | 「一、內處差別,二、外處差別,三、六識身差別,四、六觸身差別,五、六受身差別,六、六想身差別,七、六思身差別,八、六愛身差別」—“first, the distinctions of the internal bases; second, the distinctions of the external bases; third, the distinctions of the six classes of consciousness; fourth, the distinctions of the six classes of contact; fifth, the distinctions of the six classes of feeling; sixth, the distinctions of the six classes of perception; seventh, the distinctions of the six classes of volition; eighth, the distinctions of the six classes of craving”〔T30n1579 0800c21〕; the treatise has 「內處」—“internal bases” and 「外處」—“external bases” |
| Turning away the bonds · rightly attaining unbroken comprehension (轉結·正無間等) | 「是名斷愛,轉結,正無間等,究竟苦邊」—“this is called having cut off craving, turned away the bonds, rightly attained unbroken comprehension, and reached the utter end of suffering” | 〔T02 0050c18〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| Going beyond the two (越於二) | 「如是比丘越於二,離諸相,寂滅解脫」—“Such a bhikṣu goes beyond the two, leaves all signs, and is liberated in quiescence” | 〔T02 0051a09〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| The wisdom of liberation · the knowledge of liberation · the higher teaching (解脫慧·解脫智·增上法) | 「解脫慧未熟,未堪任受增上法」—“the wisdom of liberation was not yet ripe, and he was not yet able to receive the higher teaching” | 〔T02 0051a23〕 | 「復次,由二種相,應求能成就解脫妙慧」—“Further, by two aspects one should seek the sublime wisdom that can accomplish liberation”〔T30n1579 0801b02〕; 「解脫智」—“the knowledge of liberation” and 「增上法」—“the higher teaching” are not found in the treatise |
| Nidāna (尼陀那) | 「汝已為人說尼陀那法未?」—“Have you yet taught others the nidāna teaching?” | 〔T02 0051b13〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| Tending toward nirvāṇa (順趣涅槃) | 「此諸法一切皆順趣涅槃、流注涅槃、後住涅槃」—“These dharmas all tend toward nirvāṇa, flow into nirvāṇa, and come to rest in nirvāṇa” | 〔T02 0051b23〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| The view of self · the view of not self (我見·無我見) | 「云何知、云何見,次第我見斷,無我見生?」—“How must one know, how must one see, to cut off the view of self in due order and give rise to the view of not self?” | 〔T02 0052a02〕 | 「彼於無我生信解故,能斷我見」—“because he gives rise to faith and understanding with regard to not self, he can cut off the view of self”〔T30n1579 0807b07〕; 「乃得名為生無我見」—“only then can it be called giving rise to the view of not self”〔T30n1579 0807b10〕 |
| Changing · of a differing nature (變易·異分) | 「眼無常、苦、變易、異分法」—“The eye is a thing that is impermanent, suffering, changing, of a differing nature” | 〔T02 0052b11〕 | The name is not found in the treatise; the treatise has 「謂樂分位與苦分位有別異性」—“namely, the pleasant state and the painful state are of a differing nature”〔T30n1579 0809b16〕, which does not gloss this name verbatim |
| Becoming manifest to knowledge as it really is (如實知顯現) | 「此諸法無常、有為,亦如是如實知顯現」—“These things are impermanent and conditioned, and this too becomes manifest in this way to knowledge as it really is” | 〔T02 0052b26〕 | 「當知如實能正顯了彼法二相」—“it should be known that one can, as it really is, rightly make manifest the two marks of those things”〔T30n1579 0809b25〕 |
| Samādhi (三摩提) | 「當修無量三摩提,精勤繫念」—“You should cultivate the measureless samādhi, diligently binding mindfulness” | 〔T02 0052c01〕 | The treatise has 「三摩地」—“samādhi”: 「復次,有二種如實智。一者、如理作意所發,二者、三摩地所發」—“Further, there are two kinds of knowledge as it really is: first, that produced by proper attention; second, that produced by samādhi”〔T30n1579 0809b08〕 |
| The hell of the six sense bases of contact (六觸入處地獄) | 「有六觸入處地獄」—“There is the hell of the six sense bases of contact” | 〔T02 0053a13〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| The perception of forms (色想) | 「若眼滅,色想則離」—“if the eye ceases, the perception of forms departs” | 〔T02 0053b13〕 | The name is not found in the treatise; the treatise has 「亦不能離諸境界想」—“nor can one leave the perceptions of objects”〔T30n1579 0810c10〕 |
| Being mindful of the six sense bases (覺六入處) | 「當覺六入處」—“Be mindful of the six sense bases” | 〔T02 0053b14〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| A teaching with a remainder (有餘之說) | 「世尊略說者,即是滅六入處有餘之說」—“What the World-Honored One taught in brief is a teaching with a remainder, on the cessation of the six sense bases” | 〔T02 0053c02〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| The stage of training (學地) | 「若諸比丘在學地者」—“If bhikṣus are still at the stage of training” | 〔T02 0053c17〕 | The name is not found in the treatise; the treatise has 「已得意」—“those who have attained their intent” and 「未得意」—“those who have not attained their intent”: 「略有二種補特伽羅。一、已得意,二、未得意」—“In brief there are two kinds of persons: first, those who have attained their intent; second, those who have not attained their intent”〔T30n1579 0810b13〕 |
| The two things (二法) | 「當為汝等演說二法」—“I will expound the two things for you” | 〔T02 0054a02〕 | 「謂諸異生,於二緣識及能依受,不能了知無我性故」—“namely, because ordinary persons cannot fully know the nature of not self in the consciousness that has two conditions and in the feeling that depends on it”〔T30n1579 0810c16〕 |
| Bodily contact (of desire · hatred · clinging to precepts · the view of self) (身觸(貪欲·瞋恚·戒取·我見)) | 「種貪欲身觸、種瞋恚身觸、種戒取身觸、種我見身觸」—“sows the bodily contact of desire, sows the bodily contact of hatred, sows the bodily contact of clinging to precepts, sows the bodily contact of the view of self” | 〔T02 0054a11〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| Arisen from the mind as condition (心緣生) | 「彼無常、有為、心緣生」—“that is impermanent, conditioned, arisen from the mind as condition” | 〔T02 0054a26〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| Quenching the burning · not dependent on time · to be seen right here · realized for oneself (滅熾然·不待時·即此見·緣自覺) | 「世尊說現法、說滅熾然、說不待時、說正向、說即此見、說緣自覺」—“The World-Honored One speaks of ‘directly visible,’ speaks of ‘quenching the burning,’ speaks of ‘not dependent on time,’ speaks of ‘rightly directed,’ speaks of ‘to be seen right here,’ speaks of ‘realized for oneself’” | 〔T02 0054b04〕 | 「名無熾然」—“it is called without burning”〔T30n1579 0811a06〕; 「名為應時」—“it is called timely”〔T30n1579 0811a08〕; 「名唯此見」—“it is called seen only here”〔T30n1579 0811a09〕; 「名內所證」—“it is called realized within”〔T30n1579 0811a11〕 |
| The Dharma directly seen (現見法) | 「是名現見法」—“this is called the Dharma directly seen” | 〔T02 0054b12〕 | 「名為現見」—“it is called directly seen”〔T30n1579 0811a05〕 |
| Surging waves · rākṣasas (濤波·羅剎) | 「得度眼大海,竟於濤波迴澓諸水、惡蟲、羅剎女鬼」—“gets across the great ocean of the eye and passes wholly beyond the surging waves, the whirling waters, the fierce creatures, and the rākṣasī demons” | 〔T02 0054c09〕 | Not explained in the treatise |
| The path leading to the arising of suffering · the path leading to the cessation of suffering (苦集道跡·苦滅道跡) | 「我今當為汝等說苦集道跡、苦滅道跡」—“I will now teach you the path leading to the arising of suffering and the path leading to the cessation of suffering” | 〔T02 0054c20〕 | 「若趣苦集行,若趣苦滅行,是名自性不同分」—“The practice leading to the arising of suffering and the practice leading to the cessation of suffering—this is called dissimilarity in own nature”〔T30n1579 0811c02〕 |
| The path leading to nirvāṇa · the path that resembles the one leading to nirvāṇa (涅槃道跡·似趣涅槃道跡) | 「有似趣涅槃道跡」—“There is a path that resembles the one leading to nirvāṇa” | 〔T02 0055a11〕 | 「若諸有為共相行相,彼望道果名不同分」—“the aspects of the common mark of the conditioned, set against the fruit of the path, are called dissimilar”〔T30n1579 0811c06〕, which does not gloss this name verbatim |
| The path leading to all clinging (趣一切取道跡) | 「有趣一切取道跡」—“There is a path leading to all clinging” | 〔T02 0055a18〕 | 「謂趣諸取行,趣諸取盡行,若一切法遍知、永斷、作苦邊際」—“namely, the practice leading to the clingings, the practice leading to the exhaustion of the clingings, and the full knowledge of all dharmas, cutting them off forever, and making an end of suffering”〔T30n1579 0811c11〕 |
| Reckoning (計) | 「我今當說斷一切計」—“I will now teach the cutting off of all reckoning” | 〔T02 0055c02〕 | The name is not found in the treatise; the treatise has 「不依四相薩迦耶見」—“not relying on the view of the existing body in its four aspects”〔T30n1579 0811c13〕, which does not gloss this name verbatim |
| Worldly · supramundane (世俗·出世間) | 「世俗者,是名有漏法」—“what is worldly: these are called things with outflows”〔T02 0056a13〕; 「謂出世間意」—“namely, the supramundane mind” | 〔T02 0056a14〕 | 「一切世間及出世間所有法教如實建立」—“all the teachings of the Dharma, worldly and supramundane, are set up as they really are”〔T30n1579 0811c28〕 |
The terms of this fascicle are all Chinese; the sound-correspondences that the Taishō notes attach to names in the discourses are given at the end of part ② of the tenth topic; the Compendium of Topics gives no Sanskrit forms in this passage, and none are supplied here.
VII. Similes and Rhetoric
The discourses’ similes:
- The fire samādhi · all is burning (Discourse 197)—in the display of supernormal power, 「入火三昧」—“entered the fire samādhi”〔T02 0050b19〕; in the display of instruction, 「諸比丘!一切燒然」—“Bhikṣus! All is burning”〔T02 0050b27〕, with 「貪火燒然、恚火燒然、癡火燒然」—“burning with the fire of greed, burning with the fire of hatred, burning with the fire of delusion”〔T02 0050c03〕 making clear why it is burning.
- The sky and the earth (Discourse 209)—the ascetics and brahmins who do not know the six sense bases of contact as they really are are 「去我法、律遠,如虛空與地」—“far from my Dharma and Discipline, as the sky is from the earth”〔T02 0052c21〕.
- The palmyra tree cut off at the crown (Discourse 209)—「已斷、已知,斷其根本,如截多羅樹頭」—“having been cut off and fully known, its root cut off, like a palmyra tree cut off at the crown”〔T02 0053a01〕, applied beneath with 「所謂眼識及色」—“namely, eye-consciousness and forms”〔T02 0053a02〕, and applied a second time with 「謂意識、法」—“namely, mind-consciousness and mental objects”〔T02 0053a08〕.
- The hell of the six sense bases of contact (Discourse 210)—「有六觸入處地獄」—“There is the hell of the six sense bases of contact”〔T02 0053a13〕; those born there 「一向受憂苦」—“undergo sorrow and suffering wholly”〔T02 0053a16〕; of the six sense bases of contact spoken of in contrast, those born there 「一向長受喜樂」—“wholly and for long undergo joy and happiness”〔T02 0053a22〕.
- The ocean · what is stored in a dog’s belly · a tangled heap of grass · entanglements, knots, and chains (Discourse 216)—「言大海者,愚夫所說,非聖所說,此大小水耳」—“What is called the great ocean is what fools call it, not what the noble ones call it; that is only great and small waters”〔T02 0054b23〕; the ocean as the noble ones speak of it is 「貪樂身、口、意業,是名為海」—“greedily delights in the deeds of body, speech, and mind—this is called the ocean”〔T02 0054b25〕; those who sink in it are 「如狗肚藏,如亂草蘊,此世、他世絞結纏鎖」—“like what is stored in a dog’s belly, like a tangled heap of grass; the entanglements, knots, and chains of this world and the other world”〔T02 0054b27〕.
- A person’s great ocean · surging waves · whirling waters · fierce creatures · rākṣasī demons (Discourse 217)—「所謂海者,世間愚夫所說,非聖所說」—“What is called the ocean is what the fools of the world call it, not what the noble ones call it”〔T02 0054c06〕; 「眼是人大海,彼色為濤波」—“The eye is a person’s great ocean, and forms are its surging waves”〔T02 0054c07〕; 「得度眼大海,竟於濤波迴澓諸水、惡蟲、羅剎女鬼」—“gets across the great ocean of the eye and passes wholly beyond the surging waves, the whirling waters, the fierce creatures, and the rākṣasī demons”〔T02 0054c09〕; in the verse it is said again, 「大海巨濤波,惡蟲羅剎怖」—“The great ocean has huge surging waves, and the terror of fierce creatures and rākṣasas”〔T02 0054c14〕.
- Disease · boil · thorn (Discourse 227)—「計者是病,計者是癰,計者是刺」—“Reckoning is a disease, reckoning is a boil, reckoning is a thorn”〔T02 0055c14〕.
Set formulas:
| Formula | Verbatim (first occurrence) | Anchor | Where found |
|---|---|---|---|
| Declaring of oneself | 「能自記說」—“can declare of oneself” | 〔T02 0049b12〕 | Discourses 188, 189, 203, and others; in each case followed by 「我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有」—“My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence”〔T02 0049b13〕 |
| The mind rightly liberated | 「心正解脫」—“the mind is rightly liberated” | 〔T02 0049b10〕 | Discourses 188, 189, and 212 |
| Extension to the six faculties | 「耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦復如是」—“So it is likewise with the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind” | 〔T02 0049b28〕 | Seen again and again from Discourse 190 on, the words differing slightly |
| Unfolding the six sense bases | 「若色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂」—“forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, and the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant” | 〔T02 0050a26〕 | Seen again and again from Discourse 196 on; from Discourse 219 on it mostly reads 「內覺若苦、若樂、不苦不樂」—“the inner feeling—painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant”〔T02 0055a06〕 |
| The learned noble disciple | 「多聞聖弟子如是觀者」—“The learned noble disciple who contemplates in this way” | 〔T02 0050a15〕 | Discourses 195, 196, 205, and 208 |
| Not self, not other than self | 「彼一切非我、非異我、不相在如實知」—“all of it one knows as it really is to be not self, not other than self, not within one another” | 〔T02 0050c14〕 | Discourses 198, 199, and 209, the words differing slightly |
| How must one know and see | 「云何知、云何見」—“How must one know, how must one see” | 〔T02 0050c09〕 | Discourses 198, 199, 201, 202, and 203 |
| Listen closely and reflect well | 「諦聽,善思,當為汝說」—“Listen closely and reflect well; I will teach it for you” | 〔T02 0052a16〕 | Discourses 203, 215, 218, 222, and 226, the words differing slightly |
| The meeting of the three | 「三事和合觸」—“the meeting of the three gives rise to contact” | 〔T02 0054a14〕 | Discourses 213, 218, 221, and 228; the first occurrence, in Discourse 213, has the pattern 「三事和合,緣觸觸生受」—“the meeting of the three gives rise to contact, and conditioned by contact feeling arises” |
| The whole great mass of suffering | 「如是純大苦聚集」—“in this way the whole great mass of suffering arises” | 〔T02 0054c24〕 | Discourses 213, 218, and 228; the part on cessation reads 「純大苦聚滅」—“the whole great mass of suffering ceases”〔T02 0054a19〕 |
The question-and-answer type: in Discourse 198 Rāhula asks 「云何知、云何見」—“How must one know, how must one see,” and the World-Honored One first praises him and then answers; in Discourse 199 the World-Honored One puts the same question back to Rāhula, and Rāhula, instead of answering, requests the teaching, 「世尊是法根、法眼、法依」—“The World-Honored One is the root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma”〔T02 0051a01〕; in Discourse 203 the bhikṣus also request the teaching with this phrase〔T02 0052a14〕. In Discourse 200 the World-Honored One three times observes Rāhula’s mind and asks three questions, and Rāhula three times answers of the kind of 「未也。世尊」—“Not yet, World-Honored One!”〔T02 0051a25〕; after this the World-Honored One charges him to reflect, Rāhula declares what he knows, and only then does the World-Honored One teach; in Discourses 201 and 202 a certain bhikṣu asks and the World-Honored One answers, and that bhikṣu 「歡喜作禮而去」—“rejoiced, paid homage, and departed”〔T02 0051c20〕. In Discourse 209 a certain bhikṣu declares of himself, 「我具足如實知此六觸入處集、滅、味、患、離」—“I fully know as it really is the arising, the cessation, the gratification, the danger, and the escape of these six sense bases of contact”〔T02 0052c23〕; the World-Honored One asks, 「汝見眼觸入處是我、異我、相在不?」—“Do you see the sense base of eye-contact as self, as other than self, as within one another?”〔T02 0052c25〕; the bhikṣu twice answers 「不也,世尊」—“No, World-Honored One!”, and the World-Honored One twice says 「善哉!善哉!」—“Good, good!” In Discourse 211, after the World-Honored One 「入室坐禪」—“entered his room and sat in meditation”〔T02 0053b14〕, the many bhikṣus discuss among themselves, 「世尊為我等略說法要,不廣分別」—“The World-Honored One taught us the essentials of the Dharma in brief, without explaining them in detail”〔T02 0053b15〕, go to Ānanda and ask him, and Ānanda explains at length; this is the Buddha’s brief teaching cited within the discourse and then expanded, and from 「世尊說言」—“The World-Honored One said”〔T02 0053b16〕 on the Buddha’s words are restated. In Discourse 215 Pūrṇa asks with six names, and the World-Honored One answers in two parts: first he answers 「現見法」—“the Dharma directly seen,” then in one passage he answers the remaining five names together.
The form of the verse: Discourse 217 has one verse of eight phrases, five characters to a phrase, standing in the base text as four lines of two phrases each, from 「大海巨濤波,惡蟲羅剎怖」—“The great ocean has huge surging waves, and the terror of fierce creatures and rākṣasas”〔T02 0054c14〕 to 「永之般涅槃,不復還放逸」—“one goes forever to final nirvāṇa, and does not return to heedlessness”〔T02 0054c17〕; the first two phrases carry on the ocean, the surging waves, the fierce creatures, and the rākṣasas of the prose; next it speaks of crossing the ocean and of 「集離永無餘」—“arising and escape are ended forever without remainder”〔T02 0054c15〕; it ends with final nirvāṇa and not returning to heedlessness. Of Discourse 205, 「說一切優陀那偈已」—“having finished speaking all the udāna verses”〔T02 0052b10〕, the base text does not record the verses; the plain rendering records the words as they stand and does not supply them.
VIII. Citation and Carrying Forward
- The shared words of the Compendium of Topics—the places where the discourses of this fascicle share words with the Compendium of Topics are already given verbatim in the third and fourth topics and in part ① of the tenth topic; here only the anchors are listed: 〔T30n1579 0800c13〕〔T30n1579 0800c14〕〔T30n1579 0800c16〕〔T30n1579 0800c21〕〔T30n1579 0801a05〕〔T30n1579 0801a06〕〔T30n1579 0801a11〕〔T30n1579 0801a13〕〔T30n1579 0801a20〕〔T30n1579 0801a26〕〔T30n1579 0801a29〕〔T30n1579 0801b02〕〔T30n1579 0802a13〕〔T30n1579 0802a20〕〔T30n1579 0802b04〕〔T30n1579 0802b09〕〔T30n1579 0802b17〕〔T30n1579 0803b03〕〔T30n1579 0803b13〕〔T30n1579 0803b21〕〔T30n1579 0803b22〕〔T30n1579 0803c25〕〔T30n1579 0804a07〕〔T30n1579 0804a11〕〔T30n1579 0807a26〕〔T30n1579 0807b04〕〔T30n1579 0807b07〕〔T30n1579 0807b10〕〔T30n1579 0809b01〕〔T30n1579 0809b02〕〔T30n1579 0809b08〕〔T30n1579 0809b14〕〔T30n1579 0809b16〕〔T30n1579 0809b21〕〔T30n1579 0809b24〕〔T30n1579 0809b25〕〔T30n1579 0809b29〕〔T30n1579 0809c02〕〔T30n1579 0809c04〕〔T30n1579 0809c13〕〔T30n1579 0809c20〕〔T30n1579 0809c23〕〔T30n1579 0810a06〕〔T30n1579 0810b13〕〔T30n1579 0810b15〕〔T30n1579 0810b23〕〔T30n1579 0810c01〕〔T30n1579 0810c06〕〔T30n1579 0810c10〕〔T30n1579 0810c16〕〔T30n1579 0810c21〕〔T30n1579 0810c28〕〔T30n1579 0811a04〕〔T30n1579 0811a05〕〔T30n1579 0811a06〕〔T30n1579 0811a08〕〔T30n1579 0811a09〕〔T30n1579 0811a11〕〔T30n1579 0811a13〕〔T30n1579 0811a22〕〔T30n1579 0811b03〕〔T30n1579 0811b14〕〔T30n1579 0811b22〕〔T30n1579 0811c02〕〔T30n1579 0811c05〕〔T30n1579 0811c06〕〔T30n1579 0811c08〕〔T30n1579 0811c11〕〔T30n1579 0811c13〕〔T30n1579 0811c14〕〔T30n1579 0811c23〕〔T30n1579 0811c26〕〔T30n1579 0811c28〕.
- The carrying forward of the uddānas—the treatise selects and gathers the discourses of this fascicle beginning with the general uddāna 「初安立等、智、同等、最後當知離欲等」—“First, setting forth and the rest; knowledge; the same and the rest; last, it should be known, freedom from desire and the rest”〔T30n1579 0800c09〕, beneath which its particular uddānas divide the passages (first topic); this fascicle has no summary verse, and no outline of this fascicle is set up on the basis of the treatise’s uddānas.
- Carrying forward within the fascicle—Discourses 195 and 196 both begin their teaching with 「一切無常。云何一切無常?」—“All is impermanent. How is all impermanent?”〔T02 0050a12〕, and the end of Discourse 196 reads 「皆如上二經廣說」—“all taught at length as in the two discourses above”〔T02 0050b13〕; what the World-Honored One finally teaches Rāhula in Discourse 200 the base text carries on from the pattern of Discourse 195 with 「如上無常廣說」—“taught at length as the teaching on impermanence above”〔T02 0051c03〕. The teachings that Rāhula expounds for others in Discourse 200 come in the order of the five aggregates of clinging, the six sense bases, and the nidāna teaching (「汝以授人五受陰未?」—“Have you yet taught others the five aggregates of clinging?”〔T02 0051a24〕 「汝為人說六入處未?」—“Have you taught others the six sense bases?”〔T02 0051b04〕 「汝已為人說尼陀那法未?」—“Have you yet taught others the nidāna teaching?”〔T02 0051b13〕); the order is recorded, without explanation. Discourses 198 and 199 are both questions of Rāhula’s, one asked of the Buddha and one asked by the Buddha; Discourses 201 and 202 both ask, with 「云何知、云何見」—“How must one know, how must one see,” about cutting off in due order; Discourses 206 and 207 share a pattern, and Discourse 207 abbreviates it with 「如是廣說,乃至」—“taught at length in this way, up to”〔T02 0052c04〕; Discourses 213 and 214 share a pattern, and Discourse 214 abbreviates it with 「如是廣說,乃至」—“taught at length in this way, up to”〔T02 0054a25〕; Discourses 216 and 217 both begin their teaching with the ocean of which fools speak; the dependent sequence of Discourse 218 is carried on in Discourse 228 with 「廣說乃至」—“taught at length … up to”〔T02 0055c29〕; Discourses 222–225 form two pairs—things to be known and to be cognized with not knowing and not cognizing, things of desire to be cut off with not knowing and not cutting off; Discourses 226 and 227 both teach not reckoning. Discourse 211 is a discourse cited within a discourse: what Ānanda explains at length is the World-Honored One’s brief 「當覺六入處」—“Be mindful of the six sense bases”〔T02 0053b14〕.
- Beyond this fascicle—the discourses pointed to by Discourse 216, 「如五根三經,六根三經,亦如是說」—“As with the three discourses on the five faculties, so the three discourses on the six faculties are likewise taught”〔T02 0054c04〕, and by Discourse 228, 「如增長、損減,如是起法、處變易法、集法、滅法,亦如上說」—“As it is taught of increase and decrease, so it is likewise taught, as above, of things that arise, things that change in their base, things of arising, and things of cessation”〔T02 0056a06〕, are not in this fascicle; they are recorded, without adjudication.
IX. Placement Among the Recensions
The Taishō collation notes for this fascicle come to sixty variant readings in all (【大】 = the original Taishō printing; 【宋】【元】【明】 = the three editions, abbreviated 【三】 in the Taishō notes; 【磧乙-CB】【麗-CB】【磧-CB】【北藏-CB】【中華-CB】 and the like are recorded by the current collated text; current reading = the character adopted in the current transcription; recorded together, without adjudication; nos. 002, 005, 006, 012, 023, 025, 026, 029, 031, 040, 050, 052, 053, and 054, fourteen in all, are rows of revision by the current collated text, not original Taishō notes):
| No. | Anchor | Current reading | Variant readings |
|---|---|---|---|
| 001 | 0049b10 | 生 (arises) | 【宋】【元】【明】 lack it |
| 002 | 0049c08 | 眼 (eye) | 【大】色 (forms) (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note) |
| 003 | 0049c14 | 若 (if) | 【宋】【元】【明】 lack it |
| 004 | 0049c17 | (none) | 【大】色 (forms); 【宋】【元】【明】 lack it; the current reading follows 【磧乙-CB】 and the three editions |
| 005 | 0050a26 | 無常 (impermanent) | 【大】 lacks it (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note) |
| 006 | 0050a28 | (none) | 【大】識 (consciousness) (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note) |
| 007 | 0050a28 | 意觸 (mind-contact) | 【宋】【元】【明】 lack it |
| 008 | 0050b01 | 眼觸 (eye-contact) | 【宋】【元】【明】 lack it |
| 009 | 0050b03 | 意觸 (mind-contact) | 【宋】【元】【明】 lack it |
| 010 | 0050b05 | 彼解脫 (he is liberated) | 【大】彼 (he); 【宋】【元】【明】彼解脫 (he is liberated) |
| 011 | 0050b05 | 惱、苦 (distress, and suffering) | 【宋】【元】【明】苦惱 (suffering and distress) |
| 012 | 0050c19 | 轉結 (turned away the bonds) | 【大】濁見 (turbid view) (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note) |
| 013 | 0051a09 | 越 (goes beyond) | 【宋】【元】【明】超越 (transcends) |
| 014 | 0051a20 | 信 (faith) | 【宋】【元】【明】住 (dwelling) |
| 015 | 0051b07 | 演 (expound) | 【宋】【元】【明】廣 (at length) |
| 016 | 0051b07 | 說 (teach) | 【宋】【元】【明】廣說 (teach at length) |
| 017 | 0051b17 | 白 (said) | 【宋】【元】【明】而白 (and said) |
| 018 | 0051c09 | 心 (mind) | 【宋】【元】【明】已 (already) |
| 019 | 0051c22 | 盡 (exhaust) | 【宋】【元】【明】盡盡 (exhaust, exhaust) |
| 020 | 0051c23 | 軛 (yokes) | 【宋】厄 (a variant form); 【元】【明】扼 (a variant form) |
| 021 | 0051c24 | 纏 (entanglements) | 【宋】【元】【明】受 (feelings) |
| 022 | 0051c26 | 觀 (contemplate) | 【宋】【元】【明】觀察 (contemplate, observe) |
| 023 | 0052a03 | 無我 (not self) | 【大】無常 (impermanent) (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note) |
| 024 | 0052a19 | 坐 (seat) | 【宋】【元】【明】座 (seat, a variant form) |
| 025 | 0052a29 | (none) | 【大】眼 (eye) (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note) |
| 026 | 0052c23 | 坐 (seat) | 【北藏-CB】座 (seat, a variant form) (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note) |
| 027 | 0053a06 | 心 (mind) | 【大】以 (by); 【宋】【元】【明】心 (mind) |
| 028 | 0053a07 | 入 (bases) | 【元】八 (eight) |
| 029 | 0053a08 | 永 (forever) | 【大】欲 (desire) (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note) |
| 030 | 0053a24 | 見 (see) | 【宋】【元】【明】 lack it |
| 031 | 0053b02 | 五 (five) | 【大】正 (right); the current reading follows 【麗-CB】 (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note) |
| 032 | 0053b15 | 議 (discussion) | 【宋】【元】【明】義 (meaning) |
| 033 | 0053c02 | 之 (of) | 【大】當 (should); 【宋】定 (fixed); 【元】【明】之 (of) |
| 034 | 0053c15 | 尊者 (venerable ones) | 【宋】【元】【明】尊 (venerable); 【中華-CB】【磧-CB】【北藏-CB】尊 (venerable) |
| 035 | 0053c27 | 滅 (fall away) | 【宋】【元】【明】減 (decrease) |
| 036 | 0054a07 | 問 (asked) | 【大】聞 (heard); 【宋】【元】【明】問 (asked) |
| 037 | 0054a12 | 殖 (plant) | 【宋】【元】【明】植 (plant, a variant form) |
| 038 | 0054a13 | 聚 (mass) | 【大】集 (arising); 【元】【明】聚 (mass) |
| 039 | 0054b08 | 說 (teach) | 【宋】【元】【明】說此 (teach this) |
| 040 | 0054b15 | 無 (no) | 【大】 lacks this character (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note) |
| 041 | 0054b17 | 色 (forms) | 【大】已 (having); 【宋】【元】【明】色 (forms) |
| 042 | 0054b22 | 在 (was at) | 【明】住 (was staying) |
| 043 | 0054b24 | 大 (great) | 【宋】【明】大海 (great ocean) |
| 044 | 0054b25 | 深 (deeply) | 【宋】【元】【明】染 (stained) |
| 045 | 0054b27 | 肚 (belly) | 【宋】【元】【明】壯 (strong) |
| 046 | 0054c07 | 海大 (ocean, great) | 【元】【明】大海 (great ocean) |
| 047 | 0054c08 | 堪忍 (endure) | 【大】堪 (able); 【宋】【元】【明】堪忍 (endure) |
| 048 | 0054c09 | 迴 (whirling) | 【宋】【元】【明】洄 (whirling, a variant form) |
| 049 | 0054c12 | 迴 (whirling) | 【宋】【元】【明】洄 (whirling, a variant form) |
| 050 | 0054c24 | 純大苦聚集 (the whole great mass of suffering arises) | 【大】 lacks it (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note) |
| 051 | 0054c28 | 惱、苦 (distress, and suffering) | 【宋】【元】【明】苦惱 (suffering and distress) |
| 052 | 0055b12 | 識 (cognize) | 【大】見 (see) (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note) |
| 053 | 0055c07 | 屬 (belonging) | 【大】樂 (pleasure) (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note) |
| 054 | 0055c21 | 則 (then) | 【大】眼 (eye); the current reading follows 【麗-CB】 (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note) |
| 055 | 0055c28 | 損減 (decrease) | 【大】滅 (cessation); 【宋】【元】【明】損滅 (diminish and cease) |
| 056 | 0055c29 | 觸緣 (contact as condition) | 【宋】【元】【明】緣觸 (conditioned by contact) |
| 057 | 0056a02 | 損減 (decrease) | 【大】滅 (cessation); 【宋】【元】【明】損滅 (diminish and cease) |
| 058 | 0056a04 | 減 (decrease) | 【宋】【元】【明】滅 (cessation) |
| 059 | 0056a06 | 減 (decrease) | 【宋】【元】【明】滅 (cessation) |
| 060 | 0056a14 | 若 (whatever) | 【宋】【元】【明】 lack it |
Seventeen matters worth recording (recorded together, without adjudication; the variant readings are recorded under the edition sigla, in the manner of the ninth topic):
- The chapter title at the head of the fascicle—at the head of Discourse 188 the Taishō note records 「如是前行+(誦六入處品第二)七字【元】【明】」—“before the line ‘Thus’ + (Recitation, Chapter Two on the Six Sense Bases), seven characters, 【元】【明】” (0049b07), and the revision note of the current collated text reads, verbatim, 「如是前行【大】,如是前行誦六入處品第二【元】【明】」—“before the line ‘Thus,’ 【大】; before the line ‘Thus,’ Recitation, Chapter Two on the Six Sense Bases, 【元】【明】”; that is, 【元】【明】 have here a chapter title of seven characters, which 【大】 lacks; the current transcription and the plain rendering follow 【大】. Recorded together.
- Readings in Discourses 188–193 (nos. 1–4)—in 「生厭故離喜」—“because weariness arises, one leaves delight”, the 「生」—“arises” (0049b10) the three editions lack; in 「於眼若識」—“if one knows the eye”, the 「眼」—“eye” (0049c08): 【大】 reads 色 (forms), and the current reading changes it to 眼 (eye) (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note); in 「若於眼不離」—“if one is not free … with regard to the eye”, the 「若」—“if” (0049c14) the three editions lack; at the place of 「若於眼離欲」—“if one is free from desire for the eye” in Discourse 192 (0049c17), 【大】 has one character 「色」—“forms,” which the current reading, following 【磧乙-CB】 and the three editions, lacks.
- Readings in Discourses 195 and 196 (nos. 5–11)—on the line of 「一切無常」—“all is impermanent” in Discourse 196 (0050a26), 【大】 lacks the two characters 「無常」—“impermanent”, and the current reading supplies them; on the line of 「意觸因緣」—“with mind-contact as condition” (0050a28), 【大】 has one extra character 「識」—“consciousness”, which the current reading lacks (both are rows of revision by the current collated text, not original Taishō notes); 「意觸」—“mind-contact” (0050a28, 0050b03) and 「眼觸」—“eye-contact” (0050b01) the three editions lack; 「彼解脫」—“he is liberated” (0050b05): 【大】 reads 彼 (he), and the current reading follows 【磧乙-CB】 and the three editions; 「惱、苦」—“distress, and suffering” the three editions read 苦惱 (suffering and distress). Recorded together.
- 「轉結」—“turned away the bonds” in Discourse 198 (no. 12)—in 「是名斷愛,轉結,正無間等,究竟苦邊」—“this is called having cut off craving, turned away the bonds, rightly attained unbroken comprehension, and reached the utter end of suffering”〔T02 0050c18〕, the 「轉結」—“turned away the bonds” (0050c19): 【大】 reads 濁見 (turbid view), and the current collated text revises it to 轉結 (turned away the bonds) on the basis of sentences of the same pattern within this discourse (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note); the other works cited in its remark are not recorded here. The plain rendering follows the current reading.
- 「越」—“goes beyond” in Discourse 199, and what follows 「結」—“bonds” (no. 13)—in 「越於二」—“goes beyond the two”, the 「越」—“goes beyond” (0051a09) the three editions read 超越 (transcends). The current collated text has a further remark, that after in 「斷諸愛欲,轉去諸結,究竟苦邊」—“has cut off all craving and desire, turned away all the bonds, and reached the utter end of suffering”, the 「結」—“bonds”〔T02 0051a10〕 a phrase may have dropped out (0051a11); its doubt is recorded here, not what it rests on, and no text is supplied. The plain rendering follows the current reading.
- Readings in Discourse 200 (nos. 14–18)—in 「正信非家」—“out of right faith, leaving home”, the 「信」—“faith” (0051a20) the three editions read 住 (dwelling); in 「演說六入處,說六入處已」—“expounded the six sense bases; when he had taught the six sense bases”, the 「演」—“expound” and 「說」—“teach” (0051b07) the three editions read 廣 (at length) and 廣說 (teach at length); in 「白佛言」—“said to the Buddha”, the 「白」—“said” (0051b17) the three editions read 而白 (and said); in 「心善解脫」—“his mind well liberated”, the 「心」—“mind” (0051c09) the three editions read 已 (already). Recorded together.
- Readings in Discourse 201 (nos. 19–22)—in 「次第盡一切結」—“to exhaust all bonds in due order”, the 「盡」—“exhaust” (0051c22) the three editions read 盡盡 (exhaust, exhaust); in 「斷諸軛」—“cut off the yokes”, the 「軛」—“yokes” (0051c23): 【宋】 reads 厄 and 【元】【明】 read 扼 (both variant forms); in 「斷諸纏」—“cut off the entanglements”, the 「纏」—“entanglements” (0051c24) the three editions read 受 (feelings); in 「如是觀眼無常」—“contemplating the eye in this way as impermanent”, the 「觀」—“contemplating” (0051c26) the three editions read 觀察 (contemplating, observing). Recorded together.
- 「無我」—“not self” in Discourse 202 (no. 23)—in 「於眼正觀無我」—“contemplate the eye rightly as not self”, the 「無我」—“not self” (0052a03): 【大】 reads 無常 (impermanent), and the current collated text revises it to 無我 (not self) on the basis of the words 「無我見」—“the view of not self” and 「無我」—“not self” within this discourse (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note). The plain rendering follows the current reading.
- Readings in Discourses 203 and 204 (nos. 24 and 25)—in 「從坐起」—“rose from his seat”, the 「坐」—“seat” (0052a19) the three editions read 座 (seat, a variant form); at the place of 「若眼、色」—“the eye, forms” in Discourse 204 (0052a29), 【大】 has one extra character 「眼」—“eye,” which the current reading lacks (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note).
- Readings in Discourse 209 (nos. 26–29)—in 「從坐起」—“rose from his seat”, the 「坐」—“seat” (0052c23): 【北藏-CB】 reads 座 (seat, a variant form); the current collated text remarks besides that the Taishō edition may here have omitted the asterisk of a collation note (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note); in 「心得解脫」—“his mind is liberated”, the 「心」—“mind” (0053a06): 【大】 reads 以 (by), and the current reading follows 【磧乙-CB】 and the three editions in reading 心 (mind); in 「六觸入處」—“six sense bases of contact”, the 「入」—“bases” (0053a07) 【元】 reads 八 (eight); in 「永不復生」—“never to arise again”, the 「永」—“never” (0053a08): 【大】 reads 欲 (desire), and the current reading changes it to 永 (forever) (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note).
- Readings in Discourses 210 and 211 (nos. 30–33)—in 「見善非不善」—“what they see is wholesome and not unwholesome”, the 「見」—“see” in Discourse 210 (0053a24) the three editions lack; in 「過去五欲」—“the five sense pleasures of the past”, the 「五」—“five” in Discourse 211 (0053b02): 【大】 reads 正 (right), and the current reading follows 【麗-CB】 in reading 五 (five) (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note); in 「作此論議」—“held this discussion”, the 「議」—“discussion” (0053b15) the three editions read 義 (meaning); in 「有餘之說」—“a teaching with a remainder”, the 「之」—“of” (0053c02): 【大】 reads 當 (should), 【宋】 reads 定 (fixed), 【元】【明】 read 之 (of), and the current reading follows 【元】【明】. The plain rendering follows the current reading. Recorded together.
- Readings in Discourses 212 and 213 (nos. 34–38)—in 「彼諸尊者」—“those venerable ones”, the 「尊者」—“venerable ones” (0053c15) the three editions and 【中華-CB】【磧-CB】【北藏-CB】 read 尊 (venerable); in 「終不退滅」—“never falls back”, the 「滅」—“fall away” (0053c27) the three editions read 減 (decrease); in 「問已不知」—“when asked, he does not know”, the 「問」—“asked” (0054a07): 【大】 reads 聞 (heard), and the current reading follows 【磧乙-CB】 and the three editions in reading 問 (asked); in 「種殖」—“sow and plant”, the 「殖」—“plant” (0054a12) the three editions read 植 (plant, a variant form); in 「純大苦聚」—“the whole great mass of suffering”, the 「聚」—“mass” (0054a13): 【大】 reads 集 (arising), and the current reading follows 【磧乙-CB】【元】【明】 in reading 聚 (mass). Recorded together.
- Readings in Discourse 215 (nos. 39–41)—in 「當為汝說」—“I will teach it for you”, the 「說」—“teach” (0054b08) the three editions read 說此 (teach this); in 「我無有內眼識色貪」—“within me there is no craving for forms in eye-consciousness”, the 「無」—“no” (0054b15): 【大】 lacks this character, that is, 【大】 reads 『我有內眼識色貪』 (within me there is craving for forms in eye-consciousness), and the current reading supplies 無 (no) (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note); in 「眼見色已」—“having seen forms with the eye”, the 「色」—“forms” (0054b17): 【大】 reads 已 (having), and the current reading follows 【磧乙-CB】 and the three editions in reading 色 (forms). The plain rendering follows the current reading. Recorded together.
- Readings in Discourses 216 and 217 (nos. 42–49)—in 「佛在」—“the Buddha was at”, the 「在」—“was at” (0054b22) 【明】 reads 住 (was staying); in 「大海」—“great ocean”, the 「大」—“great” (0054b24) 【宋】【明】 read 大海 (great ocean); in 「深著」—“clings to them deeply”, the 「深」—“deeply” (0054b25) the three editions read 染 (stained); in 「狗肚」—“a dog’s belly”, the 「肚」—“belly” (0054b27) the three editions read 壯 (strong); in 「海大小水耳」—“the ocean is only great and small waters”, the 「海大」—“ocean, great” in Discourse 217 (0054c07): 【元】【明】 read 大海 (great ocean), the original wording of the Taishō note being 「海人=大海」—“‘ocean, person’ = ‘great ocean’”; 「堪忍」—“endure” (0054c08): 【大】 reads 堪 (able), and the current reading follows 【磧乙-CB】 and the three editions; in 「迴澓」—“whirling waters,”, the 「迴」—“whirling” in two places (0054c09, 0054c12), the three editions read 洄 (whirling, a variant form). Recorded together.
- Readings in Discourse 218 (nos. 50 and 51)—of 「如是純大苦聚集」—“in this way the whole great mass of suffering arises”〔T02 0054c24〕, the five characters 「純大苦聚集」—“the whole great mass of suffering arises”: 【大】 lacks them, and the current reading supplies them (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note); 「惱、苦」—“distress, and suffering” (0054c28) the three editions read 苦惱 (suffering and distress). The plain rendering follows the current reading.
- Readings in Discourses 223, 226, and 227 (nos. 52–54)—in 「不知不識」—“without knowing and cognizing”, the 「識」—“cognizing” in Discourse 223 (0055b12): 【大】 reads 見 (seeing); in 「不計樂相屬」—“not to reckon pleasure as belonging together”, the 「屬」—“belonging” in Discourse 226 (0055c07): 【大】 reads 樂 (pleasure); in 「則無所取」—“then he takes hold of nothing”, the 「則」—“then” in Discourse 227 (0055c21): 【大】 reads 眼 (eye), and the current reading follows 【麗-CB】 (all three are rows of revision by the current collated text, not original Taishō notes). The plain rendering follows the current reading.
- Readings in Discourses 228 and 229 (nos. 55–60)—「損減」—“decrease,” in two places (0055c28, 0056a02): 【大】 reads 滅 (cessation), the three editions read 損滅 (diminish and cease), and the current reading has 損減 (decrease); 「觸緣」—“contact as condition” (0055c29) the three editions read 緣觸 (conditioned by contact); in 「損減」—“decrease,”, the 「減」—“decrease” in two places (0056a04, 0056a06), the three editions read 滅 (cessation); in 「若法」—“whatever thing”, the 「若」—“whatever” in Discourse 229 (0056a14) the three editions lack. Recorded together.
Gaiji: the present transcription of this fascicle has one character of the private-use area, 「」, which occurs four times, all in Discourse 200, and in each case is the first character of 「首」—“[bowed] the head” (0051a28, 0051b07, 0051b16, 0051b25); it is recorded as it stands, and the character is not corrected. In Discourse 216 the same phrase occurs twice with differing character forms: 「此世、他世絞結纏鎖」—“the entanglements, knots, and chains of this world and the other world”〔T02 0054b28〕 has 鎖 (chains), and 「此世、他世絞結纏鏁」—“the entanglements, knots, and chains of this world and the other world”〔T02 0054b29〕 has 鏁 (chains, a variant form); both are recorded as they stand, and the characters are not corrected. Whether the base text marks these as specially made characters cannot be seen from the current transcription itself; this is recorded, without adjudication. Interlinear notes: none in this fascicle. The line form of the verse: the verse of Discourse 217 stands in the base text as four lines of ten characters each (two phrases to a line), from 0054c14 to 0054c17; the present transcription records each line as it stands, without adding or removing a character.
X. Mātṛkā of the Compendium of Topics, Saṃyutta Coordinates, and Variants of the Alternate Translation
① The mātṛkā of the Compendium of Topics (discourse by discourse)—based only on places where the treatise’s words and the discourse’s words are the same words, verbatim; where the sense is merely close, it is not listed as the mātṛkā. The names of the items of the treatise’s uddānas are appended after the discourse numbers, as readings (first topic).
| Discourse | Mātṛkā (verbatim) | Anchor | Shared words |
|---|---|---|---|
| 188 (Setting forth) | 「所依故者,謂有六種,即眼、耳、鼻、舌、身與意」—“As to their supports: there are six kinds, namely the eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind”〔T30n1579 0800c16〕 | — | 眼·耳·鼻·舌·身·意 (eye · ear · nose · tongue · body · mind) |
| 189 (Setting forth) | As above | — | 眼·耳·鼻·舌·身·意 (eye · ear · nose · tongue · body · mind) |
| 190 (Setting forth) | As above | — | 眼·耳·鼻·舌·身·意 (eye · ear · nose · tongue · body · mind) (the sūtra has 「不識、不知」—“does not know, does not understand,” the treatise 「不能覺了」—“unable to awaken fully”〔T30n1579 0801a11〕; the words differ) |
| 191 (The foolish) | 「當知即是於生老病及死法性不能覺了」—“it should be known that this is being unable to awaken fully to the nature of birth, old age, sickness, and death”〔T30n1579 0801a13〕 | — | 生·老·病·死 (birth · old age · sickness · death) |
| 192 (Setting forth) | 「所依故者,謂有六種,即眼、耳、鼻、舌、身與意」—“As to their supports: there are six kinds, namely the eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind”〔T30n1579 0800c16〕 | — | 眼·耳·鼻·舌·身·意 (eye · ear · nose · tongue · body · mind) |
| 193 (The foolish) | 「當知即是於生老病及死法性不能覺了」—“it should be known that this is being unable to awaken fully to the nature of birth, old age, sickness, and death”〔T30n1579 0801a13〕 | — | 生·老·病·死 (birth · old age · sickness · death) |
| 194 (Setting forth) | 「所依故者,謂有六種,即眼、耳、鼻、舌、身與意」—“As to their supports: there are six kinds, namely the eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind”〔T30n1579 0800c16〕 | — | 眼·耳·鼻·舌·身·意 (eye · ear · nose · tongue · body · mind) |
| 195 (Setting forth) | 「自性故者,謂有三受。一、苦,二、樂,三、不苦不樂」—“As to their own nature: there are three feelings—first, painful; second, pleasant; third, neither painful nor pleasant”〔T30n1579 0800c14〕; 「如說一切皆無常者,當知此依少分一切;唯一切行,非無為故」—“Where it is said that all is impermanent, it should be known that this refers to ‘all’ in part: only all formations, for it does not extend to the unconditioned”〔T30n1579 0801a05〕 | — | 苦·樂·不苦不樂 (painful · pleasant · neither painful nor pleasant); 一切·無常 (all · impermanent) |
| 196 (Setting forth · the not foolish) | 「如說一切皆無常者,當知此依少分一切;唯一切行,非無為故」—“Where it is said that all is impermanent, it should be known that this refers to ‘all’ in part: only all formations, for it does not extend to the unconditioned”〔T30n1579 0801a05〕; 「言一切法皆無我者,當知此依一切一切」—“Where it is said that all dharmas are not self, it should be known that this refers to ‘all’ in its entirety”〔T30n1579 0801a06〕; 「不愚礙者,由四種魔」—“As for being not foolish with regard to hindrance: it is by way of the four kinds of Māra”〔T30n1579 0801a20〕 | — | 一切·無常 (all · impermanent); 魔 (Māra) (the abbreviated passage has 「一切非我」—“all is not self,” the treatise 「一切法皆無我」—“all dharmas are not self”) |
| 197 (Instruction) | 「如是教授,如其次第,當知即是三種神變」—“Such instruction, in its order, it should be known, is the three kinds of miraculous transformation”〔T30n1579 0801a29〕 | — | 三種·教 (three kinds · instruct) (the sūtra has 「示現」—“display,” the treatise 「神變」—“miraculous transformation”; for the sūtra’s 「燒然」—“burning,” the treatise, in its passage selecting and gathering Discourses 216 and 217, has 「煩惱燒然」—“burning with defilements”〔T30n1579 0811b03〕) |
| 198 (Distinctions) | 「一、內處差別,二、外處差別,三、六識身差別,四、六觸身差別,五、六受身差別,六、六想身差別,七、六思身差別,八、六愛身差別」—“first, the distinctions of the internal bases; second, the distinctions of the external bases; third, the distinctions of the six classes of consciousness; fourth, the distinctions of the six classes of contact; fifth, the distinctions of the six classes of feeling; sixth, the distinctions of the six classes of perception; seventh, the distinctions of the six classes of volition; eighth, the distinctions of the six classes of craving”〔T30n1579 0800c21〕 | — | 內·外·識·觸·受·想·思·愛 (internal · external · consciousness · contact · feeling · perception · volition · craving) (in the same order) |
| 199 (Distinctions) | As above | — | 內·外·受 (internal · external · feeling) (the abbreviated passage stops at the feeling arisen with mind-contact as condition) |
| 200 (Liberation) | 「復次,由二種相,應求能成就解脫妙慧」—“Further, by two aspects one should seek the sublime wisdom that can accomplish liberation”〔T30n1579 0801b02〕 | — | 解脫·慧 (liberation · wisdom) |
| 201 (Defilements) | 「諸欲界繫一切煩惱,唯除無明,說名欲漏」—“All the defilements bound to the desire realm, ignorance alone excepted, are called the outflow of sensual desire”〔T30n1579 0802a13〕; 「當知建立九結差別」—“it should be known that the distinctions of the nine bonds are set up”〔T30n1579 0802a20〕; 「說名為軛」—“is called a yoke”〔T30n1579 0803b21〕; 「斷滅邪見,生起正見」—“cuts off wrong view and gives rise to right view”〔T30n1579 0807a26〕; 「修斷無明皆悉滅盡,又能生起諸無學明」—“the ignorance to be cut off by cultivation is wholly extinguished, and one can further give rise to the knowledges of the one beyond training”〔T30n1579 0807b04〕 | — | 漏·結·縛·纏·軛·取·蓋·垢 (outflow · bonds · binding · entanglement · yoke · clinging · hindrance · stain) (see the third topic); 邪見·正見 (wrong view · right view); 無明·明 (ignorance · knowledge) |
| 202 (Defilements) | 「彼於無我生信解故,能斷我見」—“because he gives rise to faith and understanding with regard to not self, he can cut off the view of self”〔T30n1579 0807b07〕; 「乃得名為生無我見」—“only then can it be called giving rise to the view of not self”〔T30n1579 0807b10〕 | — | 我見·無我見 (the view of self · the view of not self) (cutting off first, arising after) |
| 203 (Not knowing) | 「若諸邪見、若諸我見、若即無明」—“whether wrong views, or views of self, or ignorance itself”〔T30n1579 0809b01〕; 「若能斷此無義根本一切眾中,能起一切雜染一法,當知彼能正記所解」—“If one can cut off this one thing, the root of what is without benefit, which among all the hosts can give rise to all defilement, it should be known that he can rightly declare what he has understood”〔T30n1579 0809b02〕 | — | 無明·斷·一法 (ignorance · cut off · one thing) (the sūtra has 「能自記說」—“can declare of oneself,” the treatise 「正記所解」—“rightly declare what he has understood”) |
| 204 (Knowledge) | 「復次,有二種如實智。一者、如理作意所發,二者、三摩地所發」—“Further, there are two kinds of knowledge as it really is: first, that produced by proper attention; second, that produced by samādhi”〔T30n1579 0809b08〕 | — | 如實 (as it really is) |
| 205 (Knowledge) | 「謂苦樂位諸無常性,苦分位中有自性苦性,樂分位中有變壞法性」—“namely, the impermanence of the states of pain and pleasure: in the painful state there is suffering by its own nature, and in the pleasant state there is the nature of a thing that changes and breaks up”〔T30n1579 0809b14〕; 「謂樂分位與苦分位有別異性」—“namely, the pleasant state and the painful state are of a differing nature”〔T30n1579 0809b16〕 | — | 無常·苦 (impermanent · suffering) (the sūtra has 「變易」—“changing,” the treatise 「變壞」—“changes and breaks up”; the sūtra has 「異分」—“of a differing nature,” the treatise 「別異」—“differing”) |
| 206 (Concentration) | 「依定所發如實智者」—“As for the knowledge as it really is produced on the basis of concentration”〔T30n1579 0809b21〕; 「又無常性是一切行共相」—“Further, impermanence is the common mark of all formations”〔T30n1579 0809b24〕; 「當知如實能正顯了彼法二相」—“it should be known that one can, as it really is, rightly make manifest the two marks of those things”〔T30n1579 0809b25〕 | — | 如實·顯·無常 (as it really is · manifest · impermanent) |
| 207 (Concentration) | 「復次,有二種如實智。一者、如理作意所發,二者、三摩地所發」—“Further, there are two kinds of knowledge as it really is: first, that produced by proper attention; second, that produced by samādhi”〔T30n1579 0809b08〕; 「依定所發如實智者」—“As for the knowledge as it really is produced on the basis of concentration”〔T30n1579 0809b21〕 | — | 如實 (as it really is) (the sūtra has 「三摩提」—“samādhi,” the treatise 「三摩地」—“samādhi”) |
| 208 | No direct mātṛkā gloss for this discourse in the treatise; the treatise’s 「謂未來世諸可愛事,名所追求。若過去世諸可愛事,名所尋思」—“namely, the lovely things of the future world are called what is pursued; the lovely things of the past world are called what is thought over”〔T30n1579 0809c23〕 has the words past and future, and in the treatise’s order belongs to the passage on Discourses 210 and 211 | — | — |
| 209 (The excellent) | 「於六觸處,以其五轉如實了知,心正離欲,證得解脫」—“with regard to the six bases of contact, one knows fully as it really is by their five turnings, the mind is rightly free from desire, and one realizes liberation”〔T30n1579 0809b29〕; 「猶如地空,相去極遠」—“like the earth and the sky, very far apart from each other”〔T30n1579 0809c02〕; 「於六觸處能斷、能知,心得離欲及證解脫」—“with regard to the six bases of contact one can cut off and can know, the mind becomes free from desire, and one realizes liberation”〔T30n1579 0809c04〕 | — | 六觸·如實·離欲·解脫 (six … contact · as it really is · free from desire · liberation); 地·空 (earth · sky); 斷·知 (cut off · know) |
| 210 (Obstruction) | 「能正顯說超諸苦樂」—“can rightly reveal and teach the going beyond all pain and pleasure”〔T30n1579 0809c13〕; 「或一向樂、或一向苦、或雜苦樂」—“either wholly pleasant, or wholly painful, or pain and pleasure mixed”〔T30n1579 0809c20〕 | — | 一向·苦·樂 (wholly · painful · pleasant) |
| 211 (Obstruction · training and the rest) | 「先所受用過去諸欲,於遠離處,由尋思門令心飄蕩」—“the past sense pleasures formerly enjoyed, in a secluded place, through the door of thought, set the mind adrift”〔T30n1579 0810a06〕; 「應知於彼六處寂滅有增上慢、無增上慢」—“it should be known that with regard to the stilling of those six bases there is conceit of attainment, and there is no conceit of attainment”〔T30n1579 0810c06〕; 「亦不能離諸境界想」—“nor can one leave the perceptions of objects”〔T30n1579 0810c10〕 | — | 過去·欲 (past · sense pleasure); 六處·滅 (six bases · cease); 離·想 (depart · perception) |
| 212 (Training and the rest) | 「二、阿羅漢,已得無學心解脫意」—“second, the arhat, who has attained the intent of the liberation of mind of one beyond training”〔T30n1579 0810b15〕; 「若有修行不放逸者,一切皆為證得解脫」—“whoever practises heedfulness does so wholly for the sake of realizing liberation”〔T30n1579 0810b23〕; 「一、由諸根所集成故,資糧圓滿;二、由習近隨順如法諸臥具故,心得安住;三、由依止親近善士」—“first, because the faculties are gathered and accomplished, the provisions are complete; second, because one practises with and draws near to bedding and seats that accord with the Dharma, the mind comes to abide at peace; third, because one relies on and draws near to good persons”〔T30n1579 0810c01〕 | — | 阿羅漢 (arhat); 不放逸 (heedfulness); 諸根·隨順·親近善 (the faculties · accord with · draw near to the good) (the sūtra has 「善友」—“good friends,” the treatise 「善士」—“good persons”) |
| 213 (Attachment) | 「謂諸異生,於二緣識及能依受,不能了知無我性故」—“namely, because ordinary persons cannot fully know the nature of not self in the consciousness that has two conditions and in the feeling that depends on it”〔T30n1579 0810c16〕; 「能生一切惡不善法」—“can give rise to all evil and unwholesome things”〔T30n1579 0810c21〕 | — | 二·識·受 (two · consciousness · feeling); 惡不善法 (evil and unwholesome things) |
| 214 (Not self) | 「除識自性、識諸因緣、識諸助伴,其餘所有不可得故;又識自性是無常故」—“because, apart from the own nature of consciousness, the causes and conditions of consciousness, and the companions of consciousness, nothing else whatever can be found; and because the own nature of consciousness is impermanent”〔T30n1579 0810c28〕 | — | 識·因緣·無常 (consciousness · cause and condition · impermanent) |
| 215 (The noble path) | 「名為現見」—“it is called directly seen”〔T30n1579 0811a05〕; 「名無熾然」—“it is called without burning”〔T30n1579 0811a06〕; 「名唯此見」—“it is called seen only here”〔T30n1579 0811a09〕 | — | 現見 (directly seen); 熾然 (burning); 此見 (seen here) (the words of the remaining three names differ; see the third topic) |
| 216 (The two oceans) | 「復次,海有二種。一者、水海,二、生死海」—“Further, there are two kinds of ocean: first, the ocean of water; second, the ocean of birth and death”〔T30n1579 0811a13〕; 「諸天世間亦常淪沒」—“the world of the gods too is constantly submerged”〔T30n1579 0811a22〕; 「唯由身故,於中淪沒;不由語故、不由意故、不由貪故、不由瞋故、不由癡故、不由生等眾苦法故」—“it is only by the body that one is submerged in it—not by speech, not by mind, not by greed, not by hatred, not by delusion, not by birth and the other things of suffering”〔T30n1579 0811a22〕 | — | 海 (ocean); 天·世間 (gods · world); 身·意 (body · mind); 貪·癡 (greed · delusion); 生 (birth) (the sūtra has 「口」—“speech,” the treatise 「語」—“speech”; the sūtra has 「恚」—“hatred,” the treatise 「瞋」—“hatred”) |
| 217 (The two oceans) | 「於內各別六處大海未能超渡」—“has not yet been able to cross over the great ocean of the six bases, each within”〔T30n1579 0811b14〕; 「又彼於其六處大海速能超渡」—“and he can swiftly cross over that great ocean of the six bases”〔T30n1579 0811b22〕 | — | 大海 (great ocean) (the sūtra has 「度」—“get across,” the treatise 「超渡」—“cross over”) |
| 218 (Dissimilarity of the path) | 「若趣苦集行,若趣苦滅行,是名自性不同分」—“The practice leading to the arising of suffering and the practice leading to the cessation of suffering—this is called dissimilarity in own nature”〔T30n1579 0811c02〕 | — | 苦集·苦滅 (the arising of suffering · the cessation of suffering) (the sūtra has 「道跡」—“the path leading to,” the treatise 「行」—“practice”) |
| 219 (Dissimilarity of the path) | 「或有有為共相行轉,或有有為、無為共相行轉」—“some proceed under the aspect of the common mark of the conditioned; some proceed under the aspect of the common mark of the conditioned and the unconditioned”〔T30n1579 0811c05〕; 「道果涅槃常無我故」—“because nirvāṇa, the fruit of the path, is permanent and not self”〔T30n1579 0811c08〕 | — | 涅槃·道 (nirvāṇa · path) |
| 220 (Dissimilarity of the path) | 「若諸有為共相行相,彼望道果名不同分」—“the aspects of the common mark of the conditioned, set against the fruit of the path, are called dissimilar”〔T30n1579 0811c06〕 | — | 道 (path) (the sūtra has 「似趣」—“resembles the one leading to,” the treatise 「不同分」—“dissimilar”; the words differ) |
| 221 (The teacher) | 「謂趣諸取行,趣諸取盡行,若一切法遍知、永斷、作苦邊際」—“namely, the practice leading to the clingings, the practice leading to the exhaustion of the clingings, and the full knowledge of all dharmas, cutting them off forever, and making an end of suffering”〔T30n1579 0811c11〕 | — | 趣·取 (leading to · clinging) |
| 222 (The teacher) | As above | — | 一切·知 (all · know) |
| 223 (The teacher) | As above | — | 知·苦邊 (know · end of suffering) (the sūtra has 「究竟苦邊」—“the utter end of suffering,” the treatise 「作苦邊際」—“making an end of suffering”) |
| 224 (The teacher) | As above | — | 一切·斷 (all · cut off) |
| 225 (The teacher) | As above | — | 知·斷·苦邊 (know · cut off · end of suffering) |
| 226 | No direct mātṛkā gloss for this discourse in the treatise; the treatise’s 「不依四相薩迦耶見」—“not relying on the view of the existing body in its four aspects”〔T30n1579 0811c13〕 and 「能害四種行相憍慢」—“can destroy arrogance in its four kinds of aspect”〔T30n1579 0811c14〕 are not the same words, verbatim, as the 「計」—“reckoning” of the discourse | — | — |
| 227 (The teacher) | 「如生等病,眼等處癰、貪等毒箭,當知亦爾」—“so too, it should be known, are birth and the rest as diseases, the bases of the eye and the rest as boils, and greed and the rest as poisoned arrows”〔T30n1579 0811c23〕 | — | 病·癰·眼 (disease · boil · eye) (the sūtra has 「刺」—“thorn,” the treatise 「箭」—“arrow”) |
| 228 (The teacher) | 「於現法中後有種子或增、或減」—“in the present life the seeds of later existence either increase or decrease”〔T30n1579 0811c26〕; 「或有集起、或滅沒故」—“because there is either arising or passing away”〔T30n1579 0811c28〕 | — | 增·減 (increase · decrease); 集·滅 (arising · cessation) |
| 229 (The teacher) | 「一切世間及出世間所有法教如實建立」—“all the teachings of the Dharma, worldly and supramundane, are set up as they really are”〔T30n1579 0811c28〕 | — | 出世間 (supramundane) |
② Saṃyutta coordinates (discourse by discourse · only the original Taishō notes recorded):
| Discourse | Taishō note (verbatim) | Anchor |
|---|---|---|
| 188 | 「(188)S. 35. 155-156. Nandikkhaya.」 | 0049b07 |
| 189 | 「S. 35. 157-158. Nandikkhaya.」 | 0049b17 |
| 190 · 191 | 「(190-191)S. 35. 26-27. Parijānāna.」 | 0049b26 |
| 192 | 「S. 35. 21. Uppāda.」 | 0049c13 |
| 193 | 「S. 35. 22. Uppāda.」 | 0049c21 |
| 194 | 「S. 35. 19-20. Abhinandena.」 | 0050a01 |
| 195 | 「(195)S. 35. 1-12. Anicca, Dukkha, Anattā.」 | 0050a11 |
| 196 | 「(196)S. 35. 33-50.」 | 0050a24 |
| 197 | 「(197)S. 35. 28. Āditta.」 | 0050b14 |
| 198 | 「S. 18. 21. Anusaya.」 | 0050c07 |
| 199 | 「S. 18. 22. Apagata.」 | 0050c27 |
| 200 | 「cf. S. 35. 121. Rāhula.」 | 0051a15 |
| 201 | 「cf. S. 35. 53-59. Avijjā, Anusayā, Āsavā.」 | 0051c11 |
| 202 | 「S. 35. 166. Attano.」 | 0051c29 |
| 203 | No Taishō note | — |
| 204 | No Taishō note | — |
| 205 | No Taishō note | — |
| 206 | 「S. 35. 160. Jīvakambavana, 100. Paṭisallāna.」 | 0052b20 |
| 207 | 「S. 35. 159. Jivakambavana, 99. Samādhi.」 | 0052b29 |
| 208 | 「S. 35. 10. Aniccam bāhiraṃ, & 11-12. Dukkham-Anattā.」 | 0052c07 |
| 209 | 「S. 35, 71-73. Chaphassayatanikā.」 | 0052c17 |
| 210 | 「S. 35. 135. Saṅgayha.」 | 0053a11 |
| 211 | 「S. 35. 117. Lokakāmaguṇa.」 | 0053a26 |
| 212 | 「S. 35. 134. Devadhakhana.」 | 0053c07 |
| 213 | 「S. 35. 92. 93. Dvayaṃ.」 | 0054a01 |
| 214 | 「S. 35. 93. Dvayaṃ.」 | 0054a22 |
| 215 | 「S. 35. 88.(2-5) Puṇṇa.」 | 0054b02 |
| 216 | 「S. 35. 188. Samudda.」 | 0054b22 |
| 217 | 「S. 35. 187. Samudda.」 | 0054c05 |
| 218 | 「S. 35. 106. Dukkha.」 | 0054c19 |
| 219 | 「S. 35. 146. Sappāya.」 | 0055a03 |
| 220 | 「S. 35. 147-149. Sappāya.」 | 0055a10 |
| 221 | No Taishō note | — |
| 222 | 「S. 35. 26-27. Parijāna.」 | 0055a27 |
| 223 | 「S. 35. 26-27. Parijāna.」 | 0055b06 |
| 224 | 「S. 35. 24-25. Pahāna.」 | 0055b15 |
| 225 | 「S. 35. 24-25. Pahāna.」 | 0055b22 |
| 226 | 「S. 35. 90-91. Eja.」 | 0055c01 |
| 227 | 「S. 35. 90-91. Eja.」 | 0055c13 |
| 228 | No Taishō note | — |
| 229 | 「S. 35. 56-57. Āsavā.」 | 0056a08 |
There are thirty-six Taishō notes; of the forty-two discourses, thirty-seven have coordinates (Discourses 190 and 191 share one note), and the five Discourses 203, 204, 205, 221, and 228 have none; the notes to Discourses 198 and 199 read 「S. 18.」, the rest 「S. 35.」; the notes to Discourses 200 and 201 are prefixed with 「cf.」; Discourses 213 and 214 both come from 「Dvayaṃ」, and Discourses 222 and 223, 224 and 225, and 226 and 227 each share, two by two, one numbered section. The Taishō notes are recorded as they stand, and nothing else is proposed.
The Taishō notes also give notes of corresponding sounds for names within the discourses; they are recorded verbatim for reference: 「伽…沙 Gayāsīsa.」 (0050b14; the current collated text reads 「迦闍尸利沙 Gayāsīsa.」—“Gayāśīrṣa: Gayāsīsa”); 「富留那 Puṇṇa.」 (0054b03).
③ Variants of the alternate translation: no corresponding discourse is found in the alternate translation (see the second topic).